]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
Merged from miles@gnu.org--gnu-2005 (patch 192-203)
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (16775 26715))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
67 ;;;;;; (16858 50933))
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
69
70 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
73 extensions.
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
75 name
76
77 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
78
79 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
81
82 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
83 \\{ada-mode-map}
84
85 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
86 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
87
88 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
89 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
90
91 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
93
94 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
95
96 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
97 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
98
99 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
100 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
101
102 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
103 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
104 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
105 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
106 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
107
108 If you use imenu.el:
109 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
110
111 If you use find-file.el:
112 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
113 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
114 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
115 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
116 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
117
118 If you use ada-xref.el:
119 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
120 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
121 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
122
123 \(fn)" t nil)
124
125 ;;;***
126 \f
127 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
128 ;;;;;; (16507 41097))
129 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
130
131 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
132 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
133
134 \(fn)" t nil)
135
136 ;;;***
137 \f
138 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
139 ;;;;;; (16783 21522))
140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
141
142 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
143 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
144 Completion is available.
145
146 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
147
148 ;;;***
149 \f
150 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
151 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
152 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
153 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
154 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (16958 58756))
155 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
156
157 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
158 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
159 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
160 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
161
162 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log")
163
164 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
165 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
166 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
167
168 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log")
169
170 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
171 *Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
172 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
173 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
174 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
175 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
176
177 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log")
178
179 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
180 Prompt for a change log name.
181
182 \(fn)" nil nil)
183
184 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
185 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
186
187 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
188 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
189 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
190 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
191
192 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
193 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
194 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
195
196 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
197 current buffer to the complete file name.
198 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
199
200 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
201
202 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
203 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
204 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
205 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
206
207 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
208 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
209
210 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
211
212 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
213 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
214 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
215
216 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
217 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
218 the same person.
219
220 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
221 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
222 notices.
223
224 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
225 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
226
227 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
228
229 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
230 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
231 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
232 the change log file in another window.
233
234 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
235 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
236
237 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
238 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
239 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
240 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
241 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
242 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
243 \\{change-log-mode-map}
244
245 \(fn)" t nil)
246
247 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
248 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
249
250 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
251 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
252
253 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
254 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
255
256 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
257 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
258
259 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
260 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
261
262 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
263 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
264 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
265 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
266 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
267
268 Has a preference of looking backwards.
269
270 \(fn)" nil nil)
271
272 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
273 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
274 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
275 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
276 or a buffer.
277
278 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
279 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
280
281 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
282
283 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
284 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
285
286 \(fn)" t nil)
287
288 ;;;***
289 \f
290 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
291 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (16775
292 ;;;;;; 26709))
293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
294
295 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
296 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
297 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
298 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
299 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
300 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
301 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
302 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
303 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
304 interpreted as `error'.")
305
306 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice")
307
308 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
309 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
310 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
311 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
312 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
313 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
314 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
315 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
316
317 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice")
318
319 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
320 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
321 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
322 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
323 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
324 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
325 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
326 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
327 will be overwritten with the new one.
328 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
329 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
330 will clear the cache.
331
332 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
333
334 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
335 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
336 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
337
338 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
339 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
340 BODY... )
341
342 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
343 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
344 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
345 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
346 see also `ad-add-advice'.
347 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
348 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
349 before/around/after-advices will be used.
350 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
351 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
352 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
353 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
354 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
356
357 Semantics of the various flags:
358 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
359 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
360 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
361
362 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
363 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
364
365 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
366 advised function should be compiled.
367
368 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
369 during activation until somebody enables it.
370
371 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
372 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
373 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
374 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
375
376 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
377 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
378 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
379 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
380 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
381 during preloading.
382
383 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
384
385 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
386
387 ;;;***
388 \f
389 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
390 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
391 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (16942 52925))
392 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
393
394 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
395 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
396 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
397 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
398 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
399 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
400 rule's `separate' attribute).
401
402 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
403 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
404 `separate' attribute set.
405
406 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
407 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
408 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
409 on the format of these lists.
410
411 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
412
413 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
414 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
415 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
416 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
417 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
418 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
419 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
420 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
421 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
422 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
423 options.
424
425 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
426 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
427
428 Fred (123) 456-7890
429 Alice (123) 456-7890
430 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
431 Joe (123) 456-7890
432
433 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
434 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
435 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
436
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
445
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
455
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
465
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475
476 \(fn)" t nil)
477
478 ;;;***
479 \f
480 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-init) "allout" "allout.el" (16908 33360))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482
483 (autoload (quote allout-init) "allout" "\
484 Prime `allout-mode' to enable/disable auto-activation, wrt `allout-layout'.
485
486 MODE is one of the following symbols:
487
488 - nil (or no argument) deactivate auto-activation/layout;
489 - `activate', enable auto-activation only;
490 - `ask', enable auto-activation, and enable auto-layout but with
491 confirmation for layout operation solicited from user each time;
492 - `report', just report and return the current auto-activation state;
493 - anything else (eg, t) for auto-activation and auto-layout, without
494 any confirmation check.
495
496 Use this function to setup your Emacs session for automatic activation
497 of allout outline mode, contingent to the buffer-specific setting of
498 the `allout-layout' variable. (See `allout-layout' and
499 `allout-expose-topic' docstrings for more details on auto layout).
500
501 `allout-init' works by setting up (or removing)
502 `allout-find-file-hook' in `find-file-hook', and giving
503 `allout-auto-activation' a suitable setting.
504
505 To prime your Emacs session for full auto-outline operation, include
506 the following two lines in your Emacs init file:
507
508 \(require 'allout)
509 \(allout-init t)
510
511 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
512
513 ;;;***
514 \f
515 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
516 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (16908 33362))
517 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
518
519 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
520
521 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
522 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
523 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
524 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
525 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
526 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
527
528 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
529
530 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
531 Not documented
532
533 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
534
535 ;;;***
536 \f
537 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
538 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (16944 24675))
539 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
540
541 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
542 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
543 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
544 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
545 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
546 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
547 in the current window.
548
549 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
550
551 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
552 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
553 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
554
555 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
556
557 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
558 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
559 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
560
561 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
562
563 ;;;***
564 \f
565 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
566 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (16858 50906))
567 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
568
569 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
570 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
571
572 \(fn)" t nil)
573
574 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
575 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
576
577 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
578 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
579 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
580 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
581
582 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
583 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
584
585 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
586
587 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
588
589 ;;;***
590 \f
591 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
592 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (16858 50933))
593 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
594
595 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
596 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
597 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
598 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
599 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
600 \\[yank].
601
602 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
603 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
604 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
605 the rules.
606
607 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
608 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
609 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
610 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
611
612 \(fn)" t nil)
613
614 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
615 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
616 \\{antlr-mode-map}
617
618 \(fn)" t nil)
619
620 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
621 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
622 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
623
624 \(fn)" nil nil)
625
626 ;;;***
627 \f
628 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
629 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
630 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
631 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (16925 43112))
632 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
633
634 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
635 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
636 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
637 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
638
639 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt")
640
641 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
642 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
643
644 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt")
645
646 (defvar appt-audible t "\
647 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
648
649 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt")
650
651 (defvar appt-visible t "\
652 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
653 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
654
655 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt")
656
657 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
658 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
659 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
660
661 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt")
662
663 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
664 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
665 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
666
667 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt")
668
669 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
670 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
671 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
672
673 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt")
674
675 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
676 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
677 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
678
679 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt")
680
681 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
682 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
683 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
684
685 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
686
687 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
688 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
689
690 \(fn)" t nil)
691
692 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
693 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
694 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
695 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
696 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
697 NUMBER hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
698 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
699
700 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
701 function.
702
703 \(fn)" nil nil)
704
705 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
706 Toggle checking of appointments.
707 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
708 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
709
710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
711
712 ;;;***
713 \f
714 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
715 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable) "apropos" "apropos.el"
716 ;;;;;; (16942 52925))
717 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
718
719 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
720 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
721 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
722 normal variables.
723
724 \(fn REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
725
726 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
727
728 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
729 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
730 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
731 noninteractive functions.
732
733 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
734 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
735
736 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
737
738 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
739 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
740
741 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
742
743 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
744 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
745 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
746 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
747 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
748
749 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
750
751 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
752 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
753 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
754 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
755 Returns list of symbols and values found.
756
757 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
758
759 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
760 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
761 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
762 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
763 bindings.
764 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
765
766 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
767
768 ;;;***
769 \f
770 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (16534
771 ;;;;;; 3807))
772 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
773
774 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
775 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
776 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
777 Letters no longer insert themselves.
778 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
779 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
780
781 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
782 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
783 archive.
784
785 \\{archive-mode-map}
786
787 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
788
789 ;;;***
790 \f
791 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (16213 43267))
792 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
793
794 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
795 Major mode for editing arrays.
796
797 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
798 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
799 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
800
801 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
802
803 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
804 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
805 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
806
807 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
808 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
809 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
810 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
811 The variables are:
812
813 Variables you assign:
814 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
815 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
816 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
817 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
818 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
819 row numbers in the buffer.
820
821 Variables which are calculated:
822 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
823 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
824
825 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
826 take a numeric prefix argument):
827
828 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
829 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
830 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
831 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
832
833 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
834 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
835 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
836 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
837
838 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
839 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
840 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
841 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
842
843 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
844 between that of point and mark.
845
846 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
847 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
848
849 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
850 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
851 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
852 newlines inside rows)
853
854 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
855
856 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
857
858 \(fn)" t nil)
859
860 ;;;***
861 \f
862 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (16858
863 ;;;;;; 50939))
864 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
865
866 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
867 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
868 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
869 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
870
871 How to quit artist mode
872
873 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
874
875
876 How to submit a bug report
877
878 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
879
880
881 Drawing with the mouse:
882
883 mouse-2
884 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
885 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
886 below).
887
888 mouse-1
889 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
890 or pastes:
891
892 Operation Not shifted Shifted
893 --------------------------------------------------------------
894 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
895 to new point
896 --------------------------------------------------------------
897 Line Line in any direction Straight line
898 --------------------------------------------------------------
899 Rectangle Rectangle Square
900 --------------------------------------------------------------
901 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
902 --------------------------------------------------------------
903 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
904 --------------------------------------------------------------
905 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
906 --------------------------------------------------------------
907 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
908 --------------------------------------------------------------
909 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
910 --------------------------------------------------------------
911 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
912 lines
913 --------------------------------------------------------------
914 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
915 --------------------------------------------------------------
916 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
917 --------------------------------------------------------------
918 Paste Paste Paste
919 --------------------------------------------------------------
920 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
921 --------------------------------------------------------------
922
923 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
924 or diagonally.
925
926 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
927 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
928 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
929 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
930 poly-lines.
931
932 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
933 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
934 overwrite means the opposite.
935
936 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
937 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
938 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
939
940 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
941
942 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
943 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
944
945 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
946 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
947 are currently drawing something.
948
949 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
950 some time to fill.
951
952
953 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
954 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
955
956
957 Settings
958
959 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
960
961 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
962
963 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
964
965 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
966
967 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
968 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
969
970 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
971
972
973 Drawing with keys
974
975 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
976 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
977 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
978 When erase characters: toggles erasing
979 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
980 When pasting: Pastes
981
982 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
983
984 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
985
986 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
987 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
988 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
989 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
990 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
991 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
992
993
994 Arrows
995
996 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
997 of the line/poly-line
998
999 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1000 of the line/poly-line
1001
1002
1003 Selecting operation
1004
1005 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1006
1007 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1008 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1009 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1010 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1011 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1012 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1013 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1014 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1015 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1016 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1017 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1018 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1019 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1020 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1021 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1022 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1023 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1024 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1025 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1026 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1027
1028
1029 Variables
1030
1031 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1032 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1033
1034 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1035 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1036 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1037 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1038 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1039 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1040 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1041 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1042 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1043 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1044 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1045 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1046 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1047 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1048 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1049 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1050 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1051 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1052 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1053
1054 Hooks
1055
1056 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1057 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1058
1059
1060 Keymap summary
1061
1062 \\{artist-mode-map}
1063
1064 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1065
1066 ;;;***
1067 \f
1068 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (16908
1069 ;;;;;; 33362))
1070 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1071
1072 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1073 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1074 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1075
1076 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1077 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1078 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1079 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1080
1081 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1082 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1083
1084 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1085 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1086
1087 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1088
1089 Special commands:
1090 \\{asm-mode-map}
1091
1092 \(fn)" t nil)
1093
1094 ;;;***
1095 \f
1096 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1097 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
1098 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1099
1100 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1101 Obsolete.")
1102
1103 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1104
1105 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1106 This command is obsolete.
1107
1108 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
1109
1110 ;;;***
1111 \f
1112 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1113 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
1114 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1115
1116 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1117 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1118 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1119 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1120 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
1121
1122 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1123
1124 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1125 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1126 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1127 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1128 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1129 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1130 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1131 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1132 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1133 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1134
1135 For example:
1136 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1137 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1138 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1139 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1140 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1141
1142 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1143
1144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1145
1146 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1147 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1148 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1149 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1150 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1151
1152 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1153
1154 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1155 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1156 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1157 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1158 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1159 &c to supply digit arguments.
1160
1161 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1162
1163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1164
1165 ;;;***
1166 \f
1167 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1168 ;;;;;; (16775 26716))
1169 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1170
1171 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1172 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1173
1174 \(fn)" t nil)
1175
1176 ;;;***
1177 \f
1178 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1179 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (16793 54109))
1180 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1181
1182 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1183 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1184 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1185
1186 \(fn)" t nil)
1187
1188 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1189 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1190 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1191 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1192
1193 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1194
1195 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1196 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1197 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1198 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1199 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1200
1201 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert")
1202
1203 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1204 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1205 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1206 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1207
1208 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1209 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1210
1211 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1212
1213 ;;;***
1214 \f
1215 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1216 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1217 ;;;;;; (16866 20010))
1218 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1219
1220 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1221 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1222 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1223 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1224 save the buffer too.
1225
1226 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1227
1228 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1229
1230 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1231 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1232 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work.
1233 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1234 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1235 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1236
1237 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1238 directory or directories specified.
1239
1240 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1241
1242 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1243 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1244 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1245
1246 \(fn)" nil nil)
1247
1248 ;;;***
1249 \f
1250 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1251 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1252 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (16923 3604))
1253 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1254
1255 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1256 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1257
1258 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1259 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1260 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1261 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1262 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1263
1264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1265
1266 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1267 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1268
1269 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1270 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1271
1272 \(fn)" nil nil)
1273
1274 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1275 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1276 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1277
1278 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1279 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1280 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1281 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1282 reflected in the current buffer.
1283
1284 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1285 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1286 writing before you save the file!
1287
1288 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1289
1290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1291
1292 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1293 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1294
1295 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1296 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1297
1298 \(fn)" nil nil)
1299
1300 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1301 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1302 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1303 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1304 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1305
1306 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1307
1308 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1309 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1310
1311 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1312 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1313 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1314
1315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1316
1317 ;;;***
1318 \f
1319 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1320 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (16680 26001))
1321 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1322
1323 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1324 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1325 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1326 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1327 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1328
1329 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid")
1330
1331 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1332 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1333 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1334 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1335
1336 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1337 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1338 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1339
1340 Effects of the different modes:
1341 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1342 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1343 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1344 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1345 a random distance & direction.
1346 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1347 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1348 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1349
1350 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1351
1352 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1353 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1354 definition of \"random distance\".)
1355
1356 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1357
1358 ;;;***
1359 \f
1360 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1361 ;;;;;; (16484 6599))
1362 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1363
1364 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1365 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1366
1367 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1368 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1369
1370 For example:
1371
1372 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1373 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1374 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1375 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1376
1377 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1378
1379 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1380
1381 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1382
1383 ;;;***
1384 \f
1385 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1386 ;;;;;; (16861 9525))
1387 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1388 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1389
1390 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1391 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1392 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1393 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1394
1395 \(fn)" t nil)
1396
1397 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1398 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1399 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1400 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1401 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1402
1403 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery")
1404
1405 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1406 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1407 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1408 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1409 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1410 seconds.
1411
1412 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1413
1414 ;;;***
1415 \f
1416 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1417 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (16213 43272))
1418 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1419
1420 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1421 Time execution of FORMS.
1422 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1423 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1424 FORMS once.
1425 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1426 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1427 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1428
1429 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1430
1431 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1432 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1433 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1434 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1435 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1436
1437 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1438
1439 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1440 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1441 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1442 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1443 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1444
1445 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1446
1447 ;;;***
1448 \f
1449 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (16887
1450 ;;;;;; 27628))
1451 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1452
1453 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1454 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1455
1456 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1457
1458 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1459 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1460 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1461 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1462
1463 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1464 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1465 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1466 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1467 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1468
1469 For third party BibTeX files, call the function `bibtex-convert-alien'
1470 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1471
1472
1473 Special information:
1474
1475 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1476
1477 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1478 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1479 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1480 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1481 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1482 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1483 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1484 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1485 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1486 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1487 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1488
1489 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1490 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1491 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1492 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1493 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1494 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1495 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1496 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1497
1498 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1499
1500 ----------------------------------------------------------
1501 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1502 if that value is non-nil.
1503
1504 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1505
1506 \(fn)" t nil)
1507
1508 ;;;***
1509 \f
1510 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1511 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1512 ;;;;;; (16908 33361))
1513 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1514
1515 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1516
1517 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1518 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1519 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1520
1521 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1522
1523 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1524 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1525
1526 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1527
1528 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1529 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1530
1531 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1532
1533 ;;;***
1534 \f
1535 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (16704
1536 ;;;;;; 8186))
1537 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1538
1539 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1540 Play blackbox.
1541 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1542
1543 What is blackbox?
1544
1545 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1546 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1547 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1548 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1549 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1550 your score.
1551
1552 Overview of play:
1553
1554 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1555 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1556 four.
1557
1558 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1559 movement keys.
1560
1561 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1562 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1563
1564 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1565 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1566
1567 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1568 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1569 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1570 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1571 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1572 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1573
1574 Details:
1575
1576 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1577
1578 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1579 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1580 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1581 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1582
1583 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1584 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1585 denoted by the letter `R'.
1586
1587 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1588 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1589 denoted by the letter `H'.
1590
1591 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1592 example.
1593
1594 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1595 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1596 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1597 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1598 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1599 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1600 ray.
1601
1602 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1603 degree deflection it causes.
1604
1605 1
1606 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1607 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1608 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1609 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1610 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1611 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1612 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1613 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1614 2 3
1615
1616 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1617 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1618
1619
1620 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1621 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1622 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1623 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1624 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1625 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1626 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1627 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1628
1629 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1630 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1631 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1632 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1633 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1634 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1635 emerging from the box.
1636
1637 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1638
1639 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1640 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1641 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1642 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1643 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1644 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1645 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1646 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1647
1648 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1649 a reflection.
1650
1651 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1652
1653 ;;;***
1654 \f
1655 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1656 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1657 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1658 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (16858 50906))
1659 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1660 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1661 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1662 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1663
1664 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1665 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1666 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1667 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1668 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1669 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1670 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1671 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1672 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1673 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1674 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1675 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1676 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1677 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1678 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1679 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1680 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
1681 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
1682 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
1683
1684 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1685 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1686 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1687 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1688 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1689 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1690 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1691 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1692 recent one.
1693
1694 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1695 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1696 yank successive words.
1697
1698 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1699 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1700 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1701 name of the file being visited.
1702
1703 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1704 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1705 the list of bookmarks.)
1706
1707 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1708
1709 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1710 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1711 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1712 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1713 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1714 this.
1715
1716 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1717 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1718 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1719 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1720
1721 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1722
1723 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1724 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1725 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1726 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1727 after a bookmark was set in it.
1728
1729 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1730
1731 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1732 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1733 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1734 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1735
1736 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
1737
1738 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1739
1740 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1741 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1742 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1743 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1744
1745 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1746 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1747 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1748
1749 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1750 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1751 name.
1752
1753 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
1754
1755 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1756 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1757 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1758 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1759 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1760 this.
1761
1762 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1763
1764 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1765 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1766 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1767 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1768 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1769 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1770 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1771 probably because we were called from there.
1772
1773 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
1774
1775 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1776 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1777 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
1778
1779 \(fn)" t nil)
1780
1781 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1782 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1783 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1784 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1785 \(second argument).
1786
1787 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1788 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1789 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1790 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1791 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1792
1793 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1794 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1795 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1796 `bookmark-default-file'.
1797
1798 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
1799
1800 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1801 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1802 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1803 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1804 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1805 while loading.
1806
1807 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1808 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1809 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1810 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1811 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1812 explicitly.
1813
1814 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1815 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1816 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1817 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
1818
1819 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
1820
1821 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1822 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1823 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1824 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1825 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
1826
1827 \(fn)" t nil)
1828
1829 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1830
1831 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1832
1833 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-jump))) map))
1834
1835 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
1836
1837 ;;;***
1838 \f
1839 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1840 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1841 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1842 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1843 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1844 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1845 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1846 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
1847 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
1848 ;;;;;; (16944 24675))
1849 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1850
1851 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
1852 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1853 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1854 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1855
1856 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1857 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1858 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1859 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1860 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1861
1862 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
1863
1864 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1865 Not documented
1866
1867 \(fn)" nil nil)
1868
1869 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1870 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1871 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1872 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1873 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1874 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
1875
1876 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
1877
1878 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1879 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1880 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1881 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1882 narrowed.
1883
1884 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
1885
1886 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1887 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
1888
1889 \(fn)" t nil)
1890
1891 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1892 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
1893
1894 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
1895
1896 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1897 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1898 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1899 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1900
1901 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
1902
1903 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1904 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1905 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1906 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1907
1908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1909
1910 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1911 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1912 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1913 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1914 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1915 to use.
1916
1917 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1918
1919 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1920 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1921 Default to the URL around or before point.
1922
1923 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1924 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1925 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1926 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1927
1928 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1929 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1930
1931 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon,
1932 Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM,
1933 and then W3.
1934
1935 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
1936
1937 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1938 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1939 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1940 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1941
1942 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1943 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1944 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1945 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1946
1947 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
1948 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
1949 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
1950
1951 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1952 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1953
1954 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1955
1956 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
1957 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
1958 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1959 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
1960
1961 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1962 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
1963 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1964 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1965
1966 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1967 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1968 new tab in an existing window instead.
1969
1970 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1971 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1972
1973 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1974
1975 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
1976 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
1977 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1978 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
1979
1980 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1981 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
1982 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1983 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1984
1985 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1986 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1987 new tab in an existing window instead.
1988
1989 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1990 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1991
1992 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1993
1994 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1995 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1996 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1997 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1998
1999 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2000 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2001 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2002 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2003
2004 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2005 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2006
2007 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2008
2009 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2010 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2011
2012 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2013 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2014 program is invoked according to the variable
2015 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2016
2017 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2018 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2019 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2020 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2021
2022 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2023 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2024
2025 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2026
2027 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2028 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2029 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2030 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2031
2032 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2033
2034 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2035 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2036 Default to the URL around or before point.
2037
2038 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2039 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2040 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2041
2042 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2043 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2044 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2045 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2046
2047 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2048 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2049
2050 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2051
2052 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2053 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2054 Default to the URL around or before point.
2055
2056 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2057
2058 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2059 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2060 Default to the URL around or before point.
2061
2062 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2063 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2064 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2065
2066 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2067 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2068
2069 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2070
2071 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2072 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2073 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2074 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2075
2076 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2077
2078 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2079 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2080 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2081 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2082 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2083
2084 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2085
2086 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2087 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2088 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2089 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2090
2091 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2092 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2093 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2094 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2095
2096 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2097 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2098
2099 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2100
2101 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2102 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2103 Default to the URL around or before point.
2104
2105 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2106
2107 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2108 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2109 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2110 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2111 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2112 current one.
2113
2114 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2115 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2116 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2117 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2118
2119 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2120 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2121
2122 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2123
2124 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2125 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2126 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2127 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2128 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2129 don't offer a form of remote control.
2130
2131 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2132
2133 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2134 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2135 Default to the URL around or before point.
2136
2137 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2138
2139 ;;;***
2140 \f
2141 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (16213
2142 ;;;;;; 43281))
2143 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2144
2145 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2146 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2147
2148 \(fn)" t nil)
2149
2150 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2151 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2152
2153 \(fn)" nil nil)
2154
2155 ;;;***
2156 \f
2157 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2158 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (16704 8186))
2159 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2160
2161 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2162 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2163 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2164 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2165
2166 \(fn)" t nil)
2167
2168 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2169 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2170 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2171 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2172
2173 \(fn)" t nil)
2174
2175 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2176 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2177
2178 \(fn)" t nil)
2179
2180 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2181 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2182 \\<bs-mode-map>
2183 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2184 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2185 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2186 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2187
2188 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2189 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2190 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2191 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2192 name of buffer configuration.
2193
2194 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2195
2196 ;;;***
2197 \f
2198 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2199 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (16934
2200 ;;;;;; 57456))
2201 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2202
2203 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2204 Keymap used by buttons.")
2205
2206 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2207 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2208 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2209
2210 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2211 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2212 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2213 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2214 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2215 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2216
2217 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2218 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2219 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2220 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2221
2222 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2223
2224 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2225 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2226 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2227 specifying properties to add to the button.
2228 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2229 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2230 `define-button-type'.
2231
2232 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2233
2234 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2235
2236 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2237 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2238 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2239 specifying properties to add to the button.
2240 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2241 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2242 `define-button-type'.
2243
2244 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2245
2246 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2247
2248 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2249 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2250 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2251 specifying properties to add to the button.
2252 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2253 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2254 `define-button-type'.
2255
2256 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2257 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2258 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2259 `make-text-button'.
2260
2261 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2262
2263 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2264
2265 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2266 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2267 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2268 specifying properties to add to the button.
2269 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2270 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2271 `define-button-type'.
2272
2273 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2274 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2275 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2276 `insert-text-button'.
2277
2278 Also see `make-text-button'.
2279
2280 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2281
2282 ;;;***
2283 \f
2284 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2285 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2286 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2287 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2288 ;;;;;; (16942 52931))
2289 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2290
2291 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2292 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2293 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2294
2295 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2296
2297 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2298 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2299 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2300 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2301
2302 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2303 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2304 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2305 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2306 whether to compile it.
2307
2308 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2309
2310 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2311 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2312
2313 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2314
2315 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2316 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2317 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2318 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2319 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2320
2321 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2322
2323 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2324 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2325 Print the result in the echo area.
2326 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2327
2328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2329
2330 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2331 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2332 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2333
2334 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2335
2336 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2337 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2338 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2339 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2340 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2341 all functions called by those functions.
2342
2343 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2344 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2345 cons, etc.).
2346
2347 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2348 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2349 invoked interactively.
2350
2351 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2352
2353 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2354 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2355 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2356 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2357
2358 \(fn)" nil nil)
2359
2360 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2361 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2362 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2363 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2364 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2365 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2366 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2367 already up-to-date.
2368
2369 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2370
2371 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2372 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2373 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2374 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2375
2376 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2377
2378 ;;;***
2379 \f
2380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (16630 17322))
2381 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2382
2383 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2384
2385 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2386
2387 ;;;***
2388 \f
2389 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2390 ;;;;;; (16436 34880))
2391 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2392
2393 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2394 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2395 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2396 from the cursor position.
2397
2398 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2399
2400 ;;;***
2401 \f
2402 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2403 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2404 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (16949
2405 ;;;;;; 24050))
2406 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2407
2408 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2409 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2410 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2411
2412 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2413 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2414
2415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2416
2417 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2418 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2419
2420 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2421
2422 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2423 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2424
2425 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2426
2427 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2428 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2429
2430 \(fn)" t nil)
2431
2432 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2433 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2434 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2435 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2436
2437 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2438
2439 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2440 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2441 This is most useful in the X window system.
2442 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2443 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2444
2445 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2446
2447 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2448 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2449 See calc-keypad for details.
2450
2451 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2452
2453 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2454 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2455
2456 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2457
2458 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2459 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2460
2461 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2462
2463 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2464 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2465
2466 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2467
2468 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2469 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2470 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2471
2472 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2473
2474 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2475 Not documented
2476
2477 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2478
2479 ;;;***
2480 \f
2481 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (16858
2482 ;;;;;; 50907))
2483 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2484
2485 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2486 Run the Emacs calculator.
2487 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2488
2489 \(fn)" t nil)
2490
2491 ;;;***
2492 \f
2493 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2494 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2495 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2496 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2497 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2498 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2499 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2500 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2501 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2502 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2503 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2504 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2505 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2506 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2507 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2508 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2509 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset)
2510 ;;;;;; "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (16953 20625))
2511 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2512
2513 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2514 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2515 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2516 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2517 the screen.")
2518
2519 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2520
2521 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2522 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2523 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2524 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2525 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2526 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2527
2528 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2529
2530 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2531 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2532 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2533 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2534 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2535 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2536 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2537
2538 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2539 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2540 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2541 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2542 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2543
2544 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2545 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2546 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2547
2548 (custom-autoload (quote number-of-diary-entries) "calendar")
2549
2550 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2551 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2552 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2553
2554 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2555
2556 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2557 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2558 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2559
2560 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2561
2562 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2563 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2564 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2565 displayed.")
2566
2567 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2568
2569 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2570 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2571 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2572
2573 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2574
2575 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2576 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2577 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2578
2579 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2580
2581 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2582
2583 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2584 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2585 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2586
2587 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2588 calendar.")
2589
2590 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2591
2592 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2593 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2594 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2595
2596 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2597 calendar.")
2598
2599 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2600
2601 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2602 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2603 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2604
2605 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2606 calendar.")
2607
2608 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2609
2610 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2611 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2612 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2613
2614 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2615
2616 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2617 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2618 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2619 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2620 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2621
2622 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2623
2624 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2625 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2626 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2627 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2628 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2629 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2630 a function is also provided for this:
2631 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2632
2633 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2634 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2635 date is not visible in the window.
2636
2637 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2638 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2639 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2640
2641 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2642
2643 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2644 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2645
2646 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2647 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2648 date is visible in the window.
2649
2650 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2651 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2652 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2653
2654 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2655
2656 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2657 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2658
2659 For example,
2660
2661 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2662
2663 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2664
2665 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2666
2667 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2668 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2669
2670 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
2671 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
2672
2673 MONTH/DAY
2674 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2675 MONTHNAME DAY
2676 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2677 DAYNAME
2678
2679 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
2680 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
2681 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
2682 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
2683 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
2684 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
2685 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
2686 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
2687 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
2688 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
2689 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
2690 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
2691 in every week.
2692
2693 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
2694 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
2695 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
2696 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
2697
2698 DAY/MONTH
2699 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2700 DAY MONTHNAME
2701 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2702 DAYNAME
2703
2704 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2705 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2706
2707 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2708 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2709 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2710 window but will appear in a diary window.
2711
2712 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2713 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2714
2715 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2716 entries (in the default American style):
2717
2718 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2719 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2720 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2721 21: Payday
2722 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2723 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2724 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2725 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2726 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2727 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2728 &* 15 time cards due.
2729
2730 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2731 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2732 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2733 single diary entry
2734
2735 02/11/1989
2736 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2737 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2738 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2739 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2740 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2741 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2742
2743 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2744 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2745 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2746
2747 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2748
2749 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2750
2751 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
2752 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
2753 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
2754 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
2755 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2756 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2757 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2758 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
2759 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
2760 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
2761 details.
2762
2763 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
2764 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
2765 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
2766 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
2767 documentation for these functions for details.
2768
2769 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2770 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2771
2772 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
2773
2774 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2775 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2776
2777 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
2778
2779 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2780 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2781
2782 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2783
2784 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2785 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2786
2787 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2788
2789 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
2790 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
2791
2792 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2793
2794 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2795 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2796 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2797
2798 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
2799
2800 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2801 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2802 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2803
2804 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2805
2806 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2807 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2808 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
2809 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
2810 full.")
2811
2812 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
2813
2814 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2815 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2816 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2817 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
2818 are
2819
2820 DAY/MONTH
2821 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2822 DAY MONTHNAME
2823 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2824 DAYNAME
2825
2826 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
2827 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
2828 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period. To take effect,
2829 this variable should be set before the calendar package and its associates
2830 are loaded. Otherwise, use one of the functions `european-calendar' or
2831 `american-calendar' to force the appropriate update.")
2832
2833 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
2834
2835 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2836 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2837 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2838
2839 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2840
2841 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2842 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2843 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2844
2845 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2846
2847 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2848 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2849 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2850
2851 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2852
2853 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2854 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2855 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2856
2857 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2858
2859 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2860 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2861 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2862 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2863 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2864 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2865
2866 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2867
2868 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2869 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2870 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2871
2872 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2873 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2874 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2875 of the form
2876
2877 #include \"filename\"
2878
2879 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2880 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2881 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2882 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2883 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2884
2885 For example, you could use
2886
2887 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2888 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2889 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2890
2891 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2892 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2893 lexicographic order.")
2894
2895 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2896
2897 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2898 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2899 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2900
2901 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
2902
2903 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2904 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2905 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2906 diary display.
2907
2908 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2909 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2910 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2911 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2912 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2913 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2914 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2915
2916 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2917 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2918 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2919 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2920 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2921 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2922 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2923 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2924
2925 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
2926
2927 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2928 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2929 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
2930 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
2931 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
2932 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2933 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2934
2935 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
2936
2937 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2938 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2939
2940 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2941 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2942 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2943 of the form
2944 #include \"filename\"
2945 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2946 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2947 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2948 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2949 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2950
2951 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2952
2953 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2954 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2955 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
2956 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
2957 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
2958 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2959 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2960
2961 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
2962
2963 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2964 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2965 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2966 are holidays.")
2967
2968 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
2969
2970 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2971 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2972 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2973 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2974 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2975
2976 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
2977
2978 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2979
2980 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2981 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2982 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2983
2984 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
2985
2986 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2987
2988 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2989 *Oriental holidays.
2990 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2991
2992 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
2993
2994 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2995
2996 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2997 *Local holidays.
2998 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2999
3000 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
3001
3002 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3003
3004 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3005 *User defined holidays.
3006 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3007
3008 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
3009
3010 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3011
3012 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3013
3014 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3015
3016 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3017
3018 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3019
3020 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3021
3022 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3023
3024 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3025
3026 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3027
3028 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3029 *Jewish holidays.
3030 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3031
3032 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3033
3034 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3035
3036 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3037 *Christian holidays.
3038 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3039
3040 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3041
3042 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3043
3044 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3045 *Islamic holidays.
3046 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3047
3048 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3049
3050 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3051
3052 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3053 *Baha'i holidays.
3054 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3055
3056 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar")
3057
3058 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3059
3060 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3061 *Sun-related holidays.
3062 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3063
3064 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3065
3066 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3067
3068 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3069 The frame setup of the calendar.
3070 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3071 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3072 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3073 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3074 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3075
3076 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar")
3077
3078 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3079 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3080 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3081
3082 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3083 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3084
3085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3086
3087 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3088 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3089 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3090
3091 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3092 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3093 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3094 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3095
3096 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
3097
3098 ;;;***
3099 \f
3100 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3101 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (16822 52985))
3102 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3103
3104 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3105 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3106
3107 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3108
3109 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3110 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3111 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3112 it fails.
3113
3114 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3115
3116 ;;;***
3117 \f
3118 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3119 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3120 ;;;;;; (16858 50934))
3121 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3122
3123 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3124 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3125 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3126 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3127 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3128 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3129 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3130
3131 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3132
3133 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3134 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3135 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3136 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3137 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3138 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3139 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3140 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3141
3142 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3143 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3144 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3145 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3146 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3147 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3148
3149 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3150
3151 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3152 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3153
3154 Key bindings:
3155 \\{c-mode-map}
3156
3157 \(fn)" t nil)
3158
3159 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3160 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3161
3162 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3163 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3164 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3165 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3166 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3167 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3168 message.
3169
3170 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3171
3172 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3173 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3174
3175 Key bindings:
3176 \\{c++-mode-map}
3177
3178 \(fn)" t nil)
3179
3180 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3181 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3182 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3183
3184 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3185 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3186 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3187 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3188 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3189 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3190 message.
3191
3192 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3193
3194 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3195 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3196
3197 Key bindings:
3198 \\{objc-mode-map}
3199
3200 \(fn)" t nil)
3201
3202 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3203 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3204 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3205
3206 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3207 Major mode for editing Java code.
3208 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3209 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3210 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3211 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3212 message.
3213
3214 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3215
3216 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3217 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3218
3219 Key bindings:
3220 \\{java-mode-map}
3221
3222 \(fn)" t nil)
3223
3224 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3225 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3226 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3227
3228 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3229 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3230 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3231 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3232 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3233 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3234 message.
3235
3236 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3237
3238 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3239 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3240
3241 Key bindings:
3242 \\{idl-mode-map}
3243
3244 \(fn)" t nil)
3245
3246 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3247 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3248 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3249 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3250
3251 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3252 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3253 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3254 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3255 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3256 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3257 message.
3258
3259 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3260
3261 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3262 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3263
3264 Key bindings:
3265 \\{pike-mode-map}
3266
3267 \(fn)" t nil)
3268 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3269 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3270 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3271 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3272 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3273 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3274
3275 ;;;***
3276 \f
3277 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3278 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (16667 39430))
3279 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3280
3281 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3282 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
3283 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
3284 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
3285 for details of setting up styles.
3286
3287 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
3288 style name.
3289
3290 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
3291 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
3292 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
3293 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
3294 will be reassigned.
3295
3296 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
3297 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
3298 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
3299 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
3300 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
3301 default).
3302
3303 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
3304 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
3305 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
3306 when used elsewhere.
3307
3308 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3309
3310 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3311 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3312 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3313 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3314
3315 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3316
3317 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3318 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3319 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3320
3321 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3322
3323 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3324 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3325 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3326 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3327 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3328
3329 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3330
3331 ;;;***
3332 \f
3333 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3334 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3335 ;;;;;; (16942 52931))
3336 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3337
3338 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3339 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3340
3341 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3342
3343 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3344 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3345
3346 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3347
3348 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3349 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3350
3351 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3352 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3353 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3354 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3355 execution.
3356
3357 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3358
3359 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3360
3361 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3362 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3363
3364 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3365 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3366 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3367 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3368
3369 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3370 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3371 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3372 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3373 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3374 `write' commands.
3375
3376 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3377 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3378 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3379 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3380
3381 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3382 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3383 semantics.
3384
3385 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3386
3387 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3388
3389 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3390
3391 STATEMENT :=
3392 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3393 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3394
3395 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3396 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3397 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3398 | integer
3399
3400 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3401
3402 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3403 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3404 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3405
3406 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3407 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3408 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3409
3410 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3411 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3412
3413 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3414 BREAK := (break)
3415
3416 REPEAT :=
3417 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3418 (repeat)
3419 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3420 ;; (repeat))
3421 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3422 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3423 ;; (read REG)
3424 ;; (repeat))
3425 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3426 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3427 ;; (read REG)
3428 ;; (repeat))
3429 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3430
3431 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3432 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3433 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3434 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3435 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3436 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3437 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3438 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3439 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3440 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3441 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3442 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3443 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3444 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3445 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3446 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3447
3448 WRITE :=
3449 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3450 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3451 ;; representation.
3452 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3453 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3454 ;; (write r7))
3455 | (write EXPRESSION)
3456 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3457 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3458 ;; representation.
3459 | (write integer)
3460 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3461 ;; buffer.
3462 | (write string)
3463 ;; Same as: (write string)
3464 | string
3465 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3466 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3467 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3468 ;; representation.
3469 | (write REG ARRAY)
3470 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3471 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3472 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3473 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3474 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3475 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3476
3477 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3478 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3479
3480 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3481 END := (end)
3482
3483 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3484 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3485 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3486
3487 ARG := REG | integer
3488
3489 OPERATOR :=
3490 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3491 + | - | * | / | %
3492
3493 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3494 | & | `|' | ^
3495
3496 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3497 | << | >>
3498
3499 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3500 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3501 | <8
3502
3503 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3504 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3505 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3506 | >8
3507
3508 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3509 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3510 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3511 | //
3512
3513 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3514 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3515
3516 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3517 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3518 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3519 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3520 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3521 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3522 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3523 | de-sjis
3524
3525 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3526 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3527 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3528 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3529 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3530 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3531 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3532 ;; byte of SJIS.
3533 | en-sjis
3534
3535 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3536 ;; Same meaning as C code
3537 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3538
3539 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3540 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3541 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3542 | <8=
3543
3544 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3545 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3546 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3547
3548 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3549 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3550 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3551 | //=
3552
3553 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3554
3555
3556 TRANSLATE :=
3557 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3558 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3559 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3560 LOOKUP :=
3561 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3562 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3563 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3564 MAP :=
3565 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3566 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3567 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3568 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3569 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3570 MAP-ID := integer
3571
3572 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3573
3574 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3575 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3576 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3577 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3578 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3579 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3580
3581 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3582
3583 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3584 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3585 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3586
3587 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3588
3589 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3590
3591 ;;;***
3592 \f
3593 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3594 ;;;;;; (16908 33362))
3595 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3596
3597 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3598 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3599 There are no special keybindings by default.
3600
3601 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3602 to the action header.
3603
3604 \(fn)" t nil)
3605
3606 ;;;***
3607 \f
3608 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3609 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3610 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3611 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3612 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3613 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3614 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3615 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3616 ;;;;;; (16829 43426))
3617 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3618
3619 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3620 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3621 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3622 the users will view as each check is completed.
3623
3624 \(fn)" t nil)
3625
3626 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3627 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3628 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3629 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3630 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3631 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3632 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3633 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3634
3635 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3636
3637 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3638 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3639 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3640 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3641 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3642 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3643 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3644 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3645
3646 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3647
3648 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3649 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3650 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3651 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3652 spacing are all verified.
3653
3654 \(fn)" t nil)
3655
3656 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3657 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3658 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3659 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3660 otherwise stop after the first error.
3661
3662 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3663
3664 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3665 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3666 Only documentation strings are checked.
3667 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3668 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3669 a separate buffer.
3670
3671 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3672
3673 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3674 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3675 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3676 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3677 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3678
3679 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3680
3681 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3682 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3683 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3684 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3685 if there is one.
3686
3687 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3688
3689 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3690 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3691 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3692 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3693 if there is one.
3694 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3695
3696 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3697
3698 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3699 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3700 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3701
3702 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3703
3704 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3705 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3706 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3707 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3708 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3709
3710 \(fn)" t nil)
3711
3712 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3713 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3714 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3715 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3716 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3717 space at the end of each line.
3718
3719 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3720
3721 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3722 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3723 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3724 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3725
3726 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3727
3728 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3729 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3730 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3731 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3732
3733 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3734
3735 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3736 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3737 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3738 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3739
3740 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3741
3742 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3743 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3744 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3745 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3746
3747 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3748
3749 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3750 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3751 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3752 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3753
3754 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3755
3756 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3757 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3758 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3759 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3760
3761 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3762
3763 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3764 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3765 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3766 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3767
3768 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3769
3770 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3771 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3772 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3773 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3774
3775 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3776
3777 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3778 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3779 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3780 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3781
3782 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3783
3784 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3785 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3786 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3787
3788 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3789 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3790 checking of documentation strings.
3791
3792 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3793
3794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3795
3796 ;;;***
3797 \f
3798 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3799 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (16213
3800 ;;;;;; 43280))
3801 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3802
3803 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3804 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3805 Return the length of resulting text.
3806
3807 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3808
3809 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3810 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3811
3812 \(fn)" t nil)
3813
3814 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3815 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3816 Return the length of resulting text.
3817
3818 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3819
3820 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3821 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3822
3823 \(fn)" t nil)
3824
3825 ;;;***
3826 \f
3827 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3828 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (16213 43267))
3829 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3830
3831 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3832 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3833 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3834 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3835 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3836 editing and the result is evaluated.
3837
3838 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3839
3840 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3841 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3842 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3843 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3844 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3845
3846 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3847
3848 \(fn)" t nil)
3849
3850 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3851 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3852 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3853 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3854 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3855
3856 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3857 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3858 \\{command-history-map}
3859
3860 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3861 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3862
3863 \(fn)" t nil)
3864
3865 ;;;***
3866 \f
3867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (16764 51520))
3868 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3869
3870 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3871 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3872 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3873 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3874 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3875 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3876
3877 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3878 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3879
3880 ;;;***
3881 \f
3882 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3883 ;;;;;; (16680 26003))
3884 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3885
3886 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
3887 Not documented
3888
3889 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3890
3891 ;;;***
3892 \f
3893 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3894 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
3895 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3896
3897 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3898 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3899 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3900 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3901
3902 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3903 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3904 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3905
3906 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3907 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3908
3909 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3910
3911 ;;;***
3912 \f
3913 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (16718
3914 ;;;;;; 40975))
3915 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3916
3917 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3918 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3919 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3920 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3921 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3922 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3923 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3924
3925 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3926 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3927
3928 ;;;***
3929 \f
3930 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3931 ;;;;;; (16939 44105))
3932 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
3933
3934 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
3935 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
3936 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
3937 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
3938 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
3939 ?* is used.
3940 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
3941
3942 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
3943 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
3944 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
3945 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
3946 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
3947 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
3948 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
3949 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
3950 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
3951 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
3952 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
3953 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
3954 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
3955 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
3956
3957 ;;;***
3958 \f
3959 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3960 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3961 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (16216 22162))
3962 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3963
3964 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3965 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3966 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3967 ASCII table.
3968
3969 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3970 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3971 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3972 decoder and encoder created by this function.
3973
3974 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
3975
3976 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3977 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3978 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3979
3980 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3981
3982 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3983 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3984 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3985
3986 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3987
3988 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3989 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3990 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3991
3992 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3993
3994 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3995 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3996
3997 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3998 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3999 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4000
4001 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4002 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4003
4004 \(fn)" nil nil)
4005
4006 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4007 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4008
4009 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4010 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4011 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4012
4013 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4014
4015 ;;;***
4016 \f
4017 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4018 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4019 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4020 ;;;;;; (16908 33360))
4021 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4022
4023 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4024 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4025 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4026 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4027 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4028 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4029 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4030 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4031
4032 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4033
4034 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4035
4036 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4037 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4038 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4039 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4040 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4041 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4042 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4043 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4044
4045 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4046
4047 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4048
4049 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4050 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4051 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4052 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4053 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4054 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4055
4056 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4057
4058 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4059 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4060 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4061
4062 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4063
4064 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4065
4066 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4067 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4068 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4069
4070 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4071
4072 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4073
4074 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4075 Send COMMAND to current process.
4076 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4077 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4078
4079 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4080
4081 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4082 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4083 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4084 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4085
4086 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4087
4088 ;;;***
4089 \f
4090 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (16810
4091 ;;;;;; 63790))
4092 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4093
4094 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4095 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4096 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4097 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4098
4099 This command pushes the mark in each window
4100 at the prior location of point in that window.
4101 If both windows display the same buffer,
4102 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4103 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4104
4105 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4106 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4107 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4108 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4109 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4110 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4111 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4112 ignored.
4113
4114 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4115 this command work in interlaced mode:
4116 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4117 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4118 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4119
4120 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4121
4122 ;;;***
4123 \f
4124 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4125 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compile compilation-search-path
4126 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4127 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (16939 44105))
4128 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4129
4130 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4131 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
4132
4133 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4134
4135 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4136 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4137
4138 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4139
4140 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4141 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4142 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4143 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4144 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4145 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4146 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4147
4148 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4149 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4150 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4151 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4152 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4153
4154 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4155 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4156 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4157 describing how the process finished.")
4158
4159 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4160 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4161 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4162 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4163
4164 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4165 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4166 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4167
4168 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4169
4170 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4171 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4172 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4173 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4174
4175 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4176
4177 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4178 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4179 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4180 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4181
4182 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4183 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4184
4185 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4186 and move to the source code that caused it.
4187
4188 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4189 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4190 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4191 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4192
4193 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4194 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4195 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4196 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4197 subprocesses.
4198
4199 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4200 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4201 to a function that generates a unique name.
4202
4203 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4204
4205 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4206 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4207 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4208 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4209 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4210
4211 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see).
4212
4213 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4214
4215 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4216
4217 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4218 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4219 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4220 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4221 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4222 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4223 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4224
4225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4226
4227 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4228 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4229 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4230 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4231 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4232 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4233
4234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4235
4236 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4237 Not documented
4238
4239 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4240
4241 ;;;***
4242 \f
4243 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4244 ;;;;;; (16377 12871))
4245 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4246
4247 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4248 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4249 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4250 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4251 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4252
4253 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4254
4255 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4256 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4257 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4258
4259 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4260 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4261 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4262 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4263
4264 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4265 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4266 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4267 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4268
4269 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4270 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4271 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4272 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4273
4274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4275
4276 ;;;***
4277 \f
4278 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4279 ;;;;;; (16581 41633))
4280 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4281
4282 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4283 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4284
4285 \(fn)" t nil)
4286
4287 ;;;***
4288 \f
4289 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4290 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4291 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4292 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (16702 49512))
4293 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4294
4295 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4296 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4297 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4298 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4299 `make-composition'.
4300
4301 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4302
4303 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4304 | | 1:tc or top-center
4305 | | 2:tr or top-right
4306 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4307 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4308 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4309 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4310 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4311 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4312
4313 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4314 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4315 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4316 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4317 be added.
4318
4319 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4320 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4321 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4322
4323 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4324 | | |
4325 | global| |
4326 | glyph | |
4327 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4328 +----+--*--+
4329 | | new |
4330 | |glyph|
4331 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4332 ")
4333
4334 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4335 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4336 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4337 \(see reference-point-alist).
4338
4339 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4340
4341 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4342 Compose characters in the current region.
4343
4344 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4345 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4346
4347 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4348
4349 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4350 specifying the region.
4351
4352 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4353 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4354 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4355
4356 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4357 of the text in the region.
4358
4359 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4360
4361 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4362 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4363 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4364 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4365
4366 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4367 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4368 detail.
4369
4370 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4371 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4372 text in the composition.
4373
4374 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4375
4376 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4377 Decompose text in the current region.
4378
4379 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4380 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4381
4382 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4383
4384 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4385 Compose characters in string STRING.
4386
4387 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4388 the characters in it.
4389
4390 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4391 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
4392 STRING respectively.
4393
4394 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4395 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4396 `compose-region' for more detail.
4397
4398 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4399 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4400 text in the composition.
4401
4402 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4403
4404 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4405 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4406
4407 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4408
4409 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4410 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4411 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4412 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4413 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4414 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4415 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4416 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4417
4418 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4419
4420 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4421 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4422
4423 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4424 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4425
4426 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4427 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4428
4429 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4430 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4431
4432 If no composition is found, return nil.
4433
4434 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4435 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4436
4437 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4438 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4439 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4440
4441 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4442
4443 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4444
4445 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4446 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4447 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4448
4449 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4450
4451 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4452
4453 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4454
4455 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4456 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4457
4458 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4459 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4460 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4461 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4462 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4463 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4464 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4465 nil.
4466
4467 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4468 is:
4469 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4470 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4471
4472 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4473
4474 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4475 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4476
4477 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4478
4479 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4480
4481 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4482 Compose last characters.
4483 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4484 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4485 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4486 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4487 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4488 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4489 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4490 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4491 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4492 after a sequence character events.
4493
4494 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
4495 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4496
4497 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4498 Convert CHAR to string.
4499
4500 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4501 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4502 vector of CHAR respectively.
4503 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4504
4505 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4506
4507 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4508
4509 ;;;***
4510 \f
4511 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4512 ;;;;;; conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode conf-unix-mode
4513 ;;;;;; conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (16908 33363))
4514 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4515
4516 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4517 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4518 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4519 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4520 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4521 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4522 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4523
4524 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4525 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4526 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4527
4528 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4529 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4530 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4531
4532 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4533 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4534 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4535 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4536
4537 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4538 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4539 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4540 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4541 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4542 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4543 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4544
4545 \\{conf-mode-map}
4546
4547 \(fn &optional COMMENT SYNTAX-TABLE NAME)" t nil)
4548
4549 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4550 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4551 Comments start with `#'.
4552 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4553
4554 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with C-c C-u
4555
4556 \[Desktop Entry]
4557 Encoding=UTF-8
4558 Name=The GIMP
4559 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4560 Name[cs]=GIMP
4561
4562 \(fn)" t nil)
4563
4564 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4565 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4566 Comments start with `;'.
4567 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4568
4569 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with C-c C-w
4570
4571 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4572 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4573 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4574
4575 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4576 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4577
4578 \(fn)" t nil)
4579
4580 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4581 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4582 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4583 between `/*' and `*/'.
4584 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4585
4586 # Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-j (Java properties)
4587 // another kind of comment
4588 /* yet another */
4589
4590 name:value
4591 name=value
4592 name value
4593 x.1 =
4594 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4595 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4596
4597 \(fn)" t nil)
4598
4599 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4600 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4601 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4602 recognized according to `conf-space-keywords'. Interactively
4603 with a prefix ARG of `0' no keywords will be recognized. With
4604 any other prefix arg you will be prompted for a regexp to match
4605 the keywords. Programmatically you can pass such a regexp as
4606 KEYWORDS, or any non-nil non-string for no keywords.
4607
4608 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4609
4610 # Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-s (space separated)
4611
4612 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4613 image/png png
4614 image/tiff tiff tif
4615
4616 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4617 class desktop
4618 # Standard multimedia devices
4619 add /dev/audio desktop
4620 add /dev/mixer desktop
4621
4622 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4623
4624 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4625 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4626 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4627 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4628
4629 # Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-c (colon)
4630
4631 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4632 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4633
4634 \(fn &optional COMMENT SYNTAX-TABLE NAME)" t nil)
4635
4636 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4637 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4638 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4639 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4640
4641 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-p (PPD)
4642
4643 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4644 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4645
4646 \(fn)" t nil)
4647
4648 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4649 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4650 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4651 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4652
4653 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-x (.Xdefaults)
4654
4655 *background: gray99
4656 *foreground: black
4657
4658 \(fn)" t nil)
4659
4660 ;;;***
4661 \f
4662 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4663 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (16213 43281))
4664 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4665
4666 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
4667 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4668 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4669 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4670
4671 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4672
4673 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
4674 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4675 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4676 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4677
4678 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4679
4680 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
4681 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4682 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4683 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4684
4685 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4686
4687 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
4688 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4689
4690 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4691
4692 ;;;***
4693 \f
4694 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
4695 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (16932 19775))
4696 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4697
4698 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
4699 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4700 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4701 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4702 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4703 following the copyright are updated as well.
4704 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4705 interactively.
4706
4707 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4708
4709 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
4710 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4711 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4712
4713 \(fn)" t nil)
4714
4715 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
4716 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4717
4718 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4719
4720 ;;;***
4721 \f
4722 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
4723 ;;;;;; (16858 50935))
4724 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4725
4726 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
4727 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4728 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4729 Tab indents for Perl code.
4730 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4731 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4732
4733 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4734 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4735 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4736 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4737 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4738 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4739 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4740 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4741 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4742 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4743 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4744 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4745
4746 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4747
4748 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4749 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4750
4751 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4752
4753 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4754 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4755 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4756 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4757 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4758 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4759 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4760 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4761 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4762
4763 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4764
4765 bite if angry;
4766
4767 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4768 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4769 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4770 to nil.)
4771
4772 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4773 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4774 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4775
4776 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4777
4778 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4779 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4780 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4781 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4782 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4783
4784 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4785
4786 if (A) { B }
4787
4788 into
4789
4790 B if A;
4791
4792 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4793
4794 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4795 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4796 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4797 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4798 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4799 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4800 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4801 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4802 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4803 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4804 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4805 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4806 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4807
4808 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4809 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4810 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4811 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4812 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4813 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4814
4815 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4816 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4817 man via menu.
4818
4819 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4820 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4821 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4822 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4823 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4824
4825 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4826 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4827 span the needed amount of lines.
4828
4829 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4830 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4831 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4832 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4833
4834 Variables controlling indentation style:
4835 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4836 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4837 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4838 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4839 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4840 `cperl-auto-newline'
4841 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4842 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4843 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4844 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4845 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4846 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4847 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4848 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4849 `cperl-indent-level'
4850 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4851 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4852 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4853 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4854 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4855 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4856 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4857 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4858 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4859 `cperl-brace-offset'
4860 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4861 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4862 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4863 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4864 `cperl-label-offset'
4865 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4866 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4867 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4868
4869 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4870 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4871 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4872 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4873 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4874
4875 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4876 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4877 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4878 \(both available from menu).
4879
4880 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4881 column 0 is indented on
4882 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4883
4884 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4885 with no args.
4886
4887 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4888 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4889 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4890
4891 \(fn)" t nil)
4892
4893 ;;;***
4894 \f
4895 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4896 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
4897 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4898
4899 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4900 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4901 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4902 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4903 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4904
4905 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4906
4907 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4908 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4909
4910 \(fn)" t nil)
4911
4912 ;;;***
4913 \f
4914 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4915 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
4916 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4917
4918 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4919 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4920 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4921 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4922
4923 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4924 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4925
4926 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
4927
4928 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4929 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4930 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4931
4932 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4933
4934 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4935
4936 ;;;***
4937 \f
4938 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4939 ;;;;;; (16213 43272))
4940 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4941
4942 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4943 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4944 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4945 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4946
4947 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4948 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4949 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4950 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4951
4952 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4953 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4954 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4955
4956 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4957 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4958 'bob', and 'eve'.
4959
4960 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4961 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4962 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4963
4964 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4965
4966 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4967 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4968 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4969
4970 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4971
4972 ;;;***
4973 \f
4974 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (16942
4975 ;;;;;; 52931))
4976 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4977
4978 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4979 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4980 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4981 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4982 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
4983
4984 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
4985
4986 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
4987 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4988 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and
4989 highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces
4990 the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and
4991 paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings).
4992
4993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4994 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
4995 '(error (concat "\n\n"
4996 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n"
4997 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n"
4998 "Your " (file-name-nondirectory user-init-file) " loads an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
4999 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n"
5000 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5001 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))
5002
5003 ;;;***
5004 \f
5005 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
5006 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5007 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5008 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5009 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
5010 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5011 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5012 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5013 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (16930 25645))
5014 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5015 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5016
5017 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5018 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5019
5020 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5021 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5022
5023 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5024 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5025
5026 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5027
5028 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5029
5030 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5031 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5032 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5033
5034 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5035 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5036
5037 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5038 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5039
5040 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5041 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5042
5043 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5044 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5045
5046 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5047
5048 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5049
5050 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5051 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5052 Return VALUE.
5053
5054 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5055 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5056
5057 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5058 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5059
5060 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5061 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5062
5063 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5064 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5065
5066 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5067
5068 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5069
5070 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5071 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5072 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5073 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5074 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5075
5076 \(fn)" t nil)
5077
5078 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5079 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5080 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5081 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5082
5083 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5084
5085 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5086 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5087
5088 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5089
5090 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5091 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5092
5093 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5094
5095 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5096
5097 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5098 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5099
5100 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5101
5102 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5103
5104 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5105 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5106 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5107
5108 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5109
5110 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5111 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
5112 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5113 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
5114 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5115
5116 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
5117 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
5118 version.
5119
5120 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5121
5122 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5123 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5124 If FACE is nil, customize all faces.
5125
5126 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5127 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5128
5129 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5130
5131 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5132 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5133
5134 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5135 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5136
5137 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5138
5139 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5140 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5141
5142 \(fn)" t nil)
5143
5144 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5145 Customize all user variable modified outside customize.
5146
5147 \(fn)" t nil)
5148
5149 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5150 Customize all already saved user options.
5151
5152 \(fn)" t nil)
5153
5154 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5155 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5156 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5157 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5158 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5159 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
5160 user-settable, as well as faces and groups.
5161
5162 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5163
5164 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5165 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5166 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable.
5167
5168 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5169
5170 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5171 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP.
5172
5173 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5174
5175 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5176 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP.
5177
5178 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5179
5180 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5181 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5182 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5183 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5184 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5185 that option.
5186
5187 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5188
5189 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5190 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5191 The result includes selecting that window.
5192 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5193 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5194 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5195 that option.
5196
5197 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5198
5199 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5200 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5201
5202 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5203
5204 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5205 File used for storing customization information.
5206 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5207 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5208 it should be an absolute file name.
5209
5210 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5211 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5212 something like the following in your init file:
5213
5214 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5215 \(load custom-file)
5216
5217 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5218 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5219
5220 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5221 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5222 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5223 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5224 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5225
5226 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5227 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5228 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5229 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5230 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5231 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5232 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5233 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5234 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5235 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5236
5237 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5238
5239 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5240 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5241
5242 \(fn)" t nil)
5243
5244 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5245 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5246
5247 \(fn)" nil nil)
5248
5249 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5250 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5251 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5252
5253 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5254
5255 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5256 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5257 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5258 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5259 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5260
5261 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5262
5263 ;;;***
5264 \f
5265 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-theme-face-value
5266 ;;;;;; custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el"
5267 ;;;;;; (16861 9526))
5268 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5269
5270 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5271 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5272
5273 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5274
5275 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5276 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5277 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5278 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5279
5280 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5281
5282 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5283 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5284 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5285 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5286 between themes and faces.
5287 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5288
5289 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5290 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5291
5292 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5293
5294 (autoload (quote custom-theme-face-value) "cus-face" "\
5295 Return spec of FACE in THEME if THEME modifies FACE.
5296 Value is nil otherwise. The association between theme and spec for FACE
5297 is stored in FACE's property `theme-face'. The appropriate face
5298 is retrieved using `custom-theme-value'.
5299
5300 \(fn FACE THEME)" nil nil)
5301
5302 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5303 Reset the value of the face to values previously defined.
5304 Associate this setting with THEME.
5305
5306 ARGS is a list of lists of the form
5307
5308 (FACE TO-THEME)
5309
5310 This means reset FACE to its value in TO-THEME.
5311
5312 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5313
5314 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5315 Reset the value of the face to values previously saved.
5316 This is the setting assosiated the `user' theme.
5317
5318 ARGS is defined as for `custom-theme-reset-faces'
5319
5320 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5321
5322 ;;;***
5323 \f
5324 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5325 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
5326 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5327
5328 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5329 Create a custom theme.
5330
5331 \(fn)" t nil)
5332
5333 ;;;***
5334 \f
5335 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5336 ;;;;;; (16788 34908))
5337 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5338
5339 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5340 Mode used for cvs status output.
5341
5342 \(fn)" t nil)
5343
5344 ;;;***
5345 \f
5346 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5347 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (16213 43281))
5348 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5349
5350 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5351 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5352
5353 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5354 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5355 C++ modes are included.
5356
5357 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5358
5359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5360
5361 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5362 Turn on CWarn mode.
5363
5364 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5365 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5366
5367 \(fn)" nil nil)
5368
5369 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5370 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5371 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5372 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5373 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5374
5375 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5376
5377 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5378 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5379 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5380 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5381 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5382
5383 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5384
5385 ;;;***
5386 \f
5387 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5388 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5389 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
5390 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5391
5392 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5393 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5394
5395 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5396
5397 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5398 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5399
5400 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5401
5402 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5403 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5404 For readability, the table is slightly
5405 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5406
5407 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5408 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5409 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5410 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5411 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5412
5413 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5414
5415 ;;;***
5416 \f
5417 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5418 ;;;;;; (16908 33360))
5419 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5420 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5421 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5422
5423 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5424 Completion on current word.
5425 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5426 and presents suggestions for completion.
5427
5428 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5429 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5430 completions.
5431
5432 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5433 then it searches *all* buffers.
5434
5435 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
5436 if there is a suitable one already.
5437
5438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5439
5440 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5441 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5442
5443 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5444 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5445 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5446 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5447 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5448
5449 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5450 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5451
5452 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5453 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5454 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5455
5456 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5457 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5458
5459 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5460
5461 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5462
5463 ;;;***
5464 \f
5465 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (16958
5466 ;;;;;; 58759))
5467 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5468
5469 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5470 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5471
5472 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5473 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5474 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5475
5476 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5477 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5478 Data lines are not indented.
5479
5480 Key bindings:
5481
5482 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5483 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5484
5485 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5486 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5487 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5488 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5489
5490 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5491
5492 dcl-basic-offset
5493 Extra indentation within blocks.
5494
5495 dcl-continuation-offset
5496 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5497
5498 dcl-margin-offset
5499 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5500
5501 dcl-margin-label-offset
5502 Indentation for a label.
5503
5504 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5505 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5506
5507 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5508 dcl-block-end-regexp
5509 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5510 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5511 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5512 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5513 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5514
5515 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5516 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5517 Two such functions are included in the package:
5518 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5519 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5520
5521 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5522 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5523 One such function is included in the package:
5524 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5525
5526 dcl-tab-always-indent
5527 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5528 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5529 margin.
5530
5531 dcl-electric-characters
5532 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5533 typed.
5534
5535 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5536 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5537 which words trigger electric indentation.
5538
5539 dcl-tempo-comma
5540 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5541 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5542 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5543
5544 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5545 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5546 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5547 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5548
5549 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5550 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5551 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5552 dcl-imenu-label-call
5553 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5554
5555 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5556 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5557 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5558 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5559
5560
5561 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5562
5563 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5564 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5565 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5566 $ i = 1
5567 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5568 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5569 $ label:
5570 $ if i.eq.1
5571 $ then
5572 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5573 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5574 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5575 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5576 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5577 \"lined up with the command line\"
5578 $ type sys$input
5579 Data lines are not indented at all.
5580 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5581 $ endif
5582 $
5583
5584
5585 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5586 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5587
5588 \(fn)" t nil)
5589
5590 ;;;***
5591 \f
5592 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5593 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (16953 20625))
5594 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5595
5596 (setq debugger (quote debug))
5597
5598 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5599 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5600 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5601 of the evaluator.
5602
5603 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5604 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5605 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5606
5607 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5608
5609 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5610 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5611 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
5612 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
5613 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
5614 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5615 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5616
5617 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5618
5619 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5620 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5621 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions.
5622
5623 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5624
5625 ;;;***
5626 \f
5627 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5628 ;;;;;; (16876 58220))
5629 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5630
5631 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
5632 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5633
5634 \(fn)" t nil)
5635
5636 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
5637 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5638 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5639 Upper-case letters are commands.
5640
5641 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5642 modify it.
5643
5644 The most useful commands are:
5645 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5646 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5647 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5648 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5649 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5650 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5651
5652 \(fn)" t nil)
5653
5654 ;;;***
5655 \f
5656 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5657 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (16462
5658 ;;;;;; 53446))
5659 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5660
5661 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
5662 Customization of `columns' group.
5663
5664 \(fn)" t nil)
5665
5666 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
5667 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5668
5669 START and END delimits the text region.
5670
5671 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5672
5673 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
5674 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5675
5676 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5677
5678 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5679
5680 ;;;***
5681 \f
5682 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (16507
5683 ;;;;;; 41097))
5684 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5685
5686 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
5687 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5688 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5689 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5690 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5691 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5692
5693 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5694
5695 Customization:
5696
5697 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5698 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5699 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5700 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5701 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5702 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5703 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5704 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5705 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5706 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5707 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5708 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5709 blank line.
5710 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5711 Directories to search when finding external units.
5712 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5713 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5714
5715 Coloring:
5716
5717 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5718 Face used to color delphi comments.
5719 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5720 Face used to color delphi strings.
5721 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5722 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5723 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5724 Face used to color everything else.
5725
5726 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5727 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5728
5729 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5730
5731 ;;;***
5732 \f
5733 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (16764
5734 ;;;;;; 51517))
5735 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5736
5737 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
5738
5739 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5740 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5741 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5742 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5743 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5744
5745 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
5746
5747 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
5748 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5749 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
5750 positive.
5751
5752 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5753 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5754 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5755 any selection.
5756
5757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5758
5759 ;;;***
5760 \f
5761 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5762 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (16908 33361))
5763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5764
5765 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
5766 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5767
5768 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5769
5770 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5771 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5772 or nil if there is no parent.
5773 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5774 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5775 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5776 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5777 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5778
5779 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5780 arguments are currently understood:
5781 :group GROUP
5782 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5783 :syntax-table TABLE
5784 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5785 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5786 :abbrev-table TABLE
5787 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5788 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5789
5790 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5791
5792 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5793
5794 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5795 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5796 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5797
5798 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5799 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5800
5801 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5802 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5803 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5804
5805 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5806 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5807
5808 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5809 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5810
5811 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5812
5813 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
5814 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
5815 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5816 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5817 the first time the mode is used.
5818
5819 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5820
5821 ;;;***
5822 \f
5823 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5824 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (16908 33360))
5825 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5826
5827 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
5828 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5829 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5830 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5831 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5832 otherwise.
5833
5834 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5835
5836 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
5837 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5838 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5839 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5840 character composition information (if relevant),
5841 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5842
5843 \(fn POS)" t nil)
5844
5845 ;;;***
5846 \f
5847 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5848 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5849 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (16908 33360))
5850 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5851
5852 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5853 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5854 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5855 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5856 use either \\[customize] or the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5857
5858 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop")
5859
5860 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
5861 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5862 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5863 otherwise. See variable `desktop-save' for a description of when the
5864 desktop is saved.
5865
5866 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5867
5868 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5869 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5870 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5871
5872 If the value is a function, it called by `desktop-save' with argument
5873 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to saved in the desktop
5874 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5875
5876 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5877 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5878
5879 Later, when `desktop-read' calls a function in `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'
5880 to restore the buffer, the auxiliary information is passed as the argument
5881 DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC.")
5882
5883 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
5884 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5885 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5886 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5887 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5888 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5889 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5890 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5891
5892 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5893
5894 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
5895 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5896 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5897
5898 \(fn)" nil nil)
5899
5900 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
5901 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5902 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5903 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5904 directory DIRNAME.
5905
5906 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5907
5908 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
5909 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5910
5911 \(fn)" t nil)
5912
5913 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
5914 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5915
5916 \(fn)" t nil)
5917
5918 ;;;***
5919 \f
5920 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5921 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines
5922 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-display-hook gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max
5923 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el"
5924 ;;;;;; (16908 33361))
5925 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5926
5927 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min 45 "\
5928 Minimum length of the cited line above the (possibly) wrapped line.")
5929
5930 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify")
5931
5932 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max 95 "\
5933 Maximum length of the cited line after unwrapping.")
5934
5935 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max) "deuglify")
5936
5937 (defvar gnus-outlook-display-hook nil "\
5938 A hook called after an deuglified article has been prepared.
5939 It is run after `gnus-article-prepare-hook'.")
5940
5941 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-display-hook) "deuglify")
5942
5943 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
5944 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5945 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5946 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5947 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5948 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5949
5950 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5951
5952 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
5953 Repair a broken attribution line.
5954 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5955
5956 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5957
5958 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
5959 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5960 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5961 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5962
5963 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5964
5965 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
5966 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5967
5968 \(fn)" t nil)
5969
5970 ;;;***
5971 \f
5972 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
5973 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (16585 28857))
5974 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
5975
5976 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
5977
5978 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
5979 Not documented
5980
5981 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
5982
5983 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
5984 Not documented
5985
5986 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
5987
5988 ;;;***
5989 \f
5990 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5991 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (16953 20625))
5992 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5993
5994 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
5995 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5996 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5997 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5998 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5999
6000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6001
6002 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6003 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6004 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6005 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6006
6007 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6008 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6009 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6010 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6011
6012 #!/bin/sh
6013 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6014 emacs -batch \\
6015 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6016 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6017 european-calendar-style t \\
6018 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6019 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6020 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6021
6022 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6023 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6024 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6025 to run it every morning at 1am.
6026
6027 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6028
6029 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6030 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6031
6032 \(fn)" t nil)
6033
6034 ;;;***
6035 \f
6036 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6037 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (16534 3807))
6038 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6039
6040 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6041 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6042
6043 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
6044
6045 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6046 *The command to use to run diff.")
6047
6048 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
6049
6050 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6051 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6052 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6053 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6054 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6055 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6056
6057 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6058
6059 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6060 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6061 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6062 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6063 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6064 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6065
6066 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6067
6068 ;;;***
6069 \f
6070 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6071 ;;;;;; (16746 18215))
6072 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6073
6074 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6075 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6076 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6077 normal diffs.
6078 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6079 IF you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6080 headers for you on-the-fly.
6081
6082 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6083 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also revert the direction of
6084 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6085
6086 \(fn)" t nil)
6087
6088 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6089 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6090 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6091
6092 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6093
6094 ;;;***
6095 \f
6096 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-restore-desktop-buffer dired-noselect dired-other-frame
6097 ;;;;;; dired-other-window dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target
6098 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-symlink dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy
6099 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-rename dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks
6100 ;;;;;; dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (16915 11400))
6101 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6102
6103 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6104 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6105 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6106 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6107 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6108 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6109 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6110 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
6111
6112 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
6113
6114 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6115 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6116
6117 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6118 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6119 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6120 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6121 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6122
6123 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6124 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6125
6126 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6127 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6128 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6129 always set this variable to t.")
6130
6131 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
6132
6133 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6134 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6135 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6136 A value of t means move to first file.")
6137
6138 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
6139
6140 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6141 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6142 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6143 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6144 are afterward marked with that character.")
6145
6146 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
6147
6148 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6149 *Controls marking of copied files.
6150 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6151 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6152
6153 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
6154
6155 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6156 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6157 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6158 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6159
6160 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
6161
6162 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6163 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6164 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6165 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6166
6167 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
6168
6169 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6170 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6171 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6172 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6173
6174 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6175
6176 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
6177
6178 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6179 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6180 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6181
6182 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
6183
6184 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6185 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6186 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6187 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6188 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6189 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6190
6191 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6192 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6193 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6194 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6195 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6196 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6197 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6198 list of files to make directory entries for.
6199 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6200 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6201 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6202 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
6203
6204 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6205
6206 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6207 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6208
6209 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6210 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6211
6212 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6213 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6214
6215 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6216 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6217
6218 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6219
6220 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6221 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6222
6223 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6224 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6225
6226 (autoload (quote dired-restore-desktop-buffer) "dired" "\
6227 Restore a dired buffer specified in a desktop file.
6228
6229 \(fn DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)" nil nil)
6230
6231 ;;;***
6232 \f
6233 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6234 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6235 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6236 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6237 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6238 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6239 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6240 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6241 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6242 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6243 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6244 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6245 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
6246 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (16804 23129))
6247 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6248
6249 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6250 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6251 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6252 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6253 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6254 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6255 which is options for `diff'.
6256
6257 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6258
6259 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6260 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6261 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6262 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6263 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6264 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6265
6266 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6267
6268 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
6269 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6270 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6271
6272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6273
6274 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
6275 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6276
6277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6278
6279 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
6280 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6281
6282 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6283
6284 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
6285 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6286 This calls touch.
6287
6288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6289
6290 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
6291 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6292 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6293 `lpr-switches' as default.
6294
6295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6296
6297 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6298 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6299 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6300 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6301 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6302
6303 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6304 with a prefix argument.
6305
6306 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
6307
6308 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6309 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6310 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6311 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6312 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6313
6314 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6315 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6316
6317 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6318 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6319 file name substituted for `?'.
6320
6321 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6322 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6323
6324 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6325 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6326 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6327 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6328
6329 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6330
6331 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6332 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6333 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6334
6335 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6336 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6337 in a subdir.
6338
6339 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6340 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
6341
6342 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6343
6344 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6345 Not documented
6346
6347 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6348
6349 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
6350 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6351 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6352 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6353 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6354 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6355 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6356 from the buffer as well.
6357 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6358 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
6359 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6360
6361 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6362
6363 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
6364 Not documented
6365
6366 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6367
6368 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
6369 Not documented
6370
6371 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
6372
6373 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
6374 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6375
6376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6377
6378 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
6379 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6380
6381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6382
6383 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
6384 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6385
6386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6387
6388 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
6389 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6390 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6391 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6392
6393 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6394 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6395 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6396 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6397 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6398 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6399 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
6400
6401 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6402
6403 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
6404 Not documented
6405
6406 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6407
6408 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
6409 Not documented
6410
6411 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6412
6413 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
6414 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6415
6416 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6417
6418 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
6419 Not documented
6420
6421 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6422
6423 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
6424 Not documented
6425
6426 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6427
6428 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6429 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6430
6431 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6432
6433 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
6434 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6435 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6436 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6437 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6438 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6439 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6440 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6441 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6442
6443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6444
6445 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
6446 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6447 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6448 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6449 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6450 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6451 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6452 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6453
6454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6455
6456 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
6457 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6458 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6459 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6460 and new hard links are made in that directory
6461 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6462 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6463 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6464
6465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6466
6467 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
6468 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6469 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6470 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6471 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6472 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6473 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6474
6475 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6476
6477 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6478 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6479
6480 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6481 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6482 file if none are marked.
6483
6484 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6485 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6486 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6487 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6488
6489 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6490 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6491
6492 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6493
6494 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6495 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6496 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6497
6498 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6499
6500 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6501 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6502 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6503
6504 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6505
6506 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6507 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6508 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6509
6510 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6511
6512 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
6513 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6514
6515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6516
6517 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
6518 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6519
6520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6521
6522 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6523 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6524 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6525 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6526 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6527 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6528 this subdirectory.
6529 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6530
6531 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6532 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6533 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6534 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6535 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6536 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6537 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
6538
6539 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6540
6541 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6542 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6543 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6544 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6545 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6546 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6547 this subdirectory.
6548 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6549
6550 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6551
6552 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6553 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6554 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6555
6556 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6557
6558 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6559 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6560 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6561 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6562
6563 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
6564
6565 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
6566 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6567 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6568 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6569
6570 \(fn)" t nil)
6571
6572 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6573 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6574 Lower levels are unaffected.
6575
6576 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6577
6578 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
6579 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6580
6581 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6582
6583 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
6584 Go down in the dired tree.
6585
6586 \(fn)" t nil)
6587
6588 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6589 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6590 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6591 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6592
6593 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6594
6595 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
6596 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6597 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6598 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6599
6600 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6601
6602 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
6603 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6604 Stops when a match is found.
6605 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6606
6607 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6608
6609 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6610 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6611 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6612 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6613 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6614
6615 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6616
6617 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
6618 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6619 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6620 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6621
6622 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6623
6624 ;;;***
6625 \f
6626 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (16589 26258))
6627 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6628
6629 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
6630 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6631 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6632 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6633 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6634 buffer and try again.
6635
6636 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6637
6638 ;;;***
6639 \f
6640 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (16213 43267))
6641 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6642
6643 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
6644 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6645 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6646
6647 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
6648
6649 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6650 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
6651
6652 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
6653 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
6654
6655 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6656
6657 ;;;***
6658 \f
6659 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (16519
6660 ;;;;;; 44982))
6661 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6662
6663 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
6664 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6665 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6666 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6667 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6668 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6669
6670 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6671
6672 ;;;***
6673 \f
6674 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
6675 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
6676 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
6677 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
6678 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (16814 63075))
6679 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6680
6681 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6682 Return a new, empty display table.
6683
6684 \(fn)" nil nil)
6685
6686 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6687 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6688 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6689 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6690 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6691
6692 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6693
6694 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6695 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6696 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6697 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6698 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6699
6700 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6701
6702 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6703 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6704
6705 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6706
6707 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6708 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6709
6710 \(fn)" t nil)
6711
6712 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
6713 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6714
6715 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6716
6717 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
6718 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6719
6720 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6721
6722 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
6723 Display character C using printable string S.
6724
6725 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6726
6727 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
6728 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6729 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6730 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6731
6732 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6733
6734 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
6735 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6736 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6737 X frame.
6738
6739 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6740
6741 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
6742 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6743
6744 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6745
6746 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
6747 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6748
6749 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6750
6751 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
6752 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6753
6754 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6755 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6756 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6757 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6758
6759 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6760 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6761 European character display.
6762
6763 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6764 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6765 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6766 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6767
6768 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6769 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6770 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6771 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6772 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6773
6774 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6775
6776 ;;;***
6777 \f
6778 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6779 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
6780 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6781
6782 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
6783 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6784 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6785 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6786 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6787 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6788 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6789 Default is 2.
6790
6791 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6792
6793 ;;;***
6794 \f
6795 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6796 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (16710 53610))
6797 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6798
6799 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
6800 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6801 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6802 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6803 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6804 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6805 table and its own syntax table.
6806
6807 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6808
6809 \(fn)" t nil)
6810
6811 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
6812 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6813
6814 \(fn)" t nil)
6815 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
6816
6817 ;;;***
6818 \f
6819 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (16213 43281))
6820 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6821
6822 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
6823 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6824
6825 \(fn)" t nil)
6826
6827 ;;;***
6828 \f
6829 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
6830 ;;;;;; (16932 19773))
6831 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6832
6833 (defvar double-mode nil "\
6834 Toggle Double mode.
6835 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6836 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
6837
6838 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
6839
6840 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
6841 Toggle Double mode.
6842 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
6843
6844 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6845 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6846
6847 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6848
6849 ;;;***
6850 \f
6851 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (16213 43281))
6852 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6853
6854 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
6855 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6856
6857 \(fn)" t nil)
6858
6859 ;;;***
6860 \f
6861 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6862 ;;;;;; (16698 21927))
6863 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6864
6865 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
6866 Play sounds in message buffers.
6867
6868 \(fn)" t nil)
6869
6870 ;;;***
6871 \f
6872 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6873 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6874 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (16775 26710))
6875 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6876
6877 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
6878
6879 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6880 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6881 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6882 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
6883
6884 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6885 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6886 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6887 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6888 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6889 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6890 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6891 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6892 used (see below).
6893
6894 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
6895 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
6896 Before the actual body code, you can write
6897 keyword arguments (alternating keywords and values).
6898 These following keyword arguments are supported (other keywords
6899 will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6900 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6901 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6902 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6903 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6904 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6905 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6906 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6907 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6908
6909 For example, you could write
6910 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6911 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6912 ...BODY CODE...)
6913
6914 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6915
6916 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6917 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
6918 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6919 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6920 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
6921 :group to specify the custom group.
6922
6923 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6924
6925 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
6926 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6927 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6928 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6929 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6930 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6931 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6932
6933 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6934
6935 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
6936 Not documented
6937
6938 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6939
6940 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
6941 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6942 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6943
6944 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6945
6946 ;;;***
6947 \f
6948 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6949 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (16787
6950 ;;;;;; 16350))
6951 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6952
6953 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
6954
6955 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
6956 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6957
6958 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6959 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6960 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6961
6962 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6963 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6964
6965 :filter FUNCTION
6966
6967 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6968 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6969
6970 :visible INCLUDE
6971
6972 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6973 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
6974
6975 :active ENABLE
6976
6977 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6978 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6979
6980 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6981
6982 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6983
6984 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6985
6986 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6987 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6988
6989 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6990 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6991
6992 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6993
6994 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6995
6996 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6997
6998 :keys KEYS
6999
7000 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7001 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7002 computed automatically.
7003 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7004
7005 :key-sequence KEYS
7006
7007 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7008 menu item.
7009 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7010 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7011 keyboard equivalent.
7012
7013 :active ENABLE
7014
7015 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7016 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7017
7018 :included INCLUDE
7019
7020 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7021 expression has a non-nil value.
7022
7023 :suffix FORM
7024
7025 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7026 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7027
7028 :style STYLE
7029
7030 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7031 defined:
7032
7033 toggle: A checkbox.
7034 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7035 radio: A radio button.
7036 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7037 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7038 menu bar itself.
7039 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7040
7041 :selected SELECTED
7042
7043 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7044 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7045
7046 :help HELP
7047
7048 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7049
7050 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7051 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7052 as a solid horizontal line.
7053
7054 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7055
7056 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7057
7058 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7059 Not documented
7060
7061 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7062
7063 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7064 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7065 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7066 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7067
7068 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7069
7070 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7071 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7072 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7073 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7074 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7075 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7076
7077 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7078 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7079 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7080
7081 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
7082 to implement dynamic menus.
7083
7084 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
7085
7086 ;;;***
7087 \f
7088 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7089 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7090 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7091 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7092 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7093 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7094 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7095 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (16801 58033))
7096 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7097
7098 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7099 Customization for ebnf group.
7100
7101 \(fn)" t nil)
7102
7103 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7104 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7105
7106 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7107
7108 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7109 processed.
7110
7111 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7112
7113 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7114
7115 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7116 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7117
7118 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7119 killed after process termination.
7120
7121 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7122
7123 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7124
7125 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7126 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7127
7128 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7129 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7130 it to the printer.
7131
7132 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7133 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7134 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7135 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7136
7137 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7138
7139 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7140 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7141 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7142
7143 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7144
7145 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7146 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7147
7148 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7149
7150 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7151 processed.
7152
7153 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7154
7155 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7156
7157 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7158 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7159
7160 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7161 killed after process termination.
7162
7163 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7164
7165 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7166
7167 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7168 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7169 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7170 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7171
7172 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7173
7174 \(fn)" t nil)
7175
7176 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7177 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7178 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7179
7180 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7181
7182 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7183
7184 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7185 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7186
7187 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7188
7189 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7190 processed.
7191
7192 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7193
7194 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7195
7196 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7197 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7198
7199 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7200 killed after EPS generation.
7201
7202 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7203
7204 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7205
7206 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7207 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
7208
7209 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7210 The EPS file name has the following form:
7211
7212 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7213
7214 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7215 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7216
7217 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7218 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7219 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7220 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7221
7222 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7223
7224 \(fn)" t nil)
7225
7226 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7227 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
7228
7229 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7230 The EPS file name has the following form:
7231
7232 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7233
7234 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7235 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7236
7237 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7238 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7239 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7240 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7241
7242 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7243
7244 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7245
7246 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
7247
7248 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7249 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7250
7251 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7252
7253 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7254 processed.
7255
7256 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7257
7258 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7259
7260 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7261 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
7262
7263 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7264 killed after syntax checking.
7265
7266 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7267
7268 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7269
7270 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7271 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7272
7273 \(fn)" t nil)
7274
7275 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7276 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
7277
7278 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7279
7280 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
7281 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7282
7283 \(fn)" nil nil)
7284
7285 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7286 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7287
7288 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7289
7290 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7291
7292 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7293 Delete style NAME.
7294
7295 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7296
7297 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7298
7299 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7300 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7301
7302 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7303
7304 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7305
7306 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7307 Set STYLE as the current style.
7308
7309 It returns the old style symbol.
7310
7311 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7312
7313 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7314
7315 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7316 Reset current style.
7317
7318 It returns the old style symbol.
7319
7320 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7321
7322 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7323
7324 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7325 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
7326
7327 It returns the old style symbol.
7328
7329 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7330
7331 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7332
7333 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7334 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
7335
7336 It returns the old style symbol.
7337
7338 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7339
7340 \(fn)" t nil)
7341
7342 ;;;***
7343 \f
7344 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7345 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7346 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7347 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7348 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7349 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7350 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7351 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7352 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7353 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7354 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (16875
7355 ;;;;;; 35928))
7356 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7357
7358 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
7359 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7360 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7361 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7362 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7363 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7364
7365 Tree mode key bindings:
7366 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7367
7368 \(fn)" t nil)
7369
7370 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
7371 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7372
7373 \(fn)" t nil)
7374
7375 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
7376 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7377
7378 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7379
7380 \(fn)" nil nil)
7381
7382 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
7383 View declaration of member at point.
7384
7385 \(fn)" t nil)
7386
7387 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
7388 Find declaration of member at point.
7389
7390 \(fn)" t nil)
7391
7392 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
7393 View definition of member at point.
7394
7395 \(fn)" t nil)
7396
7397 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
7398 Find definition of member at point.
7399
7400 \(fn)" t nil)
7401
7402 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
7403 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7404
7405 \(fn)" t nil)
7406
7407 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
7408 View definition of member at point in other window.
7409
7410 \(fn)" t nil)
7411
7412 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
7413 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7414
7415 \(fn)" t nil)
7416
7417 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
7418 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7419
7420 \(fn)" t nil)
7421
7422 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
7423 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7424
7425 \(fn)" t nil)
7426
7427 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
7428 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7429
7430 \(fn)" t nil)
7431
7432 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
7433 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7434 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7435 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7436 completion.
7437
7438 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7439
7440 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
7441 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7442 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7443 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7444
7445 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7446
7447 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
7448 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7449 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7450 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7451
7452 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7453
7454 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
7455 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7456 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7457
7458 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7459
7460 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
7461 Search for call sites of a member.
7462 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7463 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7464 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7465 looks like a function call to the member.
7466
7467 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7468
7469 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
7470 Move backward in the position stack.
7471 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7472
7473 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7474
7475 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
7476 Move forward in the position stack.
7477 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7478
7479 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7480
7481 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
7482 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7483
7484 \(fn)" t nil)
7485
7486 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
7487 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7488
7489 \(fn)" t nil)
7490
7491 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
7492 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7493 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7494 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7495
7496 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7497
7498 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
7499 Display statistics for a class tree.
7500
7501 \(fn)" t nil)
7502
7503 ;;;***
7504 \f
7505 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7506 ;;;;;; (16868 63463))
7507 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7508
7509 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
7510 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7511 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7512 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7513
7514 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7515 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7516 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7517
7518 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7519 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7520 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7521
7522 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7523
7524 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7525
7526 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7527
7528 ;;;***
7529 \f
7530 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7531 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (16213 43267))
7532 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7533
7534 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
7535 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7536 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7537
7538 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7539
7540 ;;;***
7541 \f
7542 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
7543 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (16810 63791))
7544 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7545
7546 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7547 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
7548 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7549 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7550 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7551
7552 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7553 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7554 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7555 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7556
7557 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
7558
7559 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7560 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7561 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7562 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7563
7564 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
7565
7566 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
7567 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
7568 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
7569 \(naming a function), or a list.
7570
7571 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
7572
7573 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
7574
7575 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
7576 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7577 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7578 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7579 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7580
7581 If you do this on a function definition
7582 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
7583 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
7584 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
7585 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
7586
7587 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7588 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7589 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7590 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7591 already is one.)
7592
7593 \(fn)" t nil)
7594
7595 ;;;***
7596 \f
7597 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7598 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
7599 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
7600 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
7601 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
7602 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
7603 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
7604 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
7605 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
7606 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (16923 3605))
7607 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7608
7609 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
7610 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7611
7612 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7613
7614 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
7615 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7616
7617 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7618
7619 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
7620
7621 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
7622
7623 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
7624 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7625 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7626 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7627
7628 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7629
7630 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
7631 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7632
7633 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7634
7635 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
7636
7637 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
7638 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7639
7640 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7641
7642 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
7643
7644 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
7645 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7646 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7647 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7648
7649 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7650
7651 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
7652
7653 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7654 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7655 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7656 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7657
7658 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7659
7660 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
7661
7662 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
7663 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7664 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7665 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7666
7667 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7668
7669 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
7670
7671 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
7672 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7673 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7674 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7675
7676 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7677
7678 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
7679
7680 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7681 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7682 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7683 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7684 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7685 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7686
7687 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7688
7689 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7690 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7691 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7692 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7693
7694 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7695
7696 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
7697
7698 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7699 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7700 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7701 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7702
7703 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7704
7705 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
7706
7707 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
7708
7709 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7710 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7711 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7712 follows:
7713 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7714 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7715
7716 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7717
7718 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
7719 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7720 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7721 follows:
7722 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7723 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7724
7725 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7726
7727 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7728 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7729 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7730 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7731 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7732 region.
7733 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7734 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7735
7736 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7737
7738 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
7739 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7740 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7741 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7742 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7743 region.
7744 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7745 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7746 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7747
7748 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7749
7750 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
7751
7752 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
7753 Merge two files without ancestor.
7754
7755 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7756
7757 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7758 Merge two files with ancestor.
7759
7760 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7761
7762 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
7763
7764 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
7765 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7766
7767 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7768
7769 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7770 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7771
7772 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7773
7774 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
7775 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7776 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7777 buffer.
7778
7779 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7780
7781 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7782 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7783 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7784 buffer.
7785
7786 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7787
7788 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
7789 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
7790 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
7791 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
7792
7793 \(fn POS)" t nil)
7794
7795 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
7796 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7797 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7798 and don't ask the user.
7799 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7800 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7801
7802 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7803
7804 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
7805 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
7806 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
7807 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7808 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7809 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7810
7811 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7812
7813 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
7814
7815 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
7816
7817 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
7818 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7819 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7820 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7821 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7822
7823 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7824
7825 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
7826
7827 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
7828 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7829 When called interactively, displays the version.
7830
7831 \(fn)" t nil)
7832
7833 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
7834 Display Ediff's manual.
7835 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7836
7837 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7838
7839 ;;;***
7840 \f
7841 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7842 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
7843 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7844
7845 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
7846 Not documented
7847
7848 \(fn)" t nil)
7849
7850 ;;;***
7851 \f
7852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (16213 43267))
7853 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
7854
7855 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
7856 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
7857
7858 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
7859
7860 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))))
7861
7862 ;;;***
7863 \f
7864 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7865 ;;;;;; (16923 3605))
7866 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7867
7868 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
7869 Display Ediff's registry.
7870
7871 \(fn)" t nil)
7872
7873 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
7874
7875 ;;;***
7876 \f
7877 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7878 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (16442 4953))
7879 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7880
7881 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
7882 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7883 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7884 which see.
7885
7886 \(fn)" t nil)
7887
7888 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
7889 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7890 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7891 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7892
7893 \(fn)" t nil)
7894
7895 ;;;***
7896 \f
7897 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7898 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7899 ;;;;;; (16822 52984))
7900 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7901
7902 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7903 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7904 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7905
7906 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7907 Edit a keyboard macro.
7908 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7909 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7910 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7911 its command name.
7912 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7913
7914 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7915
7916 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7917 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7918
7919 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7920
7921 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7922 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7923
7924 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7925
7926 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7927 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7928 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7929 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7930 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7931 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7932
7933 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7934 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7935 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7936 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7937
7938 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7939
7940 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7941 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7942 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7943 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7944 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7945 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7946
7947 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7948
7949 ;;;***
7950 \f
7951 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7952 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (16213 43273))
7953 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7954
7955 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
7956 Set scroll margins.
7957 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7958 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7959
7960 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7961
7962 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
7963 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7964
7965 \(fn)" t nil)
7966
7967 ;;;***
7968 \f
7969 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7970 ;;;;;; (16775 26706))
7971 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7972
7973 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
7974 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7975 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
7976 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7977 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7978 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7979 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7980 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7981
7982 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7983 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7984
7985 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
7986 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
7987 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
7988 this value is non-nil.
7989
7990 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7991 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7992 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7993
7994 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7995 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7996 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
7997
7998 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7999
8000 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8001 Not documented
8002
8003 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8004
8005 ;;;***
8006 \f
8007 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8008 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (16507 41097))
8009 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8010
8011 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8012 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8013
8014 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
8015
8016 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8017 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8018 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
8019
8020 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
8021 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
8022 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
8023 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
8024 from the documentation string if possible.
8025
8026 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
8027 instead.
8028
8029 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8030
8031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8032
8033 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8034 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8035
8036 \(fn)" t nil)
8037
8038 ;;;***
8039 \f
8040 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (16768
8041 ;;;;;; 48631))
8042 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8043
8044 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8045 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8046
8047 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8048 an elided material again.
8049
8050 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8051
8052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8053
8054 ;;;***
8055 \f
8056 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8057 ;;;;;; (16870 21079))
8058 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8059
8060 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8061 Initialize elint.
8062
8063 \(fn)" t nil)
8064
8065 ;;;***
8066 \f
8067 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8068 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (16783
8069 ;;;;;; 21522))
8070 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8071
8072 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8073 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8074 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8075
8076 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8077
8078 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8079 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8080 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8081
8082 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8083
8084 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8085 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8086 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8087
8088 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8089
8090 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8091
8092 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8093 Display current profiling results.
8094 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8095 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8096 displayed.
8097
8098 \(fn)" t nil)
8099
8100 ;;;***
8101 \f
8102 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8103 ;;;;;; (16804 23129))
8104 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8105
8106 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8107 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8108 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8109
8110 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8111
8112 ;;;***
8113 \f
8114 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8115 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8116 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8117 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8118 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (16381 6707))
8119 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8120
8121 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8122 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8123 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8124 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8125 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8126 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8127 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8128 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8129 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8130 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8131 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8132 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8133 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8134 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8135 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8136 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8137
8138 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
8139 Run Emerge on two files.
8140
8141 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8142
8143 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8144 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8145
8146 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8147
8148 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
8149 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8150
8151 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8152
8153 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8154 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8155
8156 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8157
8158 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
8159 Not documented
8160
8161 \(fn)" nil nil)
8162
8163 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
8164 Not documented
8165
8166 \(fn)" nil nil)
8167
8168 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
8169 Not documented
8170
8171 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8172
8173 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
8174 Not documented
8175
8176 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8177
8178 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
8179 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8180
8181 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8182
8183 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8184 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8185
8186 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8187
8188 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
8189 Not documented
8190
8191 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8192
8193 ;;;***
8194 \f
8195 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8196 ;;;;;; (16884 52115))
8197 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8198
8199 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
8200 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
8201 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
8202 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8203 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
8204
8205 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
8206
8207 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
8208 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
8209 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
8210
8211 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
8212 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
8213 automatically.
8214
8215 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
8216 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
8217 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
8218
8219 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8220
8221 ;;;***
8222 \f
8223 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8224 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (16738 29931))
8225 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8226
8227 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
8228 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8229 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8230 text/enriched format.
8231 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8232
8233 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8234 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8235
8236 Commands:
8237
8238 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8239
8240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8241
8242 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
8243 Not documented
8244
8245 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8246
8247 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
8248 Not documented
8249
8250 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8251
8252 ;;;***
8253 \f
8254 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (16777
8255 ;;;;;; 65418))
8256 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8257
8258 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
8259 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8260
8261 \\{eshell-mode-map}
8262
8263 \(fn)" nil nil)
8264
8265 ;;;***
8266 \f
8267 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (16858
8268 ;;;;;; 50924))
8269 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8270
8271 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
8272 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8273
8274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8275
8276 ;;;***
8277 \f
8278 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
8279 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (16484 6599))
8280 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8281
8282 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
8283 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8284 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8285 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8286 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8287 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8288 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8289 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8290 buffer selected (or created).
8291
8292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8293
8294 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
8295 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8296 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8297
8298 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8299
8300 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
8301 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8302 The result might be any Lisp object.
8303 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8304 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8305 corresponding to a successful execution.
8306
8307 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8308
8309 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
8310 Report a bug in Eshell.
8311 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8312 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
8313
8314 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
8315
8316 ;;;***
8317 \f
8318 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8319 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8320 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8321 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8322 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook
8323 ;;;;;; tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list tags-table-list
8324 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (16746
8325 ;;;;;; 18215))
8326 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8327
8328 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8329 *File name of tags table.
8330 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8331 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8332 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8333 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
8334
8335 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
8336 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8337 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
8338 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
8339
8340 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
8341
8342 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
8343 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
8344 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
8345 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
8346 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
8347 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8348
8349 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
8350
8351 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
8352 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
8353 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
8354 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
8355 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
8356 `auto-compression-mode').")
8357
8358 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
8359
8360 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
8361 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
8362 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
8363 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
8364 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
8365
8366 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
8367
8368 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
8369 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
8370 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
8371 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
8372
8373 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
8374
8375 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
8376 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
8377 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
8378 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
8379 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
8380
8381 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
8382
8383 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
8384 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
8385 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
8386 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
8387
8388 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
8389 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
8390 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
8391 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
8392 file the tag was in.
8393
8394 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
8395
8396 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
8397 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
8398 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
8399 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
8400 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
8401 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
8402 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
8403 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
8404 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
8405
8406 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
8407
8408 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
8409 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
8410 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
8411 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
8412 without directory names.
8413
8414 \(fn)" nil nil)
8415
8416 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
8417 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8418 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
8419 but does not select the buffer.
8420 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
8421
8422 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8423 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8424 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8425 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8426 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8427
8428 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8429
8430 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8431 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8432 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8433
8434 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8435
8436 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8437
8438 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
8439 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8440 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
8441 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
8442
8443 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8444 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8445 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8446 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8447 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8448
8449 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8450
8451 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8452 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8453 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8454
8455 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8456
8457 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8458 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
8459
8460 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
8461 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8462 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
8463 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8464 around or before point.
8465
8466 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8467 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8468 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8469 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8470 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8471
8472 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8473
8474 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8475 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8476 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8477
8478 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8479
8480 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8481 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
8482
8483 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
8484 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8485 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
8486 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8487 around or before point.
8488
8489 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8490 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8491 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8492 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8493 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8494
8495 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8496
8497 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8498 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8499 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8500
8501 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8502
8503 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
8504 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
8505
8506 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
8507 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
8508 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
8509
8510 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8511 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8512 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8513 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8514 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8515
8516 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
8517
8518 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8519 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8520 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8521
8522 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8523
8524 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8525 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
8526 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
8527
8528 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
8529 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
8530
8531 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
8532 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
8533 where they were found.
8534
8535 \(fn)" t nil)
8536
8537 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
8538 Select next file among files in current tags table.
8539
8540 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
8541 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
8542 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
8543
8544 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
8545 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
8546
8547 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
8548 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
8549
8550 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
8551
8552 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
8553 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
8554 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
8555 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
8556
8557 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
8558 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
8559 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
8560 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
8561 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
8562
8563 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
8564 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
8565
8566 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
8567 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
8568 Stops when a match is found.
8569 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8570
8571 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8572
8573 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
8574
8575 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
8576 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
8577 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
8578 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
8579 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8580
8581 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8582
8583 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
8584
8585 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
8586 Display list of tags in file FILE.
8587 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
8588 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
8589 directory specification.
8590
8591 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
8592
8593 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
8594 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
8595
8596 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8597
8598 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
8599 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
8600 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
8601 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
8602
8603 \(fn)" t nil)
8604
8605 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
8606 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
8607 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
8608 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
8609 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
8610
8611 \(fn)" t nil)
8612
8613 ;;;***
8614 \f
8615 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
8616 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
8617 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
8618 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
8619 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
8620 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
8621 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
8622 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (16953 20625))
8623 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
8624
8625 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
8626 Not documented
8627
8628 \(fn)" nil nil)
8629
8630 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
8631 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
8632 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
8633 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8634
8635 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
8636 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8637 language.
8638
8639 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
8640 even if the buffer is read-only.
8641
8642 See also the descriptions of the variables
8643 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8644 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8645
8646 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8647
8648 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8649 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
8650
8651 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8652 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8653
8654 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
8655 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8656 language.
8657
8658 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
8659 buffer is read-only.
8660
8661 See also the descriptions of the variables
8662 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8663 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8664
8665 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8666
8667 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8668 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
8669 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8670
8671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8672
8673 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8674 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
8675
8676 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
8677 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
8678
8679 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
8680 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
8681
8682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8683
8684 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8685 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
8686 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
8687 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8688
8689 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8690
8691 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
8692 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
8693 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8694 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8695
8696 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
8697 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
8698 the primary language.
8699
8700 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
8701 buffer is read-only.
8702
8703 See also the descriptions of the variables
8704 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8705 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8706
8707 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8708
8709 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8710 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
8711 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8712 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8713
8714 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
8715 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
8716 primary language.
8717
8718 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
8719 buffer is read-only.
8720
8721 See also the descriptions of the variables
8722 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8723 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8724
8725 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8726
8727 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8728 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
8729 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8730
8731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8732
8733 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8734 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
8735
8736 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
8737 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
8738 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
8739 3) convert the body into SERA.
8740
8741 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
8742
8743 \(fn)" t nil)
8744
8745 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8746 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
8747 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8748
8749 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8750
8751 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
8752 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
8753
8754 \(fn)" t nil)
8755
8756 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
8757 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
8758
8759 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
8760 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
8761 be 1, 2, or 3.
8762
8763 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
8764 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
8765 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
8766
8767 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
8768
8769 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
8770
8771 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
8772 Allow the user to input special characters.
8773
8774 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8775
8776 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8777 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
8778 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
8779
8780 \(fn)" t nil)
8781
8782 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8783 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
8784
8785 \(fn)" t nil)
8786
8787 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8788 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
8789
8790 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
8791 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
8792
8793 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
8794 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
8795
8796 \(fn)" nil nil)
8797
8798 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8799 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
8800
8801 \(fn)" nil nil)
8802
8803 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
8804 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
8805
8806 \(fn)" nil nil)
8807
8808 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
8809 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
8810
8811 \(fn)" nil nil)
8812
8813 ;;;***
8814 \f
8815 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
8816 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
8817 ;;;;;; (16884 52115))
8818 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
8819
8820 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
8821 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
8822 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
8823 server for future sessions.
8824
8825 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
8826
8827 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
8828 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
8829 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
8830
8831 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
8832
8833 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
8834 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
8835 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
8836
8837 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
8838
8839 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
8840 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
8841 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
8842 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
8843 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
8844 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
8845 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
8846 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
8847 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
8848 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
8849 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
8850 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
8851
8852 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
8853
8854 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
8855 Display a form to query the directory server.
8856 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
8857 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
8858
8859 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
8860
8861 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
8862 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
8863 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
8864
8865 \(fn)" t nil)
8866
8867 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
8868
8869 ;;;***
8870 \f
8871 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
8872 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
8873 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (16213 43280))
8874 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
8875
8876 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
8877 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
8878
8879 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8880
8881 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
8882 Display URL and make it clickable.
8883
8884 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
8885
8886 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
8887 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
8888
8889 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
8890
8891 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
8892 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
8893
8894 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8895
8896 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
8897 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
8898
8899 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8900
8901 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
8902 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
8903
8904 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8905
8906 ;;;***
8907 \f
8908 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
8909 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (16213 43280))
8910 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
8911
8912 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
8913 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
8914 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
8915
8916 \(fn)" t nil)
8917
8918 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
8919 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
8920
8921 \(fn)" t nil)
8922
8923 ;;;***
8924 \f
8925 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
8926 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
8927 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
8928
8929 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
8930 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
8931
8932 \(fn)" t nil)
8933
8934 ;;;***
8935 \f
8936 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
8937 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
8938 ;;;;;; executable-find executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable"
8939 ;;;;;; "progmodes/executable.el" (16858 50935))
8940 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
8941
8942 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
8943 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
8944 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
8945
8946 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
8947
8948 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
8949 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
8950 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'.
8951
8952 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
8953
8954 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
8955 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
8956 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
8957 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
8958 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
8959
8960 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
8961
8962 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
8963 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
8964 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
8965 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
8966 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
8967 executable.
8968
8969 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
8970
8971 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
8972 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
8973 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
8974
8975 \(fn)" t nil)
8976
8977 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
8978 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
8979 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
8980 file modes.
8981
8982 \(fn)" nil nil)
8983
8984 ;;;***
8985 \f
8986 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
8987 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (16213 43267))
8988 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
8989
8990 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
8991 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
8992 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
8993 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
8994
8995 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
8996
8997 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
8998 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
8999 to generate such functions.
9000
9001 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9002 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9003 beginning of the expanded text.
9004
9005 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9006 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9007 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9008 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9009
9010 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9011
9012 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9013
9014 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
9015 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9016 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9017
9018 \(fn)" t nil)
9019
9020 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
9021 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9022 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9023
9024 \(fn)" t nil)
9025 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
9026 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
9027
9028 ;;;***
9029 \f
9030 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (16858 50935))
9031 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9032
9033 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
9034 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9035 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9036
9037 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9038 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9039 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9040
9041 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9042
9043 Key definitions:
9044 \\{f90-mode-map}
9045
9046 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9047
9048 `f90-do-indent'
9049 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9050 `f90-if-indent'
9051 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9052 `f90-type-indent'
9053 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9054 `f90-program-indent'
9055 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9056 (default 2).
9057 `f90-continuation-indent'
9058 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9059 `f90-comment-region'
9060 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9061 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9062 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9063 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9064 (default \"!\").
9065 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9066 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9067 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9068 `f90-break-delimiters'
9069 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9070 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9071 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9072 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9073 (default t).
9074 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9075 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9076 `f90-smart-end'
9077 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9078 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9079 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9080 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9081 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9082 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9083 `f90-leave-line-no'
9084 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9085 `f90-keywords-re'
9086 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
9087
9088 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9089 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9090
9091 \(fn)" t nil)
9092
9093 ;;;***
9094 \f
9095 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
9096 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
9097 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
9098 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
9099 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (16942 52929))
9100 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
9101 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
9102 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
9103
9104 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
9105 Menu keymap for faces.")
9106
9107 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
9108
9109 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
9110 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
9111
9112 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
9113
9114 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
9115 Menu keymap for background colors.")
9116
9117 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
9118
9119 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
9120 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
9121
9122 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
9123
9124 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
9125 Submenu for text justification commands.")
9126
9127 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
9128
9129 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
9130 Submenu for indentation commands.")
9131
9132 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
9133
9134 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
9135 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
9136
9137 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
9138
9139 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
9140
9141 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
9142
9143 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
9144
9145 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
9146 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
9147 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
9148 will not show through at all will be removed.
9149
9150 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
9151
9152 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9153 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9154 requested face.
9155
9156 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9157 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9158 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9159
9160 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
9161
9162 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
9163 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
9164 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
9165
9166 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9167 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9168 requested face.
9169
9170 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9171 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9172 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9173
9174 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
9175
9176 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
9177 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
9178 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
9179
9180 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9181 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9182 requested face.
9183
9184 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9185 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9186 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9187
9188 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
9189
9190 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
9191 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
9192 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
9193 is the menu item's name.
9194
9195 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9196 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9197 requested face.
9198
9199 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9200 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9201 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9202
9203 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
9204
9205 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
9206 Make the region invisible.
9207 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
9208 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9209
9210 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9211
9212 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
9213 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
9214 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
9215 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9216
9217 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9218
9219 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
9220 Make the region unmodifiable.
9221 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
9222 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9223
9224 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9225
9226 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
9227 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
9228
9229 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9230
9231 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
9232 Remove all text properties from the region.
9233
9234 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9235
9236 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
9237 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
9238 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
9239
9240 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9241
9242 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
9243 Read a color using the minibuffer.
9244
9245 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
9246
9247 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
9248 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
9249 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
9250 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
9251 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
9252 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
9253
9254 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
9255
9256 ;;;***
9257 \f
9258 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
9259 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (16777 65418))
9260 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
9261
9262 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
9263 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
9264 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
9265 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
9266
9267 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
9268
9269 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
9270 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
9271 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
9272
9273 Font Lock caches may be saved:
9274 - When you save the file's buffer.
9275 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
9276 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
9277 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
9278 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
9279
9280 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
9281
9282 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
9283 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
9284 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
9285 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
9286
9287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9288
9289 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
9290 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
9291
9292 \(fn)" nil nil)
9293
9294 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
9295
9296 ;;;***
9297 \f
9298 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9299 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9300 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (16213 43280))
9301 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9302
9303 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
9304 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9305 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9306 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9307
9308 \(fn)" nil nil)
9309
9310 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
9311 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
9312
9313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9314
9315 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
9316 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
9317 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9318 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9319
9320 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9321
9322 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
9323 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9324 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9325 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9326 backup file names and the like).
9327
9328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9329
9330 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
9331 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9332 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9333 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9334 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
9335 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9336 internally by feedmail):
9337
9338 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9339 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9340 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9341 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9342
9343 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
9344 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9345 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9346 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
9347 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
9348
9349 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
9350
9351 ;;;***
9352 \f
9353 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9354 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (16858 50909))
9355 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9356
9357 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
9358 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9359 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9360 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9361 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9362 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9363 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9364
9365 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
9366
9367 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
9368 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9369 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9370 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9371 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9372 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9373 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9374
9375 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version.
9376
9377 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9378
9379 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
9380
9381 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
9382 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
9383 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
9384 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
9385 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
9386 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
9387
9388 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
9389
9390 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
9391 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
9392 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
9393 Return value:
9394 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
9395 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
9396 * otherwise, nil
9397
9398 \(fn E)" t nil)
9399
9400 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
9401 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
9402
9403 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9404
9405 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
9406 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
9407
9408 \(fn)" t nil)
9409
9410 ;;;***
9411 \f
9412 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
9413 ;;;;;; (16830 50347))
9414 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
9415
9416 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
9417 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
9418 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
9419 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
9420 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
9421 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
9422 \(directories) is done.
9423
9424 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9425 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
9426 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
9427 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
9428
9429 ;;;***
9430 \f
9431 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
9432 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
9433 ;;;;;; (16908 33360))
9434 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
9435
9436 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
9437 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
9438 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
9439 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
9440 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
9441
9442 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
9443
9444 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
9445 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
9446 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
9447 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
9448 them for `find-ls-option'.")
9449
9450 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired")
9451
9452 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
9453 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
9454 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
9455 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
9456
9457 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
9458
9459 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
9460 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
9461 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
9462
9463 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
9464
9465 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
9466 as the final argument.
9467
9468 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
9469
9470 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
9471 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
9472 and run dired on those files.
9473 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
9474 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
9475
9476 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
9477
9478 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
9479
9480 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
9481 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
9482 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
9483
9484 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
9485
9486 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
9487
9488 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
9489
9490 ;;;***
9491 \f
9492 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
9493 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
9494 ;;;;;; (16767 25304))
9495 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
9496
9497 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\
9498 *A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'.
9499 Specifies how to recognise special constructs such as include files
9500 etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that
9501 construct.")
9502
9503 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
9504 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
9505 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
9506
9507 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
9508
9509 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9510
9511 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
9512
9513 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
9514 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
9515 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
9516
9517 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
9518 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
9519
9520 Variables of interest include:
9521
9522 - `ff-case-fold-search'
9523 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
9524 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
9525
9526 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
9527 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
9528 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
9529
9530 - `ff-ignore-include'
9531 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
9532
9533 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
9534 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
9535
9536 - `ff-quiet-mode'
9537 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
9538
9539 - `ff-special-constructs'
9540 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
9541 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
9542 extracting the filename from that construct.
9543
9544 - `ff-other-file-alist'
9545 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
9546
9547 - `ff-search-directories'
9548 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
9549 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
9550
9551 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
9552 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
9553
9554 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
9555 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
9556
9557 - `ff-post-load-hook'
9558 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
9559
9560 - `ff-not-found-hook'
9561 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
9562
9563 - `ff-file-created-hook'
9564 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
9565
9566 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
9567
9568 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
9569 Visit the file you click on.
9570
9571 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9572
9573 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
9574 Visit the file you click on in another window.
9575
9576 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9577
9578 ;;;***
9579 \f
9580 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
9581 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
9582 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
9583 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
9584 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
9585 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
9586 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (16953 20625))
9587 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
9588
9589 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
9590 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
9591
9592 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
9593
9594 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
9595 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
9596 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
9597 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
9598 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
9599 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
9600
9601 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
9602
9603 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
9604 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
9605
9606 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
9607 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9608 not selected.
9609
9610 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
9611 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
9612 in `load-path'.
9613
9614 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
9615
9616 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
9617 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
9618
9619 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
9620 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
9621 places point before the definition.
9622 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
9623
9624 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
9625 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9626 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9627
9628 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9629
9630 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
9631 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9632
9633 See `find-function' for more details.
9634
9635 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9636
9637 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9638 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9639
9640 See `find-function' for more details.
9641
9642 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9643
9644 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
9645 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
9646
9647 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
9648 in a buffer, and the point of the definition. It does not switch
9649 to the buffer or display it.
9650
9651 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
9652 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9653
9654 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
9655
9656 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
9657 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
9658
9659 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
9660 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
9661 places point before the definition.
9662
9663 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
9664
9665 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
9666 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9667 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9668
9669 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9670
9671 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
9672 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9673
9674 See `find-variable' for more details.
9675
9676 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9677
9678 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9679 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9680
9681 See `find-variable' for more details.
9682
9683 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9684
9685 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
9686 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
9687 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function,
9688 `defvar' or `defface' for a variable or face. This functoin
9689 does not switch to the buffer or display it.
9690
9691 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
9692 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9693
9694 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
9695
9696 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
9697 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
9698
9699 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
9700 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
9701 places point before the definition.
9702
9703 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
9704
9705 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
9706 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9707 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9708
9709 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
9710
9711 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
9712 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
9713 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
9714
9715 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
9716
9717 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
9718 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9719
9720 \(fn)" t nil)
9721
9722 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
9723 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9724
9725 \(fn)" t nil)
9726
9727 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
9728 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
9729
9730 \(fn)" nil nil)
9731
9732 ;;;***
9733 \f
9734 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
9735 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (16213 43268))
9736 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
9737
9738 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
9739 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
9740
9741 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
9742
9743 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
9744 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
9745
9746 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
9747
9748 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
9749 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
9750
9751 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9752
9753 ;;;***
9754 \f
9755 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
9756 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (16958 58756))
9757 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
9758
9759 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
9760 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
9761
9762 \(fn)" t nil)
9763
9764 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
9765 Display FILE's commentary section.
9766 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
9767
9768 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9769
9770 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
9771 Find packages matching a given keyword.
9772
9773 \(fn)" t nil)
9774
9775 ;;;***
9776 \f
9777 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
9778 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (16213 43268))
9779 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
9780
9781 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
9782 Toggle flow control handling.
9783 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
9784 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
9785
9786 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
9787
9788 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
9789 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
9790 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
9791 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
9792 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
9793 to get the effect of a C-q.
9794
9795 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
9796
9797 ;;;***
9798 \f
9799 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
9800 ;;;;;; (16908 33361))
9801 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
9802
9803 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
9804 Not documented
9805
9806 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9807
9808 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
9809 Not documented
9810
9811 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9812
9813 ;;;***
9814 \f
9815 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el"
9816 ;;;;;; (16808 48570))
9817 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
9818
9819 (unless (assq (quote flymake-mode) minor-mode-alist) (setq minor-mode-alist (cons (quote (flymake-mode flymake-mode-line)) minor-mode-alist)))
9820
9821 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
9822 Turn flymake mode on.
9823
9824 \(fn)" nil nil)
9825
9826 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
9827 Turn flymake mode off.
9828
9829 \(fn)" nil nil)
9830
9831 ;;;***
9832 \f
9833 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
9834 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
9835 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (16939 44105))
9836 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
9837
9838 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
9839 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
9840 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
9841
9842 (custom-autoload (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell")
9843
9844 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
9845 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
9846
9847 \(fn)" t nil)
9848
9849 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
9850
9851 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
9852
9853 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
9854 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
9855 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
9856 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
9857 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
9858 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
9859
9860 Bindings:
9861 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
9862 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
9863 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
9864
9865 Hooks:
9866 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
9867
9868 Remark:
9869 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
9870 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
9871 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
9872
9873 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
9874 consider adding:
9875 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
9876 in your .emacs file.
9877
9878 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
9879 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
9880
9881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9882
9883 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
9884
9885 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
9886 The flyspell version
9887
9888 \(fn)" t nil)
9889
9890 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
9891 Turn Flyspell mode off.
9892
9893 \(fn)" nil nil)
9894
9895 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
9896 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
9897
9898 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
9899
9900 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
9901 Flyspell whole buffer.
9902
9903 \(fn)" t nil)
9904
9905 ;;;***
9906 \f
9907 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
9908 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
9909 ;;;;;; (16534 3807))
9910 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
9911
9912 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9913 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9914
9915 \(fn)" t nil)
9916
9917 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9918 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9919
9920 \(fn)" t nil)
9921
9922 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
9923 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
9924
9925 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
9926 of two major techniques:
9927
9928 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
9929 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
9930 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
9931
9932 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
9933 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
9934 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
9935 movement commands.
9936
9937 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
9938 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
9939 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
9940 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
9941 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
9942 mileage may vary).
9943
9944 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
9945 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
9946
9947 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
9948
9949 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
9950 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
9951 \(This is the default.)
9952
9953 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
9954 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
9955
9956 Keys specific to Follow mode:
9957 \\{follow-mode-map}
9958
9959 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9960
9961 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
9962 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
9963
9964 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
9965 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
9966 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
9967 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
9968 two windows always will display two successive pages.
9969 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
9970
9971 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
9972 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
9973 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
9974
9975 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
9976 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
9977 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
9978
9979 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9980
9981 ;;;***
9982 \f
9983 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
9984 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock"
9985 ;;;;;; "font-lock.el" (16960 18194))
9986 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
9987
9988 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock" "\
9989 Not documented
9990
9991 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
9992
9993 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9994 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9995 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9996 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
9997 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
9998 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
9999 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
10000 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
10001 end of the current highlighting list.
10002
10003 For example:
10004
10005 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
10006 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
10007 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
10008
10009 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
10010 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
10011
10012 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
10013 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
10014 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
10015
10016 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
10017 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
10018 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'.
10019
10020 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
10021
10022 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
10023 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
10024
10025 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
10026 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
10027
10028 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
10029 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
10030 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
10031
10032 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
10033
10034 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
10035 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would.
10036
10037 \(fn)" t nil)
10038
10039 ;;;***
10040 \f
10041 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (16908
10042 ;;;;;; 33362))
10043 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10044
10045 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
10046 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10047 \\<message-mode-map>
10048 key binding
10049 --- -------
10050
10051 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
10052 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
10053 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
10054 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
10055 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
10056 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
10057
10058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10059
10060 ;;;***
10061 \f
10062 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10063 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (16507 41097))
10064 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10065
10066 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
10067 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10068
10069 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10070 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10071 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10072 C-c < forms-first-record <
10073 C-c > forms-last-record >
10074 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10075 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10076 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10077 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10078 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10079 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10080 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10081 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10082 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10083 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10084
10085 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
10086
10087 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
10088 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10089
10090 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10091
10092 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
10093 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10094
10095 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10096
10097 ;;;***
10098 \f
10099 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
10100 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (16908 33362))
10101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10102
10103 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
10104 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
10105 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
10106 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
10107 with a character in column 6.")
10108
10109 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
10110
10111 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
10112 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10113 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10114
10115 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10116 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10117
10118 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10119
10120 Key definitions:
10121 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10122
10123 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10124
10125 `comment-start'
10126 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10127 `fortran-do-indent'
10128 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10129 `fortran-if-indent'
10130 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10131 `fortran-structure-indent'
10132 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10133 (default 3)
10134 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10135 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10136 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10137 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10138 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10139 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10140 nil don't change the indentation
10141 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10142 value of either
10143 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10144 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10145 depending on the continuation format in use.
10146 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10147 indentation for a line of code.
10148 (default 'fixed)
10149 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10150 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10151 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10152 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10153 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10154 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10155 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10156 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10157 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10158 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10159 column 5.
10160 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10161 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10162 statements (default nil).
10163 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10164 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10165 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10166 `fortran-continuation-string'
10167 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10168 line (default \"$\").
10169 `fortran-comment-region'
10170 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10171 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10172 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10173 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10174 as typed (default t).
10175 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10176 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10177
10178 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10179 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10180
10181 \(fn)" t nil)
10182
10183 ;;;***
10184 \f
10185 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10186 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (16775 26716))
10187 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10188
10189 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
10190 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10191
10192 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10193 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10194
10195 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
10196
10197 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
10198 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10199
10200 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10201 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10202
10203 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
10204
10205 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
10206 Compile fortune file.
10207
10208 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10209 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10210
10211 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10212
10213 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
10214 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10215
10216 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10217 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10218 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10219 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10220
10221 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10222
10223 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
10224 Display a fortune cookie.
10225
10226 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10227 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10228 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10229 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10230
10231 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10232
10233 ;;;***
10234 \f
10235 ;;;### (autoloads (fringe-indicators set-fringe-style fringe-mode
10236 ;;;;;; fringe-mode) "fringe" "fringe.el" (16908 33360))
10237 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
10238
10239 (defvar fringe-mode nil "\
10240 *Specify appearance of fringes on all frames.
10241 This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have
10242 the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying
10243 the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or
10244 a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates
10245 width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no
10246 fringe).
10247 To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make
10248 it take real effect.
10249 Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect.
10250 If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame,
10251 you can use the interactive function `toggle-fringe'")
10252
10253 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe")
10254
10255 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
10256 Set the default appearance of fringes on all frames.
10257
10258 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
10259 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
10260 `minimal' and `half'.
10261
10262 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
10263 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
10264 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
10265 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
10266 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
10267 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
10268 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
10269 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
10270 width of 0.
10271
10272 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
10273 fringe widths set by this command. This command applies to all
10274 frames that exist and frames to be created in the future. If you
10275 want to set the default appearance of fringes on the selected
10276 frame only, see the command `set-fringe-style'.
10277
10278 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
10279
10280 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
10281 Set the default appearance of fringes on the selected frame.
10282
10283 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
10284 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
10285 `minimal' and `half'.
10286
10287 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
10288 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
10289 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
10290 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
10291 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
10292 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
10293 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
10294 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
10295 width of 0.
10296
10297 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
10298 fringe widths set by this command. If you want to set the
10299 default appearance of fringes on all frames, see the command
10300 `fringe-mode'.
10301
10302 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
10303
10304 (defvar fringe-indicators nil "\
10305 Visually indicate buffer boundaries and scrolling.
10306 Setting this variable, changes `default-indicate-buffer-boundaries'.")
10307
10308 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-indicators) "fringe")
10309
10310 ;;;***
10311 \f
10312 ;;;### (autoloads (gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el" (16960 18194))
10313 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
10314
10315 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
10316 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10317 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10318 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10319
10320 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10321 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10322 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10323 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10324
10325 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
10326 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
10327 `gdb-use-inferior-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
10328 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are given in
10329 relevant buffer.
10330
10331 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
10332
10333 The following commands help control operation :
10334
10335 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
10336 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
10337
10338 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
10339 detailed description of this mode.
10340
10341
10342 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10343 GDB Toolbar
10344 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10345 GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer
10346 |
10347 |
10348 |
10349 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10350 Source buffer | Input/Output (of inferior) buffer
10351 | (comint-mode)
10352 |
10353 |
10354 |
10355 |
10356 |
10357 |
10358 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10359 Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer
10360 RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint
10361 | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint
10362 | d gdb-delete-breakpoint
10363 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10364
10365 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10366
10367 ;;;***
10368 \f
10369 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode generic-mode-internal define-generic-mode)
10370 ;;;;;; "generic" "generic.el" (16960 18194))
10371 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
10372
10373 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
10374 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
10375 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
10376 instead (which see).")
10377
10378 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
10379 Create a new generic mode MODE.
10380
10381 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; it need not
10382 be quoted. The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the
10383 mode command. If you do not supply it, a default documentation
10384 string will be used instead.
10385
10386 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single
10387 character, a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the
10388 entry is a character or a string, it is added to the mode's
10389 syntax table with `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons
10390 pair, the elements of the pair are considered to be
10391 `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively. (The latter
10392 should be nil if you want comments to end at end of line.) Note
10393 that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
10394
10395 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
10396 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
10397
10398 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight.
10399 Each entry in the list should have the same form as an entry in
10400 `font-lock-keywords'.
10401
10402 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
10403 `auto-mode-alist'. These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist'
10404 as soon as `define-generic-mode' is called.
10405
10406 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some
10407 additional setup.
10408
10409 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
10410
10411 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
10412
10413 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
10414 Go into the generic mode MODE.
10415
10416 \(fn MODE COMMENTS KEYWORDS FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNS)" nil nil)
10417
10418 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
10419 Enter generic mode MODE.
10420
10421 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
10422 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
10423 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
10424
10425 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
10426 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
10427
10428 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
10429
10430 ;;;***
10431 \f
10432 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
10433 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
10434 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
10435
10436 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
10437 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
10438 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
10439 at places they belong to.
10440
10441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10442
10443 ;;;***
10444 \f
10445 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
10446 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (16954 46150))
10447 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
10448
10449 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
10450 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
10451
10452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10453
10454 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
10455 Read network news.
10456 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
10457 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
10458 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
10459 name of an NNTP server to use.
10460 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
10461 server.
10462
10463 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
10464
10465 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
10466 Read news as a slave.
10467
10468 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10469
10470 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
10471 Pop up a frame to read news.
10472 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
10473 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
10474 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
10475 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
10476 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
10477 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
10478 current display is used.
10479
10480 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
10481
10482 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
10483 Read network news.
10484 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
10485 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
10486 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
10487
10488 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
10489
10490 ;;;***
10491 \f
10492 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
10493 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
10494 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
10495 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
10496 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
10497 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (16908 33361))
10498 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
10499
10500 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
10501 Start Gnus unplugged.
10502
10503 \(fn)" t nil)
10504
10505 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
10506 Start Gnus plugged.
10507
10508 \(fn)" t nil)
10509
10510 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
10511 Read news as a slave unplugged.
10512
10513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10514
10515 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
10516 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
10517
10518 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
10519 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
10520 customize gnus-agent to nil.
10521
10522 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
10523 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
10524 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
10525
10526 \(fn)" t nil)
10527
10528 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
10529 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
10530
10531 \(fn)" nil nil)
10532
10533 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
10534 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP. Always updates the agent, even when
10535 disabled, as the old agent files would corrupt gnus when the agent was
10536 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is supported.
10537
10538 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
10539
10540 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
10541 Delete fully-qualified GROUP. Always updates the agent, even when
10542 disabled, as the old agent files would corrupt gnus when the agent was
10543 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is supported.
10544
10545 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
10546
10547 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
10548 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
10549
10550 \(fn)" nil nil)
10551
10552 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
10553 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
10554 downloaded into the agent.
10555
10556 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
10557
10558 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
10559 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
10560 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
10561 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
10562
10563 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
10564
10565 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
10566 Start Gnus and fetch session.
10567
10568 \(fn)" t nil)
10569
10570 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
10571 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
10572
10573 \(fn)" t nil)
10574
10575 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
10576 Regenerate all agent covered files.
10577 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
10578
10579 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
10580
10581 ;;;***
10582 \f
10583 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
10584 ;;;;;; (16954 46150))
10585 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
10586
10587 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
10588 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
10589
10590 \(fn)" nil nil)
10591
10592 ;;;***
10593 \f
10594 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
10595 ;;;;;; (16698 21927))
10596 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
10597
10598 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
10599 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
10600
10601 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10602
10603 ;;;***
10604 \f
10605 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
10606 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
10607 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (16858
10608 ;;;;;; 50925))
10609 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
10610
10611 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
10612 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
10613
10614 Usage:
10615 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
10616
10617 \(fn)" t nil)
10618
10619 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
10620 Generate the cache active file.
10621
10622 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10623
10624 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
10625 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
10626
10627 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10628
10629 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
10630 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP. Always updates the cache, even when
10631 disabled, as the old cache files would corrupt gnus when the cache was
10632 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is supported.
10633
10634 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
10635
10636 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
10637 Delete GROUP. Always updates the cache, even when
10638 disabled, as the old cache files would corrupt gnus when the cache was
10639 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is supported.
10640
10641 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
10642
10643 ;;;***
10644 \f
10645 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
10646 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (16908 33361))
10647 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
10648
10649 (defgroup gnus-delay nil "Arrange for sending postings later." :version "22.1" :group (quote gnus))
10650
10651 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
10652 Delay this article by some time.
10653 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
10654
10655 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
10656 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
10657
10658 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
10659 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
10660
10661 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
10662 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
10663
10664 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
10665
10666 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
10667 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
10668
10669 \(fn)" t nil)
10670
10671 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
10672 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
10673 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
10674 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
10675
10676 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
10677 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
10678
10679 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
10680
10681 ;;;***
10682 \f
10683 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
10684 ;;;;;; (16697 49031))
10685 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
10686
10687 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
10688 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
10689
10690 \(fn)" nil nil)
10691
10692 ;;;***
10693 \f
10694 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
10695 ;;;;;; (16764 51520))
10696 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
10697
10698 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
10699 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
10700
10701 \(fn)" t nil)
10702
10703 ;;;***
10704 \f
10705 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
10706 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
10707 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (16908
10708 ;;;;;; 33361))
10709 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
10710
10711 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
10712 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
10713
10714 \(fn)" t nil)
10715
10716 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
10717 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
10718
10719 \(fn)" t nil)
10720
10721 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
10722 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
10723
10724 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10725
10726 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
10727 Return an Face header based on an image file.
10728
10729 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10730
10731 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
10732 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
10733 The PNG is returned as a string.
10734
10735 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10736
10737 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
10738 Convert FILE to a Face.
10739 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
10740 726 bytes.
10741
10742 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
10743
10744 ;;;***
10745 \f
10746 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
10747 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (16927 493))
10748 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
10749
10750 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
10751 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
10752 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
10753
10754 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
10755
10756 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
10757 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
10758
10759 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
10760
10761 ;;;***
10762 \f
10763 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
10764 ;;;;;; (16698 21927))
10765 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
10766
10767 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
10768
10769 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
10770 Run batched scoring.
10771 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
10772
10773 \(fn)" t nil)
10774
10775 ;;;***
10776 \f
10777 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
10778 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
10779 ;;;;;; (16698 21927))
10780 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
10781
10782 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
10783 Not documented
10784
10785 \(fn)" nil nil)
10786
10787 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
10788 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
10789 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
10790
10791 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10792
10793 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
10794 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
10795
10796 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
10797
10798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10799
10800 ;;;***
10801 \f
10802 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
10803 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
10804 ;;;;;; (16698 21927))
10805 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
10806
10807 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10808 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
10809 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
10810 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
10811 group parameters.
10812
10813 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
10814 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
10815 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
10816 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
10817
10818 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
10819 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
10820 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
10821 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
10822 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
10823 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
10824 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
10825 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
10826 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
10827 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
10828
10829 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
10830
10831 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10832 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
10833 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
10834 nil CATCH-ALL).
10835
10836 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
10837 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
10838
10839 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
10840
10841 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10842 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
10843 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
10844
10845 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
10846
10847 \(fn)" nil nil)
10848
10849 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10850 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
10851 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
10852
10853 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
10854
10855 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
10856 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
10857 existing groups are considered.
10858
10859 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
10860 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
10861 returned.
10862
10863 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
10864 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
10865 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
10866 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
10867 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
10868 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
10869 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
10870 clauses will be generated.
10871
10872 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
10873 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
10874 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
10875 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
10876 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
10877 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
10878
10879 For example, given the following group parameters:
10880
10881 nnml:mail.bar:
10882 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
10883 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
10884 nnml:mail.foo:
10885 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
10886 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
10887 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
10888 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
10889 nnml:mail.others:
10890 \((split-spec . catch-all))
10891
10892 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
10893
10894 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
10895 \"mail.bar\")
10896 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
10897 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
10898 \"mail.others\")
10899
10900 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
10901
10902 ;;;***
10903 \f
10904 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
10905 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
10906 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
10907
10908 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
10909 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
10910 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
10911
10912 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
10913
10914 ;;;***
10915 \f
10916 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
10917 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (16923 3623))
10918 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
10919
10920 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
10921 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
10922 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
10923 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
10924
10925 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
10926
10927 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
10928 Mail to ADDRESS.
10929
10930 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
10931
10932 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
10933 Like `message-reply'.
10934
10935 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
10936
10937 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
10938
10939 ;;;***
10940 \f
10941 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
10942 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
10943 ;;;;;; (16730 31107))
10944 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
10945
10946 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
10947 Display picons in the From header.
10948 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
10949
10950 \(fn)" t nil)
10951
10952 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
10953 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
10954 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
10955
10956 \(fn)" t nil)
10957
10958 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
10959 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
10960 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
10961
10962 \(fn)" t nil)
10963
10964 ;;;***
10965 \f
10966 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
10967 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
10968 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
10969 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
10970 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (16764 51520))
10971 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
10972
10973 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
10974 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
10975 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
10976 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
10977
10978 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
10979
10980 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
10981 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
10982 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
10983 LIST1 is modified.
10984
10985 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
10986
10987 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
10988 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
10989 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
10990
10991 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
10992
10993 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
10994 Not documented
10995
10996 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
10997
10998 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
10999 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11000 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11001
11002 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11003
11004 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
11005 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11006 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11007
11008 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
11009
11010 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
11011
11012 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
11013 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11014 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11015
11016 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11017
11018 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
11019 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11020 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11021
11022 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11023
11024 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
11025 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11026 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11027
11028 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11029
11030 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
11031 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11032
11033 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
11034
11035 ;;;***
11036 \f
11037 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11038 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (16923 3623))
11039 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11040
11041 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
11042 Not documented
11043
11044 \(fn)" t nil)
11045
11046 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
11047 Install the registry hooks.
11048
11049 \(fn)" t nil)
11050
11051 ;;;***
11052 \f
11053 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11054 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (16697
11055 ;;;;;; 49031))
11056 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11057
11058 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
11059 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11060 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11061 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11062 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11063 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11064
11065 \(fn)" t nil)
11066
11067 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
11068 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11069 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11070 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11071 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11072
11073 \(fn)" t nil)
11074
11075 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
11076 Not documented
11077
11078 \(fn)" t nil)
11079
11080 ;;;***
11081 \f
11082 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
11083 ;;;;;; (16698 21927))
11084 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
11085
11086 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
11087 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
11088 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
11089 for matching on group names.
11090
11091 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
11092 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
11093
11094 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
11095
11096 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
11097
11098 \(fn)" t nil)
11099
11100 ;;;***
11101 \f
11102 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11103 ;;;;;; (16908 33361))
11104 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11105
11106 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
11107 Update the format specification near point.
11108
11109 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
11110
11111 ;;;***
11112 \f
11113 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
11114 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (16908
11115 ;;;;;; 33361))
11116 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11117
11118 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
11119 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11120
11121 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
11122
11123 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
11124 Not documented
11125
11126 \(fn)" nil nil)
11127
11128 ;;;***
11129 \f
11130 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11131 ;;;;;; (16908 33361))
11132 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11133
11134 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
11135 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11136
11137 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
11138
11139 ;;;***
11140 \f
11141 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (16213 43281))
11142 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11143
11144 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
11145 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11146
11147 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
11148 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11149 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11150
11151 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11152 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11153 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11154
11155 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11156 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11157
11158 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11159 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11160
11161 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11162
11163 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
11164
11165 ;;;***
11166 \f
11167 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
11168 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (16858 50931))
11169 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11170
11171 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
11172 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
11173 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
11174 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11175 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click.
11176
11177 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11178
11179 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
11180 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11181 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11182 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11183 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11184
11185 \(fn)" t nil)
11186
11187 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
11188 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11189 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11190 or to send e-mail.
11191 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
11192
11193 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11194 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11195
11196 \(fn)" t nil)
11197
11198 ;;;***
11199 \f
11200 ;;;### (autoloads (grep-tree grep-find grep grep-compute-defaults
11201 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
11202 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (16908 33362))
11203 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
11204
11205 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
11206 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
11207
11208 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep")
11209
11210 (defvar grep-command nil "\
11211 The default grep command for \\[grep].
11212 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
11213 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
11214 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
11215
11216 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
11217 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
11218
11219 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep")
11220
11221 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
11222 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
11223 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
11224 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
11225
11226 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep")
11227
11228 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
11229 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
11230
11231 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep")
11232
11233 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)[: ]+\\([0-9]+\\)\\([.:]?\\)\\([0-9]+\\)?\\(?:-\\(?:\\([0-9]+\\)\\3\\)?\\.?\\([0-9]+\\)?\\)?[: ]" 1 (2 . 5) (4 . 6)) ("^\\(.+?\\)[:(]+\\([0-9]+\\)\\([:)]\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;41m\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[00m\\(\e\\[K\\)?\\)" 1 2 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 5) (match-end 3) 8)) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 3) 8))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 1))) "\
11234 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
11235
11236 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
11237 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
11238 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11239
11240 (defvar find-program "find" "\
11241 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
11242 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11243
11244 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
11245 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
11246
11247 If nil, it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
11248 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
11249
11250 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11251
11252 (defvar grep-history nil)
11253
11254 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
11255
11256 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
11257 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
11258 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
11259
11260 \(fn)" nil nil)
11261
11262 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
11263 Not documented
11264
11265 \(fn)" nil nil)
11266
11267 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
11268 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11269 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
11270 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
11271 where grep found matches.
11272
11273 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
11274 easily repeat a grep command.
11275
11276 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
11277 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
11278 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
11279 if that history list is empty).
11280
11281 If specified, optional second arg HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is the regexp to
11282 temporarily highlight in visited source lines.
11283
11284 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS &optional HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" t nil)
11285
11286 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
11287 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
11288 Collect output in a buffer.
11289 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11290 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11291
11292 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11293 easily repeat a find command.
11294
11295 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11296
11297 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
11298
11299 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "grep" "\
11300 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
11301 Collect output in a buffer.
11302 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
11303 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
11304 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11305 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
11306 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11307
11308 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11309 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11310
11311 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11312 easily repeat a find command.
11313
11314 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
11315 those sub directories of DIR.
11316
11317 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
11318
11319 ;;;***
11320 \f
11321 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (16565 48734))
11322 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
11323
11324 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
11325 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
11326 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
11327 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
11328 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
11329
11330 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
11331
11332 ;;;***
11333 \f
11334 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
11335 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (16896 54110))
11336 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
11337
11338 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
11339 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11340 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11341 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11342
11343 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11344
11345 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
11346 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11347 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11348 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11349
11350 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11351
11352 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
11353 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11354 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11355 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11356
11357 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11358
11359 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
11360 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11361 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11362 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11363
11364 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
11365 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
11366
11367 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11368
11369 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
11370 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11371 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11372 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11373
11374 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11375
11376 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
11377 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
11378 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11379 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11380
11381 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11382
11383 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
11384 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
11385 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
11386 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
11387 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
11388
11389 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
11390 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
11391 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
11392 original source file access method.
11393
11394 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
11395 gud, see `gud-mode'.
11396
11397 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11398
11399 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
11400 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11401 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11402 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11403
11404 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11405 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
11406
11407 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
11408
11409 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
11410 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
11411
11412 \(fn)" t nil)
11413
11414 ;;;***
11415 \f
11416 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (16377
11417 ;;;;;; 12872))
11418 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
11419
11420 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
11421 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
11422 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
11423 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
11424
11425 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
11426 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
11427 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
11428 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
11429
11430 \(fn)" t nil)
11431
11432 ;;;***
11433 \f
11434 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
11435 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
11436 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
11437
11438 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
11439 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
11440
11441 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
11442
11443 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
11444 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
11445 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
11446 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
11447
11448 Repent before ring 31 moves.
11449
11450 \(fn)" t nil)
11451
11452 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
11453 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
11454 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
11455 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
11456 to be updated.
11457
11458 \(fn)" t nil)
11459
11460 ;;;***
11461 \f
11462 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
11463 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
11464 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
11465 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (16908 33360))
11466 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
11467
11468 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
11469 Return the help-echo string at point.
11470 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
11471 property, or nil, is returned.
11472 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
11473 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
11474 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
11475
11476 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
11477
11478 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
11479 Return the keyboard help string at point.
11480 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
11481 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
11482 this produces no string either, return nil.
11483
11484 \(fn)" nil nil)
11485
11486 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
11487 Display local help in the echo area.
11488 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
11489 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
11490 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
11491 printed instead.
11492
11493 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
11494 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
11495 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
11496
11497 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11498
11499 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
11500 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
11501 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
11502
11503 \(fn)" t nil)
11504
11505 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
11506 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
11507 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
11508
11509 \(fn)" t nil)
11510
11511 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
11512 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
11513 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
11514 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
11515 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
11516 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
11517 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
11518 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
11519 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
11520 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
11521 a non-empty list disables the feature.
11522
11523 This variable only takes effect after a call to
11524 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
11525 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
11526 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
11527 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
11528
11529 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
11530 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
11531 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
11532 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
11533 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
11534 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
11535 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
11536 The default is `never'.")
11537
11538 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt")
11539
11540 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
11541 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
11542 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
11543 hook.variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
11544 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
11545 considered different regions.
11546
11547 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
11548 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
11549 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
11550 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
11551 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
11552 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
11553 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
11554 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
11555 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
11556
11557 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
11558
11559 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
11560 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
11561 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
11562 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
11563 different regions.
11564
11565 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
11566 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
11567 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
11568 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
11569 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
11570 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
11571 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
11572 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
11573
11574 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
11575 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
11576 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
11577 rarely happens in practice.
11578
11579 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11580
11581 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
11582 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
11583 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
11584 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
11585 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
11586 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
11587
11588 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11589
11590 ;;;***
11591 \f
11592 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
11593 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
11594 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (16899 17454))
11595 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
11596
11597 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
11598 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
11599 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
11600 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
11601 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
11602 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
11603
11604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11605
11606 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
11607 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
11608 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
11609 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
11610 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
11611 to the specified name LIBRARY.
11612
11613 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
11614 is used instead of `load-path'.
11615
11616 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
11617 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
11618 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
11619
11620 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
11621
11622 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
11623 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
11624
11625 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11626
11627 (defface help-argument-name (quote ((((supports :slant italic)) :inherit italic))) "Face to highlight argument names in *Help* buffers." :group (quote help))
11628
11629 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
11630 Not documented
11631
11632 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11633
11634 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
11635 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
11636 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
11637 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
11638
11639 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11640
11641 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
11642 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
11643 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
11644 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
11645 it is displayed along with the global value.
11646
11647 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
11648
11649 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
11650 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
11651 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
11652 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
11653
11654 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
11655
11656 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
11657 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
11658 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
11659 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
11660 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
11661
11662 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
11663
11664 ;;;***
11665 \f
11666 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
11667 ;;;;;; (16875 35928))
11668 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
11669
11670 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
11671 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
11672 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
11673 and window listing and describing the options.
11674 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
11675 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
11676
11677 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
11678
11679 ;;;***
11680 \f
11681 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
11682 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
11683 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (16939 44104))
11684 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
11685
11686 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
11687 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
11688 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
11689 Commands:
11690 \\{help-mode-map}
11691
11692 \(fn)" t nil)
11693
11694 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
11695 Not documented
11696
11697 \(fn)" nil nil)
11698
11699 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
11700 Not documented
11701
11702 \(fn)" nil nil)
11703
11704 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
11705 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
11706
11707 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
11708 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
11709 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
11710 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
11711
11712 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
11713 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
11714 restore it properly when going back.
11715
11716 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
11717
11718 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
11719 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
11720
11721 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
11722 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
11723 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
11724 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
11725 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
11726 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
11727 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
11728 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
11729
11730 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
11731 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
11732 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
11733 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
11734
11735 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
11736 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
11737 that.
11738
11739 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
11740
11741 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
11742 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
11743 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
11744 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
11745 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
11746 See `help-make-xrefs'.
11747
11748 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11749
11750 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
11751 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
11752 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
11753 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
11754 See `help-make-xrefs'.
11755
11756 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11757
11758 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
11759 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
11760
11761 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
11762
11763 ;;;***
11764 \f
11765 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
11766 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (16213 43273))
11767 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
11768
11769 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
11770 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
11771
11772 \(fn)" t nil)
11773
11774 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
11775 Provide help for current mode.
11776
11777 \(fn)" t nil)
11778
11779 ;;;***
11780 \f
11781 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
11782 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (16858 50912))
11783 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
11784
11785 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
11786 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
11787 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
11788 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
11789 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
11790
11791 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
11792 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
11793
11794 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
11795 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
11796 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
11797 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
11798
11799 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
11800 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
11801 periods.
11802
11803 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
11804 in hexl format.
11805
11806 A sample format:
11807
11808 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
11809 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
11810 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
11811 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
11812 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
11813 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
11814 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
11815 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
11816 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
11817 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
11818 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
11819 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
11820 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
11821 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
11822 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
11823
11824 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
11825 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
11826 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
11827
11828 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
11829 also supported.
11830
11831 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
11832
11833 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
11834 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
11835 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
11836
11837 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
11838 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
11839 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
11840
11841 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
11842 into the buffer at the current point.
11843
11844 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
11845 into the buffer at the current point.
11846
11847 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
11848 into the buffer at the current point.
11849
11850 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
11851
11852 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
11853 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
11854
11855 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
11856
11857 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
11858
11859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11860
11861 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
11862 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
11863 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
11864
11865 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
11866
11867 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
11868 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
11869 This discards the buffer's undo information.
11870
11871 \(fn)" t nil)
11872
11873 ;;;***
11874 \f
11875 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
11876 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
11877 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (16898
11878 ;;;;;; 6195))
11879 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
11880
11881 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
11882 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
11883
11884 (custom-autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
11885
11886 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
11887 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
11888
11889 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
11890 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
11891 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
11892 which can be called interactively, are:
11893
11894 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
11895 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
11896
11897 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
11898 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
11899 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
11900 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
11901
11902 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
11903 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
11904
11905 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
11906 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
11907
11908 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
11909 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
11910 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
11911 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
11912 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
11913 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
11914
11915 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
11916 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
11917
11918 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
11919 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
11920 Hi-lock: FOO
11921 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
11922 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
11923 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
11924 will be read until
11925 Hi-lock: end
11926 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
11927
11928 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11929
11930 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
11931
11932 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
11933 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
11934
11935 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
11936 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
11937 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
11938 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
11939
11940 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
11941
11942 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
11943
11944 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
11945 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
11946
11947 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
11948 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
11949 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
11950 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
11951
11952 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
11953
11954 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
11955
11956 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
11957 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
11958
11959 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
11960 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
11961
11962 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
11963
11964 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
11965
11966 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
11967 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
11968
11969 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
11970 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
11971 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
11972 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
11973 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
11974
11975 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11976
11977 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
11978 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
11979
11980 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
11981 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
11982 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
11983
11984 \(fn)" t nil)
11985
11986 ;;;***
11987 \f
11988 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
11989 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (16924 23221))
11990 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
11991
11992 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
11993 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
11994 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11995 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
11996 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
11997 how the hiding is done:
11998
11999 `hide-ifdef-env'
12000 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12001 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12002 is used.
12003
12004 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12005 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12006 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12007 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12008 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12009
12010 `hide-ifdef-lines'
12011 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12012 #endif lines when hiding.
12013
12014 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12015 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12016 is activated.
12017
12018 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12019 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12020 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12021
12022 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12023
12024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12025
12026 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
12027 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
12028
12029 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
12030
12031 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
12032 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
12033
12034 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
12035
12036 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
12037 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
12038
12039 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
12040
12041 ;;;***
12042 \f
12043 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
12044 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (16858 50936))
12045 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12046
12047 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
12048 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
12049
12050 (custom-autoload (quote hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) "hideshow")
12051
12052 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
12053 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12054 Each element has the form
12055 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
12056
12057 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
12058 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
12059
12060 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
12061 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
12062
12063 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
12064 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
12065 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
12066 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
12067 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
12068 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
12069
12070 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
12071 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
12072
12073 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
12074 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
12075
12076 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
12077 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
12078 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
12079
12080 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
12081 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
12082 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
12083 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
12084 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
12085 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
12086
12087 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
12088 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
12089 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
12090
12091 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
12092 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
12093
12094 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
12095
12096 Key bindings:
12097 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
12098
12099 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12100
12101 ;;;***
12102 \f
12103 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
12104 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
12105 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
12106 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
12107 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (16876 58220))
12108 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
12109
12110 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
12111 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
12112 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
12113
12114 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
12115
12116 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
12117 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
12118
12119 Without an argument:
12120 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
12121 or passive state as determined by the variable
12122 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
12123 and passive state.
12124
12125 With an argument ARG:
12126 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
12127 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
12128 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
12129
12130 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
12131 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
12132 not displayed in a different face.
12133
12134 Functions:
12135 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
12136 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
12137 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
12138 buffer with the contents of a file
12139 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
12140 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
12141 various faces.
12142
12143 Hook variables:
12144 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
12145 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
12146 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
12147
12148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12149
12150 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
12151 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12152
12153 \(fn)" t nil)
12154
12155 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
12156 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12157
12158 \(fn)" t nil)
12159
12160 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
12161 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
12162
12163 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
12164 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
12165 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
12166 shown in the last face in the list.
12167
12168 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
12169 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
12170 buffer to be saved):
12171
12172 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
12173
12174 \(fn)" t nil)
12175
12176 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
12177 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
12178
12179 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
12180
12181 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
12182 to save the file.
12183
12184 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
12185 written to a temporary file for comparison.
12186
12187 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12188 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12189 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12190
12191 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
12192
12193 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
12194 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
12195
12196 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
12197 this function is called interactively.
12198
12199 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
12200 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
12201 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
12202
12203 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12204 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12205 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12206
12207 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
12208
12209 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
12210 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
12211
12212 When called interactively:
12213 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
12214 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
12215 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
12216 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
12217
12218 When called from a program:
12219 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
12220 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
12221 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
12222 - otherwise just turn it on
12223
12224 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
12225 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
12226 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
12227 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
12228
12229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12230
12231 ;;;***
12232 \f
12233 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
12234 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
12235 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
12236 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
12237 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (16213 43268))
12238 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
12239
12240 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
12241 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
12242 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
12243 or insert functions in this list.")
12244
12245 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
12246
12247 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
12248 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
12249
12250 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
12251
12252 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
12253 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
12254
12255 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
12256
12257 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
12258 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
12259
12260 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
12261
12262 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
12263 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
12264
12265 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
12266
12267 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
12268 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
12269 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
12270
12271 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
12272
12273 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
12274 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
12275 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
12276 \(as atoms)")
12277
12278 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
12279
12280 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
12281 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
12282 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
12283 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
12284 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
12285
12286 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
12287
12288 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
12289 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
12290 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
12291 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
12292 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
12293 expansions.
12294 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
12295 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
12296 undoes the expansion.
12297
12298 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12299
12300 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
12301 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
12302 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
12303 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
12304
12305 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
12306
12307 ;;;***
12308 \f
12309 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
12310 ;;;;;; (16908 33360))
12311 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
12312
12313 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
12314 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
12315 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
12316
12317 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
12318 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
12319 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
12320 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
12321 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
12322
12323 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
12324 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
12325 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
12326 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
12327
12328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12329
12330 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
12331 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
12332 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12333 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12334 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
12335
12336 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
12337
12338 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
12339 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
12340 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
12341
12342 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
12343 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
12344
12345 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12346
12347 ;;;***
12348 \f
12349 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
12350 ;;;;;; (16822 52985))
12351 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
12352
12353 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
12354 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
12355 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
12356
12357 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
12358
12359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12360
12361 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
12362 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
12363
12364 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
12365 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
12366
12367 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
12368
12369 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
12370
12371 ;;;***
12372 \f
12373 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
12374 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (16213 43281))
12375 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
12376
12377 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
12378 This function is obsolete.
12379 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
12380 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
12381
12382 \(fn)" nil nil)
12383
12384 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
12385 This function is obsolete.
12386 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
12387 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
12388
12389 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12390
12391 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
12392 This function is obsolete.
12393 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
12394 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
12395
12396 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12397
12398 ;;;***
12399 \f
12400 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (16777
12401 ;;;;;; 65418))
12402 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
12403
12404 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
12405 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
12406
12407 \(fn)" t nil)
12408
12409 ;;;***
12410 \f
12411 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
12412 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
12413 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
12414 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
12415 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
12416 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
12417 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
12418 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
12419 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
12420 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
12421 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
12422 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
12423 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
12424 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
12425 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
12426 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
12427 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
12428 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
12429 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
12430 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
12431 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
12432 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (16934 57456))
12433 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
12434
12435 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12436 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
12437 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
12438
12439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12440
12441 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12442 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
12443
12444 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
12445
12446 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12447 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
12448
12449 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
12450
12451 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12452 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
12453
12454 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
12455
12456 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12457 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
12458
12459 \(fn)" t nil)
12460
12461 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12462 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
12463
12464 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
12465
12466 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12467 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
12468
12469 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
12470 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
12471 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
12472 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
12473 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
12474 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
12475 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
12476 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
12477 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
12478 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
12479 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
12480 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
12481
12482 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
12483 Not documented
12484
12485 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
12486
12487 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12488 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
12489
12490 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12491
12492 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12493 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
12494
12495 \(fn)" t nil)
12496
12497 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12498 Remove the first filter group.
12499
12500 \(fn)" t nil)
12501
12502 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12503 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
12504
12505 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12506
12507 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
12508 Remove all filter groups.
12509
12510 \(fn)" t nil)
12511
12512 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12513 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
12514
12515 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12516
12517 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12518 Kill the filter group named NAME.
12519 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
12520
12521 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12522
12523 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
12524 Kill the filter group at point.
12525 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
12526
12527 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
12528
12529 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
12530 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
12531
12532 \(fn)" t nil)
12533
12534 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12535 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
12536
12537 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12538
12539 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
12540 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
12541 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
12542 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
12543
12544 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
12545
12546 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
12547 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
12548 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
12549
12550 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12551
12552 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
12553 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
12554 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
12555 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
12556 of replacing the current filters.
12557
12558 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12559
12560 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
12561 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
12562
12563 \(fn)" t nil)
12564
12565 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
12566 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
12567
12568 \(fn)" t nil)
12569
12570 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
12571 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
12572
12573 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
12574 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
12575 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
12576
12577 \(fn)" t nil)
12578
12579 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
12580 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
12581
12582 \(fn)" t nil)
12583
12584 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
12585 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
12586
12587 \(fn)" t nil)
12588
12589 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
12590 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
12591 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
12592 filter into parts.
12593
12594 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
12595
12596 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
12597 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
12598 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
12599
12600 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
12601
12602 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
12603 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
12604
12605 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12606
12607 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
12608 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
12609
12610 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12611
12612 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
12613 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
12614 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
12615 of replacing the current filters.
12616
12617 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12618 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
12619 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
12620 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
12621 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
12622 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
12623 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
12624 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
12625 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
12626
12627 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12628 Toggle the current sorting mode.
12629 Default sorting modes are:
12630 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
12631 Name - the name of the buffer
12632 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
12633 Size - the size of the buffer
12634
12635 \(fn)" t nil)
12636
12637 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
12638 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
12639
12640 \(fn)" t nil)
12641 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
12642 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
12643 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
12644 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
12645
12646 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
12647 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
12648
12649 \(fn)" t nil)
12650
12651 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
12652 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
12653 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
12654 for this Ibuffer session.
12655
12656 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12657
12658 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
12659 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
12660 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
12661 for this Ibuffer session.
12662
12663 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12664
12665 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
12666 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
12667
12668 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
12669 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
12670
12671 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
12672 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
12673
12674 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
12675
12676 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
12677 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
12678
12679 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
12680 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
12681
12682 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
12683
12684 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
12685 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
12686
12687 \(fn)" t nil)
12688
12689 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
12690 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
12691
12692 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
12693 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
12694 hidden group filter, open it.
12695
12696 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
12697 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
12698 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
12699
12700 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12701
12702 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
12703 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
12704 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
12705
12706 \(fn)" t nil)
12707
12708 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
12709 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
12710
12711 The names are separated by a space.
12712 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
12713
12714 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
12715 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
12716 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
12717 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
12718
12719 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
12720
12721 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12722
12723 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
12724 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
12725
12726 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12727
12728 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
12729 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
12730
12731 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12732
12733 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
12734 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
12735
12736 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12737
12738 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12739 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
12740
12741 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
12742
12743 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12744 Mark all modified buffers.
12745
12746 \(fn)" t nil)
12747
12748 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12749 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
12750
12751 \(fn)" t nil)
12752
12753 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12754 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
12755
12756 \(fn)" t nil)
12757
12758 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12759 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
12760
12761 \(fn)" t nil)
12762
12763 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12764 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
12765
12766 \(fn)" t nil)
12767
12768 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12769 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
12770
12771 \(fn)" t nil)
12772
12773 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12774 Mark all read-only buffers.
12775
12776 \(fn)" t nil)
12777
12778 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
12779 Mark all `dired' buffers.
12780
12781 \(fn)" t nil)
12782
12783 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
12784 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
12785 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
12786 defaults to one.
12787
12788 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
12789
12790 ;;;***
12791 \f
12792 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
12793 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (16544
12794 ;;;;;; 33333))
12795 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
12796
12797 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
12798 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
12799
12800 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
12801 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
12802 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
12803
12804 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
12805 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
12806 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
12807 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
12808 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
12809 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
12810
12811 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
12812 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
12813 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
12814 change its definition, you should explicitly call
12815 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
12816
12817 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
12818
12819 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
12820 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
12821 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
12822 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
12823 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
12824
12825 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
12826 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
12827 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
12828
12829 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
12830
12831 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
12832 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
12833 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
12834 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
12835 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
12836 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
12837
12838 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
12839 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
12840 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
12841 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
12842 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
12843 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
12844 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
12845 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
12846 values are:
12847 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
12848 t - the function it always modifies buffers
12849 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
12850 buffer's modification flag.
12851 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
12852 prompted before performing this operation.
12853 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
12854 operation is complete, in the form:
12855 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
12856 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
12857 confirmation message, in the form:
12858 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
12859 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
12860 macro for exactly what it does.
12861
12862 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
12863
12864 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
12865 Define a filter named NAME.
12866 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
12867 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
12868 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
12869
12870 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
12871 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
12872 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
12873 bound to the current value of the filter.
12874
12875 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
12876
12877 ;;;***
12878 \f
12879 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
12880 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (16908 33360))
12881 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
12882
12883 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
12884 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
12885 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
12886 buffers which are visiting a file.
12887
12888 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
12889
12890 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
12891 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
12892 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
12893 buffers which are visiting a file.
12894
12895 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
12896
12897 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
12898 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
12899 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
12900
12901 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
12902 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
12903 to \"*Ibuffer*\".
12904 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
12905 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
12906 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
12907 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
12908 special value `onewindow' means always use another window.
12909 Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering
12910 groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
12911 Optional argument FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
12912 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have that value
12913 locally in this buffer.
12914
12915 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
12916
12917 ;;;***
12918 \f
12919 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
12920 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
12921 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (16939 44105))
12922 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
12923
12924 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
12925 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
12926 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
12927 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
12928
12929 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
12930
12931 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
12932 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
12933 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
12934 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
12935 ICAL-FILENAME.
12936 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
12937 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
12938 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
12939
12940 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
12941
12942 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
12943 Import a iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
12944 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
12945 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
12946 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
12947 non-marking or not.
12948
12949 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
12950
12951 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
12952 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
12953
12954 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
12955 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
12956 DIARY-FILE.
12957
12958 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
12959 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
12960 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
12961
12962 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
12963 non-marking.
12964
12965 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
12966 means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the
12967 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
12968
12969 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
12970
12971 ;;;***
12972 \f
12973 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (16960
12974 ;;;;;; 18194))
12975 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
12976
12977 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
12978 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
12979 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12980 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12981 use either \\[customize] or the function `icomplete-mode'.")
12982
12983 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete")
12984
12985 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
12986 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
12987 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
12988
12989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12990
12991 ;;;***
12992 \f
12993 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (16858 50936))
12994 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
12995
12996 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
12997 Major mode for editing Icon code.
12998 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
12999 Tab indents for Icon code.
13000 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13001 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13002 \\{icon-mode-map}
13003 Variables controlling indentation style:
13004 icon-tab-always-indent
13005 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13006 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13007 icon-auto-newline
13008 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13009 inserted in Icon code.
13010 icon-indent-level
13011 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13012 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13013 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13014 icon-continued-statement-offset
13015 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13016 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13017 icon-continued-brace-offset
13018 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13019 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13020 icon-brace-offset
13021 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13022 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13023 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13024 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13025
13026 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13027 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13028
13029 \(fn)" t nil)
13030
13031 ;;;***
13032 \f
13033 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13034 ;;;;;; (16830 50350))
13035 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13036
13037 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
13038 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13039 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13040 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13041
13042 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13043 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13044 separate frames.
13045
13046 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13047 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13048
13049 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13050 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13051 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13052
13053 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13054
13055 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
13056
13057 ;;;***
13058 \f
13059 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13060 ;;;;;; (16958 58759))
13061 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13062
13063 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
13064 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 5.5).
13065
13066 The main features of this mode are
13067
13068 1. Indentation and Formatting
13069 --------------------------
13070 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13071 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13072
13073 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13074 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13075 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13076 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13077
13078 Comments are indented as follows:
13079
13080 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13081 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13082 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13083
13084 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13085
13086 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13087 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13088 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13089 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13090 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13091 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13092
13093 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13094 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13095 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13096 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13097
13098 2. Routine Info
13099 ------------
13100 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13101 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13102 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13103 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13104 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13105 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13106 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13107 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13108 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13109 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13110
13111 3. Online IDL Help
13112 ---------------
13113 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13114 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single
13115 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. The
13116 HTML help files package must be installed for this to work -- check
13117 the IDLWAVE webpage for the correct package for your version. See
13118 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13119
13120 4. Completion
13121 ----------
13122 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13123 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13124 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13125 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13126 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13127 upper case.
13128
13129 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13130 --------------------------------
13131 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13132 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
13133
13134 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13135 \\fu FUNCTION template
13136 \\c CASE statement template
13137 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13138 \\f FOR loop template
13139 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13140 \\w WHILE loop template
13141 \\i IF statement template
13142 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13143 \\b BEGIN
13144
13145 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13146 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13147
13148 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13149 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13150 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13151 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13152
13153 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13154 -------------------------
13155 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13156 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13157
13158 7. Automatic END completion
13159 ------------------------
13160 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13161 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13162
13163 8. Hooks
13164 -----
13165 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13166 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13167
13168 9. Documentation and Customization
13169 -------------------------------
13170 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13171 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13172 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13173 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
13174 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13175
13176 10.Keybindings
13177 -----------
13178 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13179 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13180 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13181
13182 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13183
13184 \(fn)" t nil)
13185 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
13186
13187 ;;;***
13188 \f
13189 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13190 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13191 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13192 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13193 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13194 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13195 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13196 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (16916
13197 ;;;;;; 30957))
13198 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13199
13200 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
13201 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13202 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13203 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13204 displaying...)
13205 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13206 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13207 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13208
13209 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13210 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13211
13212 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
13213
13214 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
13215 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13216 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13217 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13218 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13219 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13220 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13221 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13222 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13223
13224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13225
13226 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
13227 Switch to another buffer.
13228 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13229 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13230 in another frame.
13231
13232 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13233 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13234 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13235 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have their
13236 normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
13237
13238 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13239 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13240
13241 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13242 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13243
13244 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13245 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13246 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13247 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13248 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13249 in a separate window.
13250 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13251 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13252 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13253 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13254 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13255 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13256 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
13257 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13258 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13259
13260 \(fn)" t nil)
13261
13262 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
13263 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13264 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13265 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13266
13267 \(fn)" t nil)
13268
13269 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
13270 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13271 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13272 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13273
13274 \(fn)" t nil)
13275
13276 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
13277 Kill a buffer.
13278 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13279 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13280
13281 \(fn)" t nil)
13282
13283 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
13284 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13285 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13286 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13287
13288 \(fn)" t nil)
13289
13290 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
13291 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13292 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13293 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13294
13295 \(fn)" t nil)
13296
13297 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
13298 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
13299
13300 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
13301
13302 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
13303 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
13304 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
13305 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
13306 visible in another frame.
13307
13308 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you type
13309 in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed if
13310 substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
13311 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
13312 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
13313 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
13314
13315 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
13316 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
13317
13318 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
13319 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
13320
13321 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13322 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13323 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13324 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
13325 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
13326 in a separate window.
13327 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
13328 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
13329 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
13330 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
13331 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
13332 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
13333 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
13334 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13335 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13336 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13337 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
13338 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
13339 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
13340 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
13341 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
13342
13343 \(fn)" t nil)
13344
13345 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
13346 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13347 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13348 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13349
13350 \(fn)" t nil)
13351
13352 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
13353 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13354 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13355 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13356
13357 \(fn)" t nil)
13358
13359 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
13360 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
13361 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13362 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13363
13364 \(fn)" t nil)
13365
13366 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
13367 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
13368 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13369 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13370
13371 \(fn)" t nil)
13372
13373 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
13374 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
13375 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13376 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13377
13378 \(fn)" t nil)
13379
13380 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
13381 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
13382 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13383 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13384
13385 \(fn)" t nil)
13386
13387 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
13388 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
13389 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13390 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13391
13392 \(fn)" t nil)
13393
13394 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
13395 Write current buffer to a file.
13396 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13397 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13398
13399 \(fn)" t nil)
13400
13401 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
13402 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
13403 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13404 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13405
13406 \(fn)" t nil)
13407
13408 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
13409 Call dired the ido way.
13410 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13411 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13412
13413 \(fn)" t nil)
13414
13415 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
13416 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13417 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13418 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13419 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13420 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
13421
13422 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13423
13424 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
13425 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
13426 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13427 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
13428
13429 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
13430
13431 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
13432 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
13433 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13434 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
13435
13436 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
13437
13438 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
13439 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
13440 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
13441 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
13442 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
13443 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
13444 with `completing-read'.
13445 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
13446 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
13447 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
13448 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
13449 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
13450 with point positioned at the end.
13451 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
13452 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
13453
13454 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
13455
13456 ;;;***
13457 \f
13458 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (16908 33360))
13459 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
13460 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
13461
13462 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
13463 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
13464 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
13465
13466 \(fn)" t nil)
13467
13468 ;;;***
13469 \f
13470 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
13471 ;;;;;; (16619 14967))
13472 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
13473
13474 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
13475 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
13476
13477 \(fn)" t nil)
13478
13479 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
13480 Toggle inline image minor mode.
13481
13482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13483
13484 ;;;***
13485 \f
13486 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
13487 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-available-p
13488 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-data) "image"
13489 ;;;;;; "image.el" (16954 46150))
13490 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
13491
13492 (defvar image-library-alist nil "\
13493 Alist of image types vs external libraries needed to display them.
13494
13495 Each element is a list (IMAGE-TYPE LIBRARY...), where the car is a symbol
13496 representing a supported image type, and the rest are strings giving
13497 alternate filenames for the corresponding external libraries.
13498
13499 Emacs tries to load the libraries in the order they appear on the
13500 list; if none is loaded, the running session of Emacs won't
13501 support the image type. Types 'pbm and 'xbm don't need to be
13502 listed; they're always supported.")
13503 (put 'image-library-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
13504
13505 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
13506 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
13507 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
13508 be determined.
13509
13510 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
13511
13512 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
13513 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
13514 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
13515 be determined.
13516
13517 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13518
13519 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
13520 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
13521 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
13522
13523 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
13524
13525 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
13526 Create an image.
13527 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
13528 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
13529 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
13530 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
13531 use its file extension as image type.
13532 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
13533 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
13534 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
13535 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
13536
13537 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
13538
13539 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
13540 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
13541 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
13542 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
13543 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
13544 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
13545 POS may be an integer or marker.
13546 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
13547 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
13548 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
13549 means display it in the right marginal area.
13550
13551 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
13552
13553 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
13554 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
13555 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
13556 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
13557 defaulted if you omit it.
13558 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
13559 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
13560 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
13561 means display it in the right marginal area.
13562 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
13563 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
13564 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
13565 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
13566 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
13567
13568 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
13569
13570 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
13571 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
13572 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
13573 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
13574 defaulted if you omit it.
13575 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
13576 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
13577 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
13578 means display it in the right marginal area.
13579 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
13580
13581 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
13582
13583 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
13584 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
13585 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
13586 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
13587
13588 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
13589
13590 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
13591 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
13592
13593 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
13594
13595 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
13596 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
13597 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
13598 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
13599 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
13600 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
13601 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
13602 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
13603 satisfied.
13604
13605 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'.
13606
13607 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
13608
13609 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
13610 Define SYMBOL as an image.
13611
13612 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
13613 documentation string.
13614
13615 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
13616 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
13617 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
13618 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
13619 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
13620 string containing the actual image data. The first image
13621 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
13622 define SYMBOL.
13623
13624 Example:
13625
13626 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
13627 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
13628
13629 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
13630
13631 ;;;***
13632 \f
13633 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
13634 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
13635 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (16942 52930))
13636 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
13637
13638 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
13639 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
13640 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
13641 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
13642
13643 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
13644 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
13645 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
13646 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
13647
13648 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
13649
13650 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
13651 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
13652 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
13653 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
13654
13655 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
13656 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
13657 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
13658 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
13659
13660 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
13661
13662 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
13663 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
13664
13665 \(fn)" nil nil)
13666
13667 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
13668 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
13669 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
13670 the command `insert-file-contents'.
13671
13672 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
13673
13674 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
13675 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
13676 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13677 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13678 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
13679
13680 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
13681
13682 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
13683 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
13684 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
13685 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
13686
13687 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
13688 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
13689 `image-file-name-regexps'.
13690
13691 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13692
13693 ;;;***
13694 \f
13695 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (16960
13696 ;;;;;; 18194))
13697 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
13698 (push '("\\.jpg\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
13699 (push '("\\.jpeg\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
13700 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
13701 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
13702 (push '("\\.tiff\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
13703 (push '("\\.tif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
13704 (push '("\\.xbm\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
13705 (push '("\\.xpm\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
13706 (push '("\\.pbm\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
13707 (push '("\\.pgm\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
13708 (push '("\\.ppm\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
13709 (push '("\\.pnm\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
13710
13711 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
13712 Major mode for image files.
13713 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
13714 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
13715
13716 \(fn)" t nil)
13717
13718 ;;;***
13719 \f
13720 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
13721 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (16908 33360))
13722 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
13723
13724 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
13725 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
13726
13727 Affects only the mouse index menu.
13728
13729 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
13730 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
13731 in the buffer.
13732
13733 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
13734
13735 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
13736 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
13737 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
13738
13739 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
13740
13741 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
13742 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
13743
13744 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
13745 to create a buffer index.
13746
13747 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
13748 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
13749 or like this:
13750 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
13751 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
13752 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
13753 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
13754 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
13755
13756 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
13757 entries are not nested.
13758
13759 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
13760 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
13761 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
13762 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
13763
13764 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
13765 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
13766
13767 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
13768 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
13769 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
13770
13771 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
13772 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
13773 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
13774 during matching.")
13775
13776 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
13777
13778 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
13779 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
13780
13781 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
13782 of the current buffer as an alist.
13783
13784 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
13785 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
13786 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
13787 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
13788 if it is a sub-alist.
13789
13790 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.")
13791
13792 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
13793
13794 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
13795 Function for finding the next index position.
13796
13797 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
13798 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
13799 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
13800 file.
13801
13802 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
13803 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
13804
13805 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
13806
13807 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
13808 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
13809
13810 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
13811 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
13812 It should return the name for that index item.")
13813
13814 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
13815
13816 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
13817 Function to compare string with index item.
13818
13819 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
13820 non-nil if they match.
13821
13822 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
13823 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
13824 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
13825 arguments match\".")
13826
13827 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
13828
13829 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
13830 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
13831 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
13832
13833 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
13834
13835 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
13836
13837 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
13838
13839 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
13840 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
13841 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
13842 See the command `imenu' for more information.
13843
13844 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13845
13846 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
13847 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
13848
13849 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
13850
13851 \(fn)" t nil)
13852
13853 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
13854 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
13855 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
13856 for more information.
13857
13858 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
13859
13860 ;;;***
13861 \f
13862 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
13863 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
13864 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (16303 21394))
13865 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
13866
13867 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
13868 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
13869
13870 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13871
13872 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
13873 Not documented
13874
13875 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
13876
13877 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
13878 Not documented
13879
13880 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
13881
13882 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
13883 Not documented
13884
13885 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13886
13887 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
13888 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
13889 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
13890 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
13891 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
13892
13893 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
13894
13895 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
13896 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
13897 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
13898 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
13899 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
13900
13901 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
13902
13903 ;;;***
13904 \f
13905 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
13906 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
13907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
13908
13909 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
13910 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
13911 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
13912 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
13913 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
13914
13915 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
13916 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
13917
13918 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
13919 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
13920 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
13921 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
13922 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
13923 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
13924 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
13925 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
13926
13927 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
13928 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
13929 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
13930 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
13931 Inferior Lisp buffer.
13932
13933 This variable is only used if the variable
13934 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
13935
13936 More precise choices:
13937 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
13938 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
13939 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
13940
13941 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
13942
13943 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
13944 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
13945
13946 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
13947 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
13948 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
13949 to that buffer.
13950 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
13951 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
13952 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
13953 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
13954
13955 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
13956 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
13957
13958 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
13959
13960 ;;;***
13961 \f
13962 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-restore-desktop-buffer Info-speedbar-browser
13963 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
13964 ;;;;;; info-apropos Info-index Info-directory Info-goto-node info-standalone
13965 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
13966 ;;;;;; (16953 20624))
13967 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
13968
13969 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
13970 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
13971
13972 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
13973 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
13974 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
13975
13976 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
13977 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
13978 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
13979 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
13980 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
13981 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
13982 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
13983 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
13984 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
13985 with the top-level Info directory.
13986
13987 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
13988 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
13989 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
13990 appended to the Info buffer name.
13991
13992 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
13993 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
13994 in all the directories in that path.
13995
13996 \(fn &optional FILE BUFFER)" t nil)
13997
13998 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
13999 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14000
14001 \(fn)" t nil)
14002
14003 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
14004 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14005 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14006 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14007
14008 \(fn)" nil nil)
14009
14010 (autoload (quote Info-goto-node) "info" "\
14011 Go to info node named NODENAME. Give just NODENAME or (FILENAME)NODENAME.
14012 If NODENAME is of the form (FILENAME)NODENAME, the node is in the Info file
14013 FILENAME; otherwise, NODENAME should be in the current Info file (or one of
14014 its sub-files).
14015 Completion is available, but only for node names in the current Info file.
14016 If FORK is non-nil (interactively with a prefix arg), show the node in
14017 a new info buffer.
14018 If FORK is a string, it is the name to use for the new buffer.
14019
14020 \(fn NODENAME &optional FORK)" t nil)
14021
14022 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
14023 Go to the Info directory node.
14024
14025 \(fn)" t nil)
14026
14027 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
14028 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this file.
14029 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14030 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14031 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14032 Give a blank topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14033
14034 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
14035
14036 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
14037 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14038 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14039
14040 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
14041 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
14042
14043 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
14044 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
14045 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14046 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14047 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14048 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
14049
14050 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
14051 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
14052
14053 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
14054 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
14055 KEY is a string.
14056 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
14057 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14058 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14059 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14060
14061 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
14062
14063 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
14064 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
14065 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
14066
14067 \(fn)" t nil)
14068
14069 (autoload (quote Info-restore-desktop-buffer) "info" "\
14070 Restore an info buffer specified in a desktop file.
14071
14072 \(fn DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)" nil nil)
14073
14074 ;;;***
14075 \f
14076 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
14077 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
14078 ;;;;;; (16875 35928))
14079 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
14080
14081 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
14082 Throw away all cached data.
14083 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
14084 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
14085 system.
14086
14087 \(fn)" t nil)
14088 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
14089
14090 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
14091 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
14092 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
14093 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
14094 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14095 The default symbol is the one found at point.
14096
14097 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
14098
14099 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
14100 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
14101
14102 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
14103 Display the documentation of a file.
14104 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
14105 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
14106 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14107 The default file name is the one found at point.
14108
14109 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
14110
14111 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
14112
14113 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
14114 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
14115
14116 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14117
14118 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
14119 Perform completion on file preceding point.
14120
14121 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14122
14123 ;;;***
14124 \f
14125 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
14126 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (16484 6598))
14127 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
14128
14129 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
14130 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
14131
14132 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
14133
14134 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
14135 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
14136 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
14137
14138 \(fn)" t nil)
14139
14140 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
14141 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
14142 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
14143
14144 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
14145 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
14146 quite a while.
14147
14148 \(fn)" t nil)
14149
14150 ;;;***
14151 \f
14152 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
14153 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (16213 43269))
14154 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
14155
14156 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
14157 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
14158
14159 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
14160
14161 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
14162 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
14163 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
14164
14165 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
14166 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
14167 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
14168
14169 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
14170 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
14171 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
14172 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
14173
14174 \(fn)" t nil)
14175
14176 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
14177 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
14178 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
14179
14180 \(fn)" t nil)
14181
14182 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
14183 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
14184 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
14185 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
14186 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
14187
14188 \(fn)" nil nil)
14189
14190 ;;;***
14191 \f
14192 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
14193 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
14194 ;;;;;; (16829 43426))
14195 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
14196
14197 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
14198 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
14199
14200 \(fn)" t nil)
14201
14202 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
14203 Toggle input method in interactive search.
14204
14205 \(fn)" t nil)
14206
14207 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
14208 Not documented
14209
14210 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
14211
14212 ;;;***
14213 \f
14214 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (16541
14215 ;;;;;; 47351))
14216 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
14217
14218 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
14219 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
14220 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
14221 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
14222 accessed via isearchb.
14223
14224 \(fn)" t nil)
14225
14226 ;;;***
14227 \f
14228 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
14229 ;;;;;; (16927 496))
14230 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
14231
14232 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
14233 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
14234 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
14235 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
14236 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
14237 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
14238
14239 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
14240 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
14241
14242 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
14243 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
14244 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
14245 \"s gives German sharp s.
14246 /a gives a with ring.
14247 /e gives an a-e ligature.
14248 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
14249 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
14250 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
14251
14252 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
14253 and a negative argument disables it.
14254
14255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14256
14257 ;;;***
14258 \f
14259 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
14260 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
14261 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
14262 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (16795 7139))
14263 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
14264
14265 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
14266 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
14267 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14268 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14269
14270 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14271
14272 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
14273 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
14274 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14275 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14276
14277 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14278
14279 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
14280 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
14281 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14282 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14283
14284 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14285
14286 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
14287 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14288 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14289 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14290
14291 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14292
14293 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
14294 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14295 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14296 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14297
14298 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14299
14300 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
14301 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
14302 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14303 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14304
14305 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14306
14307 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
14308 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
14309 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14310 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14311
14312 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14313
14314 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
14315 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
14316 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
14317 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14318
14319 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14320
14321 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
14322 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14323 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
14324 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14325
14326 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14327
14328 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
14329 Warn that format is read-only.
14330
14331 \(fn)" t nil)
14332
14333 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
14334 Warn that format is write-only.
14335
14336 \(fn)" t nil)
14337
14338 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
14339 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
14340
14341 \(fn)" t nil)
14342
14343 ;;;***
14344 \f
14345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
14346 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
14347 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
14348 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
14349 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
14350 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
14351
14352 ;;;***
14353 \f
14354 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
14355 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
14356 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
14357 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
14358 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
14359 ;;;;;; (16954 46151))
14360 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
14361
14362 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
14363 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
14364 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
14365 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
14366
14367 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
14368
14369 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
14370 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
14371 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
14372
14373 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
14374 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
14375 re-start emacs.")
14376
14377 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
14378
14379 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
14380
14381 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
14382
14383 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
14384
14385 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
14386
14387 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
14388
14389 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
14390
14391 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
14392 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
14393
14394 Each element of this list is also a list:
14395
14396 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
14397 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
14398
14399 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
14400 nil means the default dictionary.
14401
14402 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
14403 word.
14404
14405 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
14406
14407 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
14408 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
14409 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
14410 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
14411 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
14412 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
14413 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
14414 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
14415 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
14416
14417 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
14418 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
14419 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
14420 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
14421 for non-ASCII bytes.
14422
14423 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
14424 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
14425 single word.
14426
14427 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
14428 subprocess.
14429
14430 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
14431 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
14432 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
14433 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
14434 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
14435 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
14436 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
14437 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
14438
14439 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
14440
14441 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
14442 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
14443 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
14444
14445 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
14446 Key map for ispell menu.")
14447
14448 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
14449 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
14450 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
14451 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
14452
14453 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
14454
14455 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (if (fboundp (quote ispell-valid-dictionary-list)) (ispell-valid-dictionary-list) (mapcar (lambda (x) (or (car x) "default")) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dict-map (make-sparse-keymap "Dictionaries"))) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (if (not dicts) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default"))))) (fset (quote ispell-dict-map) dict-map) (define-key ispell-menu-map [dictionaries] (\` (menu-item "Select Dict" ispell-dict-map))) (dolist (name dicts) (define-key dict-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name)))))))))
14456
14457 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
14458
14459 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
14460
14461 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
14462
14463 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
14464 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
14465 The alist key must be a regular expression.
14466 Valid forms include:
14467 (KEY) - just skip the key.
14468 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
14469 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
14470 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
14471
14472 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
14473 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
14474 First list is used raw.
14475 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
14476
14477 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
14478 for skipping in latex mode.")
14479
14480 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
14481 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
14482 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
14483 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
14484 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
14485 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
14486
14487 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
14488 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
14489 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
14490 in a window allowing you to choose one.
14491
14492 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
14493 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
14494 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
14495 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
14496 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
14497
14498 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
14499 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
14500
14501 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
14502 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
14503
14504 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
14505 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
14506
14507 return values:
14508 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
14509 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
14510 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
14511 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
14512 quit spell session exited.
14513
14514 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
14515
14516 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
14517 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
14518 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
14519
14520 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
14521
14522 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
14523 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
14524
14525 Selections are:
14526
14527 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
14528 SPC: Accept word this time.
14529 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
14530 `a': Accept word for this session.
14531 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
14532 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
14533 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
14534 `?': Show these commands.
14535 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
14536 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
14537 the aborted check to be completed later.
14538 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
14539 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
14540 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
14541 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
14542 `C-l': redraws screen
14543 `C-r': recursive edit
14544 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
14545
14546 \(fn)" nil nil)
14547
14548 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
14549 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
14550 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
14551
14552 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
14553
14554 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
14555 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
14556 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
14557 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
14558
14559 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
14560
14561 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
14562
14563 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
14564 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
14565 Return nil if spell session is quit,
14566 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
14567
14568 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
14569
14570 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
14571 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
14572
14573 \(fn)" t nil)
14574
14575 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
14576 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
14577
14578 \(fn)" t nil)
14579
14580 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
14581 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
14582
14583 \(fn)" t nil)
14584
14585 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
14586 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
14587 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
14588 sequence inside of a word.
14589
14590 Standard ispell choices are then available.
14591
14592 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
14593
14594 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
14595 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
14596
14597 \(fn)" t nil)
14598
14599 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
14600 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
14601 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
14602 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
14603
14604 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
14605 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
14606 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
14607 available on the net.
14608
14609 \(fn)" t nil)
14610
14611 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
14612 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
14613 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
14614
14615 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
14616 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
14617
14618 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
14619 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
14620
14621 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14622
14623 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
14624 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
14625 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
14626 Don't check included messages.
14627
14628 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
14629 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
14630 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
14631
14632 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
14633 in your .emacs file:
14634 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
14635 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
14636 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
14637 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
14638
14639 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
14640 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
14641 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
14642
14643 \(fn)" t nil)
14644
14645 ;;;***
14646 \f
14647 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (16681
14648 ;;;;;; 45592))
14649 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
14650
14651 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
14652 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
14653 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14654 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14655 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
14656
14657 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
14658
14659 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
14660 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
14661 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
14662 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
14663 `iswitchb' for details.
14664
14665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14666
14667 ;;;***
14668 \f
14669 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
14670 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
14671 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
14672 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (16213 43280))
14673 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
14674
14675 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
14676 Not documented
14677
14678 \(fn)" nil nil)
14679
14680 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
14681 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
14682 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
14683 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
14684 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
14685 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
14686 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
14687 necessary to represent OBJ.
14688
14689 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
14690
14691 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
14692 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
14693 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
14694 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
14695
14696 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
14697
14698 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
14699 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
14700 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
14701 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
14702 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
14703
14704 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
14705
14706 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
14707 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
14708 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
14709 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
14710
14711 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
14712
14713 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
14714 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
14715 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
14716 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
14717
14718 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
14719
14720 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
14721 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
14722
14723 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14724
14725 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
14726 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
14727 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
14728 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
14729 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
14730
14731 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
14732
14733 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
14734 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
14735 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
14736 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
14737 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
14738
14739 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
14740
14741 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
14742 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
14743 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
14744
14745 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
14746
14747 ;;;***
14748 \f
14749 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (16939
14750 ;;;;;; 44104))
14751 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
14752
14753 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
14754 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
14755 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
14756 that needs to be (re)fontified.
14757 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful.
14758
14759 \(fn FUN &optional CONTEXTUAL)" nil nil)
14760
14761 ;;;***
14762 \f
14763 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
14764 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (16960 18194))
14765 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
14766
14767 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
14768 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
14769 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14770 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14771 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
14772
14773 (custom-autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr")
14774
14775 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
14776 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
14777 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
14778 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
14779
14780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14781
14782 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
14783 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled.
14784
14785 \(fn &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14786
14787 ;;;***
14788 \f
14789 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
14790 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
14791 ;;;;;; (16908 33361))
14792 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
14793
14794 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
14795 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
14796 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
14797 decimal key must be specified.")
14798
14799 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
14800
14801 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
14802 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
14803 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
14804 decimal key must be specified.")
14805
14806 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
14807
14808 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
14809 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
14810 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
14811 decimal key must be specified.")
14812
14813 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
14814
14815 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
14816 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
14817 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
14818 decimal key must be specified.")
14819
14820 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
14821
14822 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
14823 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
14824 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
14825 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
14826 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
14827 keys are bound.
14828
14829 Setup Binding
14830 -------------------------------------------------------------
14831 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
14832 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
14833 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
14834 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
14835 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
14836 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
14837 in the global and local keymaps.
14838
14839 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
14840 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
14841
14842 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
14843
14844 ;;;***
14845 \f
14846 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
14847 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
14848 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
14849
14850 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
14851 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
14852 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
14853
14854 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
14855 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
14856 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
14857 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
14858 shorter.
14859
14860 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
14861 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
14862 the context of text formatting.
14863
14864 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
14865
14866 ;;;***
14867 \f
14868 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (16213
14869 ;;;;;; 43274))
14870 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
14871
14872 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
14873 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
14874 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
14875 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
14876 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
14877 positions that contains the current selection.")
14878
14879 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
14880 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
14881 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
14882 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
14883 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
14884 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
14885 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
14886
14887 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14888
14889 ;;;***
14890 \f
14891 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
14892 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
14893 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
14894 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (16908 33360))
14895 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
14896 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
14897 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
14898 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
14899 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
14900 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
14901 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
14902 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
14903
14904 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
14905 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
14906 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
14907 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
14908 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
14909
14910 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
14911
14912 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
14913 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
14914 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
14915
14916 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
14917 defining the macro.
14918
14919 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
14920 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
14921 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
14922
14923 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
14924 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
14925
14926 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14927
14928 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
14929 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
14930 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
14931 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
14932 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
14933 under that name.
14934
14935 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
14936 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
14937 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
14938
14939 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14940
14941 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
14942 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
14943 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
14944
14945 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
14946 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
14947 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
14948 for details on how to adjust or disable this behaviour.
14949
14950 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
14951 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
14952
14953 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
14954
14955 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
14956 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
14957 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
14958
14959 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
14960 macro.
14961
14962 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
14963 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
14964
14965 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
14966 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
14967 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
14968
14969 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
14970 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
14971
14972 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14973
14974 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
14975 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
14976 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
14977 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
14978
14979 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
14980
14981 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
14982 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
14983 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
14984 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
14985
14986 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
14987 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
14988
14989 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
14990
14991 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
14992 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
14993 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
14994
14995 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
14996
14997 ;;;***
14998 \f
14999 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
15000 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
15001 ;;;;;; (16303 15430))
15002 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
15003
15004 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
15005
15006 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
15007 Not documented
15008
15009 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15010
15011 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
15012 Not documented
15013
15014 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15015
15016 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
15017 Not documented
15018
15019 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15020
15021 ;;;***
15022 \f
15023 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15024 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (16213 43280))
15025 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15026
15027 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
15028 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15029 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15030
15031 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
15032 Not documented
15033
15034 \(fn)" nil nil)
15035
15036 ;;;***
15037 \f
15038 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15039 ;;;;;; (16478 51573))
15040 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15041
15042 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
15043
15044 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
15045 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15046
15047 \(fn)" t nil)
15048
15049 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
15050
15051 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
15052 Start or resume an Lm game.
15053 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15054 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15055
15056 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15057 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15058 none / 1 | yes | no
15059 2 | yes | yes
15060 3 | no | yes
15061 4 | no | no
15062
15063 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
15064 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15065 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15066
15067 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
15068
15069 ;;;***
15070 \f
15071 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
15072 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
15073 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (16213
15074 ;;;;;; 43280))
15075 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15076
15077 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
15078 Not documented
15079
15080 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15081
15082 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
15083 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
15084 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
15085 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
15086 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
15087 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
15088
15089 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
15090 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
15091
15092 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
15093
15094 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
15095 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
15096
15097 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15098
15099 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
15100 Not documented
15101
15102 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15103
15104 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
15105 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
15106 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
15107 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
15108 to compose.
15109
15110 The return value is number of composed characters.
15111
15112 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
15113
15114 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
15115 Not documented
15116
15117 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15118
15119 ;;;***
15120 \f
15121 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
15122 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (16908 33362))
15123 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
15124
15125 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
15126 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
15127 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
15128 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
15129 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
15130 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
15131 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
15132 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
15133
15134 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
15135 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
15136
15137 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15138 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15139
15140 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
15141
15142 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
15143 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
15144 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
15145 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
15146 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
15147 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
15148 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
15149 a Unicode font with which to display them.
15150
15151 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
15152
15153 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
15154 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
15155 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
15156 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
15157
15158 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15159 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15160
15161 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
15162
15163 ;;;***
15164 \f
15165 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
15166 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (16213 43269))
15167 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
15168
15169 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
15170 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
15171 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
15172 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
15173
15174 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
15175
15176 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
15177 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
15178 JIT Lock's favor.
15179
15180 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
15181
15182 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
15183 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
15184 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
15185 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
15186 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
15187 for large buffers.
15188
15189 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
15190 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
15191 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
15192 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
15193 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
15194
15195 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
15196 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
15197 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
15198 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
15199 slow to keep up with your typing.
15200
15201 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
15202 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
15203 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
15204 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
15205 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
15206 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
15207
15208 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
15209 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
15210 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
15211 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
15212
15213 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
15214 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
15215 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
15216 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
15217
15218 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
15219 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
15220 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
15221 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
15222 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
15223
15224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15225
15226 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
15227 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
15228
15229 \(fn)" nil nil)
15230
15231 ;;;***
15232 \f
15233 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
15234 ;;;;;; (16239 25259))
15235 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
15236
15237 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.lds" . ld-script-mode)))
15238
15239 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
15240 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
15241
15242 \(fn)" t nil)
15243
15244 ;;;***
15245 \f
15246 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
15247 ;;;;;; (16213 43269))
15248 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
15249
15250 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
15251 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
15252
15253 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
15254 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
15255
15256 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
15257 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
15258
15259 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
15260 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
15261 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
15262 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
15263 for later transmission to Lisp job.
15264 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
15265 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
15266 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
15267 and transmit saved text.
15268 \\{ledit-mode-map}
15269 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
15270 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
15271
15272 \(fn)" t nil)
15273
15274 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
15275 Not documented
15276
15277 \(fn)" nil nil)
15278
15279 ;;;***
15280 \f
15281 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (16793 54110))
15282 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
15283
15284 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
15285 Run Conway's Life simulation.
15286 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
15287 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
15288 generations (this defaults to 1).
15289
15290 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
15291
15292 ;;;***
15293 \f
15294 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (16858
15295 ;;;;;; 50917))
15296 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
15297
15298 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
15299 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
15300 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
15301 is nil, raise an error.
15302
15303 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
15304 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
15305 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
15306 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
15307 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
15308 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
15309 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
15310 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
15311 such as redefining an Emacs function.
15312
15313 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
15314
15315 ;;;***
15316 \f
15317 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
15318 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (16908 33360))
15319 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
15320
15321 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
15322 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
15323 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
15324
15325 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate")
15326
15327 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
15328 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
15329 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
15330
15331 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
15332
15333 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
15334 Run the locate command with a filter.
15335
15336 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
15337 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
15338
15339 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
15340
15341 ;;;***
15342 \f
15343 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (16908 33360))
15344 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
15345
15346 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
15347 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
15348 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
15349 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
15350 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
15351 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
15352 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
15353 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
15354 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
15355 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
15356 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
15357 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
15358 uses the current buffer.
15359
15360 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15361
15362 ;;;***
15363 \f
15364 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (16923
15365 ;;;;;; 3606))
15366 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
15367
15368 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
15369 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
15370
15371 \(fn)" t nil)
15372
15373 ;;;***
15374 \f
15375 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
15376 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (16213
15377 ;;;;;; 43269))
15378 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
15379
15380 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
15381
15382 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
15383
15384 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
15385 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
15386 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
15387
15388 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
15389 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
15390
15391 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
15392 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
15393 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
15394 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
15395 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
15396 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
15397 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
15398
15399 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
15400
15401 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
15402 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
15403 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
15404 switch on this list.
15405 See `lpr-command'.")
15406
15407 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
15408
15409 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
15410 *Name of program for printing a file.
15411
15412 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
15413 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
15414 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
15415 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
15416 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
15417 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
15418 argument.")
15419
15420 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
15421
15422 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
15423 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
15424 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15425 for customization of the printer command.
15426
15427 \(fn)" t nil)
15428
15429 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
15430 Paginate and print buffer contents.
15431
15432 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
15433 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
15434 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
15435 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
15436
15437 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
15438 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
15439
15440 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15441 for further customization of the printer command.
15442
15443 \(fn)" t nil)
15444
15445 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
15446 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
15447 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15448 for customization of the printer command.
15449
15450 \(fn START END)" t nil)
15451
15452 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
15453 Paginate and print the region contents.
15454
15455 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
15456 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
15457 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
15458 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
15459
15460 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
15461 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
15462
15463 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15464 for further customization of the printer command.
15465
15466 \(fn START END)" t nil)
15467
15468 ;;;***
15469 \f
15470 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
15471 ;;;;;; (16727 56921))
15472 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
15473
15474 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
15475 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
15476 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
15477
15478 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
15479
15480 ;;;***
15481 \f
15482 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (16213
15483 ;;;;;; 43272))
15484 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
15485
15486 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
15487 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
15488 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
15489
15490 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
15491
15492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15493
15494 ;;;***
15495 \f
15496 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (16213
15497 ;;;;;; 43282))
15498 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
15499
15500 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
15501 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
15502 \\{m4-mode-map}
15503
15504 \(fn)" t nil)
15505
15506 ;;;***
15507 \f
15508 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
15509 ;;;;;; (16424 14687))
15510 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
15511
15512 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
15513 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
15514 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
15515 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
15516 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
15517
15518 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
15519
15520 ;;;***
15521 \f
15522 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
15523 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (16810 63790))
15524 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
15525
15526 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
15527 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
15528 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
15529 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
15530 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
15531
15532 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
15533
15534 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
15535 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
15536 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
15537 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
15538
15539 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
15540 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
15541 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
15542 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
15543 bindings.
15544
15545 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
15546 use this command, and then save the file.
15547
15548 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
15549
15550 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
15551 Query user during kbd macro execution.
15552 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
15553 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
15554 each time the macro executes.
15555 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
15556 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
15557 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
15558 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
15559 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
15560 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
15561 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
15562
15563 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
15564
15565 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
15566 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
15567 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
15568 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
15569
15570 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
15571 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
15572 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
15573 execute.
15574
15575 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
15576 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
15577
15578 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
15579 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
15580 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
15581 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
15582 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
15583
15584 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
15585 looked like this:
15586
15587 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
15588 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
15589 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
15590
15591 You could enter the names in this format:
15592
15593 foo
15594 bar
15595 baz
15596
15597 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
15598
15599 \\C-x (
15600 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
15601 \\C-x )
15602
15603 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
15604 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
15605
15606 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
15607 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
15608
15609 ;;;***
15610 \f
15611 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
15612 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (16908 33362))
15613 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
15614
15615 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
15616 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
15617 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
15618 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
15619 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
15620
15621 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
15622 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
15623 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
15624 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
15625 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
15626
15627 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
15628 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
15629 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
15630 consing a string.)
15631
15632 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
15633
15634 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
15635 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
15636
15637 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
15638
15639 ;;;***
15640 \f
15641 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
15642 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
15643 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
15644 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
15645
15646 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
15647 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
15648
15649 \(fn)" nil nil)
15650
15651 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
15652 Not documented
15653
15654 \(fn)" nil nil)
15655
15656 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
15657 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
15658
15659 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
15660
15661 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
15662 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
15663 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
15664 message.
15665
15666 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
15667
15668 \(fn)" nil nil)
15669
15670 ;;;***
15671 \f
15672 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
15673 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
15674 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (16456
15675 ;;;;;; 21757))
15676 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
15677
15678 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
15679 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
15680 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
15681 often correct parser.")
15682
15683 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
15684
15685 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
15686 Not documented
15687
15688 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15689
15690 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
15691 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
15692 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
15693 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
15694
15695 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
15696
15697 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
15698 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
15699 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
15700 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
15701
15702 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
15703
15704 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
15705 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
15706 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
15707 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
15708 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
15709 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
15710 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
15711 as Rmail does.
15712
15713 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
15714
15715 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
15716 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
15717 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
15718 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
15719 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
15720 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
15721
15722 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
15723
15724 ;;;***
15725 \f
15726 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
15727 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (16858 50930))
15728 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
15729
15730 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
15731 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
15732
15733 \(fn)" nil nil)
15734
15735 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
15736 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
15737 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
15738
15739 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
15740
15741 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
15742 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
15743 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
15744
15745 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
15746
15747 ;;;***
15748 \f
15749 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
15750 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (16213
15751 ;;;;;; 43280))
15752 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
15753
15754 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
15755 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
15756 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
15757 king@grassland.com
15758 If `parens', they look like:
15759 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
15760 If `angles', they look like:
15761 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
15762
15763 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
15764
15765 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
15766 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
15767 If interactive, expand in header fields.
15768 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
15769 their `Resent-' variants.
15770
15771 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
15772 removed from alias expansions.
15773
15774 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
15775
15776 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
15777 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
15778 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
15779
15780 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
15781 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
15782 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
15783 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
15784
15785 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
15786
15787 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
15788 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
15789 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
15790 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
15791
15792 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15793
15794 ;;;***
15795 \f
15796 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
15797 ;;;;;; (16719 60888))
15798 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
15799
15800 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
15801 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
15802 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
15803
15804 \\{makefile-mode-map}
15805
15806 In the browser, use the following keys:
15807
15808 \\{makefile-browser-map}
15809
15810 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
15811
15812 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
15813 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
15814
15815 `makefile-target-colon':
15816 The string that gets appended to all target names
15817 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
15818 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
15819
15820 `makefile-macro-assign':
15821 The string that gets appended to all macro names
15822 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
15823 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
15824 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
15825 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
15826 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
15827
15828 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
15829 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
15830 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
15831
15832 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
15833 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
15834
15835 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
15836 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
15837 up or down in the browser.
15838
15839 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
15840 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
15841
15842 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
15843 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
15844
15845 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
15846 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
15847 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
15848 has been selected in the browser.
15849
15850 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
15851 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
15852 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
15853 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
15854 filenames are omitted.
15855
15856 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
15857 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
15858 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
15859 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
15860 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
15861 the backslash itself intact.
15862 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
15863 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
15864
15865 `makefile-browser-hook':
15866 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
15867 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
15868
15869 `makefile-special-targets-list':
15870 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
15871 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
15872 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
15873
15874 \(fn)" t nil)
15875
15876 ;;;***
15877 \f
15878 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (16213
15879 ;;;;;; 43269))
15880 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
15881
15882 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
15883 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
15884 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
15885
15886 \(fn)" t nil)
15887
15888 ;;;***
15889 \f
15890 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (16958 58756))
15891 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
15892
15893 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
15894
15895 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
15896 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
15897 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
15898 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
15899 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
15900 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
15901 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
15902
15903 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
15904 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
15905 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
15906 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
15907
15908 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
15909
15910 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
15911 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
15912
15913 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
15914
15915 ;;;***
15916 \f
15917 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (16213 43269))
15918 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
15919
15920 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
15921 Toggle Master mode.
15922 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
15923 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
15924 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
15925
15926 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
15927 following commands:
15928
15929 \\{master-mode-map}
15930
15931 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
15932 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
15933 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
15934
15935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15936
15937 ;;;***
15938 \f
15939 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (16939
15940 ;;;;;; 44104))
15941 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
15942
15943 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
15944
15945 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
15946 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
15947 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15948 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15949 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
15950
15951 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
15952
15953 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
15954 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
15955 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
15956 created in the future.
15957 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
15958 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
15959
15960 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15961
15962 ;;;***
15963 \f
15964 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
15965 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
15966 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
15967 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
15968 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
15969 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-reduce-to-to-cc
15970 ;;;;;; message-cross-post-followup-to message-cross-post-insert-note
15971 ;;;;;; message-cross-post-followup-to-header message-add-archive-header
15972 ;;;;;; message-mark-insert-file message-mark-inserted-region message-change-subject
15973 ;;;;;; message-signature-insert-empty-line message-signature-file
15974 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
15975 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
15976 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
15977 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (16953 20625))
15978 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
15979
15980 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
15981 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
15982
15983 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
15984 king@grassland.com
15985 If `parens', they look like:
15986 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
15987 If `angles', they look like:
15988 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
15989
15990 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
15991 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
15992
15993 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
15994
15995 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
15996 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
15997
15998 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
15999
16000 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
16001 *Local news organization file.")
16002
16003 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
16004
16005 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
16006 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
16007 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
16008 variable `mail-header-separator'.
16009
16010 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
16011 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
16012 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
16013
16014 See also `send-mail-function'.")
16015
16016 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
16017
16018 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
16019 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
16020
16021 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
16022 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
16023 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
16024 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
16025
16026 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
16027
16028 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
16029 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
16030 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
16031 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
16032
16033 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
16034
16035 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
16036 *Function for citing an original message.
16037 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
16038 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
16039 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
16040
16041 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
16042
16043 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
16044 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
16045 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
16046 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
16047 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
16048
16049 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
16050
16051 (defvar message-signature t "\
16052 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
16053 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
16054 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
16055 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
16056
16057 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
16058
16059 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
16060 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
16061 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
16062 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
16063
16064 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
16065
16066 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
16067 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
16068
16069 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message")
16070
16071 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
16072
16073 (autoload (quote message-change-subject) "message" "\
16074 Ask for NEW-SUBJECT header, append (was: <Old Subject>).
16075
16076 \(fn NEW-SUBJECT)" t nil)
16077
16078 (autoload (quote message-mark-inserted-region) "message" "\
16079 Mark some region in the current article with enclosing tags.
16080 See `message-mark-insert-begin' and `message-mark-insert-end'.
16081
16082 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
16083
16084 (autoload (quote message-mark-insert-file) "message" "\
16085 Insert FILE at point, marking it with enclosing tags.
16086 See `message-mark-insert-begin' and `message-mark-insert-end'.
16087
16088 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
16089
16090 (autoload (quote message-add-archive-header) "message" "\
16091 Insert \"X-No-Archive: Yes\" in the header and a note in the body.
16092 The note can be customized using `message-archive-note'. When called with a
16093 prefix argument, ask for a text to insert. If you don't want the note in the
16094 body, set `message-archive-note' to nil.
16095
16096 \(fn)" t nil)
16097
16098 (autoload (quote message-cross-post-followup-to-header) "message" "\
16099 Mangles FollowUp-To and Newsgroups header to point to TARGET-GROUP.
16100 With prefix-argument just set Follow-Up, don't cross-post.
16101
16102 \(fn TARGET-GROUP)" t nil)
16103
16104 (autoload (quote message-cross-post-insert-note) "message" "\
16105 Insert a in message body note about a set Followup or Crosspost.
16106 If there have been previous notes, delete them. TARGET-GROUP specifies the
16107 group to Followup-To. When CROSS-POST is t, insert note about
16108 crossposting. IN-OLD specifies whether TARGET-GROUP is a member of
16109 OLD-GROUPS. OLD-GROUPS lists the old-groups the posting would have
16110 been made to before the user asked for a Crosspost.
16111
16112 \(fn TARGET-GROUP CROSS-POST IN-OLD OLD-GROUPS)" nil nil)
16113
16114 (autoload (quote message-cross-post-followup-to) "message" "\
16115 Crossposts message and set Followup-To to TARGET-GROUP.
16116 With prefix-argument just set Follow-Up, don't cross-post.
16117
16118 \(fn TARGET-GROUP)" t nil)
16119
16120 (autoload (quote message-reduce-to-to-cc) "message" "\
16121 Replace contents of To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc: header.
16122
16123 \(fn)" t nil)
16124
16125 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
16126 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
16127 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
16128 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
16129 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
16130 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
16131 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
16132 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
16133 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
16134 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
16135 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
16136 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
16137 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
16138 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
16139 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
16140 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
16141 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
16142 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
16143 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
16144 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
16145 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
16146 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
16147 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
16148 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
16149 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
16150 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
16151 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
16152 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
16153 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
16154 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
16155 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
16156 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
16157 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
16158 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
16159 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
16160 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
16161 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
16162
16163 \(fn)" t nil)
16164
16165 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
16166 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
16167 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
16168
16169 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
16170
16171 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
16172 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16173
16174 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16175
16176 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
16177 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
16178
16179 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
16180
16181 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
16182 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
16183
16184 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
16185
16186 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
16187 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
16188 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
16189
16190 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
16191
16192 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
16193 Cancel an article you posted.
16194 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
16195
16196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16197
16198 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
16199 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
16200 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
16201 header line with the old Message-ID.
16202
16203 \(fn)" t nil)
16204
16205 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
16206 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
16207
16208 \(fn)" t nil)
16209
16210 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
16211 Forward the current message via mail.
16212 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
16213 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
16214
16215 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
16216
16217 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
16218 Not documented
16219
16220 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
16221
16222 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
16223 Not documented
16224
16225 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
16226
16227 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
16228 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
16229
16230 \(fn)" t nil)
16231
16232 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
16233 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
16234
16235 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
16236
16237 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
16238 Re-mail the current message.
16239 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
16240 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
16241 you.
16242
16243 \(fn)" t nil)
16244
16245 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
16246 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
16247
16248 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16249
16250 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
16251 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
16252
16253 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16254
16255 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
16256 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16257
16258 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16259
16260 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
16261 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16262
16263 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16264
16265 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
16266 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
16267 Works by overstriking characters.
16268 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16269 which specify the range to operate on.
16270
16271 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16272
16273 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
16274 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
16275 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16276 which specify the range to operate on.
16277
16278 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16279
16280 ;;;***
16281 \f
16282 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
16283 ;;;;;; (16923 3630))
16284 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
16285
16286 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
16287 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
16288 Special commands:
16289 \\{meta-mode-map}
16290
16291 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
16292 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16293
16294 \(fn)" t nil)
16295
16296 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
16297 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
16298 Special commands:
16299 \\{meta-mode-map}
16300
16301 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
16302 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16303
16304 \(fn)" t nil)
16305
16306 ;;;***
16307 \f
16308 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
16309 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
16310 ;;;;;; (16507 41097))
16311 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
16312
16313 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
16314 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16315 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
16316
16317 \(fn)" t nil)
16318
16319 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
16320 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16321 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16322 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16323 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16324 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16325 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
16326
16327 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16328
16329 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
16330 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
16331 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16332 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16333 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16334 means current).
16335 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16336 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16337
16338 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16339
16340 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
16341 Process current region through 'metamail'.
16342 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16343 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16344 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16345 means current).
16346 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16347 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16348
16349 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16350
16351 ;;;***
16352 \f
16353 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-user-agent-compose
16354 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (16684
16355 ;;;;;; 26435))
16356 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
16357
16358 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
16359 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
16360 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to the MH mail
16361 system.
16362
16363 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16364
16365 \(fn)" t nil)
16366
16367 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
16368 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
16369 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to the MH mail
16370 system. This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and thus
16371 is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail buffer. Users
16372 should use `mh-smail' to compose mail.
16373
16374 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and
16375 OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
16376
16377 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
16378
16379 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
16380 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
16381 This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E.
16382
16383 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
16384 initial Subject field, respectively.
16385
16386 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional
16387 header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both
16388 HEADER and VALUE are strings.
16389
16390 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored.
16391
16392 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
16393
16394 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
16395 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
16396 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to the MH mail
16397 system.
16398
16399 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16400
16401 \(fn)" t nil)
16402
16403 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
16404 Mode for composing letters in MH-E.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
16405
16406 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
16407 using the MH mail handling system.
16408
16409 There are two types of MIME directives used by MH-E: Gnus and MH. The option
16410 `mh-compose-insertion' controls what type of directives are inserted by MH-E
16411 commands. These directives can be converted to MIME body parts by running
16412 \\[mh-edit-mhn] for mhn directives or \\[mh-mml-to-mime] for Gnus directives.
16413 This step is mandatory if these directives are added manually. If the
16414 directives are inserted with MH-E commands such as \\[mh-compose-insertion],
16415 the directives are expanded automatically when the letter is sent.
16416
16417 Options that control this mode can be changed with
16418 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh-compose\" group.
16419
16420 When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and
16421 `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run.
16422
16423 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
16424
16425 \(fn)" t nil)
16426 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/drafts/[0-9]+\\'" . mh-letter-mode))
16427
16428 ;;;***
16429 \f
16430 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-restore-desktop-buffer mh-version mh-nmail
16431 ;;;;;; mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (16684 26435))
16432 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
16433
16434 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
16435 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH.
16436 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
16437 the Emacs interface to the MH mail system.
16438
16439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16440
16441 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\
16442 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
16443 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
16444 the Emacs interface to the MH mail system.
16445
16446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16447
16448 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
16449 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
16450
16451 \(fn)" t nil)
16452
16453 (autoload (quote mh-restore-desktop-buffer) "mh-e" "\
16454 Restore an MH folder buffer specified in a desktop file.
16455 When desktop creates a buffer, DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME holds the file name to
16456 visit, DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME holds the desired buffer name, and
16457 DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC holds a list of miscellaneous info used by the
16458 `desktop-buffer-handlers' functions.
16459
16460 \(fn DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)" nil nil)
16461
16462 ;;;***
16463 \f
16464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-init" "mh-e/mh-init.el" (16684 26435))
16465 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-init.el
16466
16467 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
16468
16469 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
16470
16471 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
16472
16473 ;;;***
16474 \f
16475 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
16476 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (16423 23568))
16477 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
16478
16479 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
16480 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
16481 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
16482 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
16483 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
16484 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
16485 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
16486 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
16487 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
16488 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
16489 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
16490
16491 \(fn)" t nil)
16492
16493 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
16494 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
16495 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
16496 to its second argument TM.
16497
16498 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
16499
16500 ;;;***
16501 \f
16502 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
16503 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (16575 1356))
16504 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
16505
16506 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
16507 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
16508 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16509 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16510 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
16511
16512 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
16513
16514 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
16515 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
16516 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
16517 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
16518 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
16519 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
16520 default indication.
16521
16522 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16523 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16524
16525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16526
16527 ;;;***
16528 \f
16529 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
16530 ;;;;;; (16858 50936))
16531 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
16532
16533 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
16534 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
16535 \\{mixal-mode-map}
16536
16537 \(fn)" t nil)
16538
16539 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
16540
16541 ;;;***
16542 \f
16543 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
16544 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
16545 ;;;;;; (16233 29568))
16546 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
16547
16548 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
16549 Not documented
16550
16551 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16552
16553 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
16554 Not documented
16555
16556 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16557
16558 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
16559 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
16560 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
16561 PATTERN regexp.
16562
16563 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16564
16565 ;;;***
16566 \f
16567 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el"
16568 ;;;;;; (16697 49031))
16569 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
16570
16571 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
16572 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
16573 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
16574 the entire message.
16575 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
16576
16577 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
16578
16579 ;;;***
16580 \f
16581 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
16582 ;;;;;; (16698 21928))
16583 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
16584
16585 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
16586 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
16587 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
16588 the entire message.
16589 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
16590
16591 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
16592
16593 ;;;***
16594 \f
16595 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
16596 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (16954 46150))
16597 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
16598
16599 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
16600 Insert file contents of URL.
16601 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
16602
16603 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
16604
16605 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
16606 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
16607
16608 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
16609
16610 ;;;***
16611 \f
16612 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (16908
16613 ;;;;;; 33361))
16614 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
16615
16616 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
16617 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
16618
16619 \(fn)" nil nil)
16620
16621 ;;;***
16622 \f
16623 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
16624 ;;;;;; (16697 49031))
16625 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
16626
16627 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
16628 Not documented
16629
16630 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
16631
16632 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
16633 Not documented
16634
16635 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
16636
16637 ;;;***
16638 \f
16639 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
16640 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
16641 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (16908 33361))
16642 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
16643
16644 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
16645 Not documented
16646
16647 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
16648
16649 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
16650 Not documented
16651
16652 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
16653
16654 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
16655 Not documented
16656
16657 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
16658
16659 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
16660 Not documented
16661
16662 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
16663
16664 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
16665 Not documented
16666
16667 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
16668
16669 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
16670 Not documented
16671
16672 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
16673
16674 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
16675 Not documented
16676
16677 \(fn)" nil nil)
16678
16679 ;;;***
16680 \f
16681 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
16682 ;;;;;; (16858 50936))
16683 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
16684
16685 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
16686 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
16687 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
16688 followed by the first character of the construct.
16689 \\<m2-mode-map>
16690 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
16691 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
16692 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
16693 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
16694 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
16695 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
16696 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
16697 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
16698 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
16699 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
16700 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
16701 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
16702 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
16703 \\[m2-link] link
16704
16705 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
16706 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
16707 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
16708
16709 \(fn)" t nil)
16710
16711 ;;;***
16712 \f
16713 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
16714 ;;;;;; (16442 4954))
16715 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
16716
16717 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
16718 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
16719
16720 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
16721
16722 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
16723 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
16724
16725 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
16726
16727 ;;;***
16728 \f
16729 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (16770
16730 ;;;;;; 10720))
16731 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
16732
16733 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
16734 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
16735 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16736 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16737 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
16738
16739 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
16740
16741 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
16742 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
16743 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
16744 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
16745
16746 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
16747
16748 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
16749
16750 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
16751
16752 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
16753 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
16754 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
16755 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
16756 Triple-clicking selects lines.
16757 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
16758
16759 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
16760 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
16761 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
16762 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
16763 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
16764
16765 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
16766 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
16767
16768 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
16769 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
16770
16771 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
16772
16773 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
16774 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
16775 primary selection and region.
16776
16777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16778
16779 ;;;***
16780 \f
16781 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (16213 43281))
16782 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
16783
16784 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
16785 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
16786
16787 \(fn)" t nil)
16788
16789 ;;;***
16790 \f
16791 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (16764 51518))
16792 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
16793
16794 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
16795 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
16796 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16797 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16798 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
16799
16800 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
16801
16802 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
16803 Toggle Msb mode.
16804 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
16805 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
16806 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
16807
16808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16809
16810 ;;;***
16811 \f
16812 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
16813 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
16814 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
16815 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
16816 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
16817 ;;;;;; (16515 33869))
16818 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
16819
16820 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
16821 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
16822 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
16823 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
16824 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
16825 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
16826 set of ISO charsets.
16827
16828 Each element has the following format:
16829 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
16830
16831 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
16832
16833 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
16834 CHARSET are mapped.
16835
16836 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
16837 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
16838 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
16839 character code in CHARSET.
16840
16841 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
16842 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
16843 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
16844 or
16845 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
16846 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
16847 TO2, or...
16848 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
16849 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
16850
16851 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
16852 Display a list of all character sets.
16853
16854 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
16855 internal Emacs use.
16856
16857 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
16858 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
16859 hexadecimal digits.
16860 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
16861 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
16862
16863 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
16864 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
16865 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
16866 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
16867
16868 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
16869 but still shows the full information.
16870
16871 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16872
16873 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
16874 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16875 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
16876 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
16877 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
16878
16879 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
16880 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
16881 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
16882 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
16883 detailed meanings of these arguments.
16884
16885 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16886
16887 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
16888 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
16889 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
16890 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
16891 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
16892
16893 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
16894
16895 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
16896 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
16897
16898 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
16899
16900 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
16901 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
16902
16903 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
16904
16905 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
16906 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
16907
16908 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
16909 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
16910 in place of `..':
16911 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
16912 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
16913 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
16914 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
16915 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
16916 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
16917 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
16918 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
16919 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
16920 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
16921 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
16922 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
16923 `default-process-coding-system' for read
16924 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
16925 `default-process-coding-system' for write
16926 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
16927
16928 \(fn)" t nil)
16929
16930 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
16931 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
16932
16933 \(fn)" t nil)
16934
16935 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
16936 Display a list of all coding systems.
16937 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
16938
16939 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
16940 but still contains full information about each coding system.
16941
16942 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16943
16944 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
16945 Display a list of all coding categories.
16946
16947 \(fn)" nil nil)
16948
16949 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
16950 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
16951
16952 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
16953
16954 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
16955 Display information about FONTSET.
16956 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
16957
16958 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
16959
16960 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
16961 Display a list of all fontsets.
16962 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
16963 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
16964 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
16965
16966 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16967
16968 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
16969 Display information about all input methods.
16970
16971 \(fn)" t nil)
16972
16973 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
16974 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
16975
16976 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
16977 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
16978 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
16979 system which uses fontsets).
16980
16981 \(fn)" t nil)
16982
16983 ;;;***
16984 \f
16985 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
16986 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
16987 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
16988 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
16989 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
16990 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (16908 33362))
16991 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
16992
16993 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
16994 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
16995 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
16996
16997 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
16998
16999 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
17000
17001 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
17002 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
17003
17004 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
17005 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
17006
17007 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
17008 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
17009
17010 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
17011
17012 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
17013 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
17014 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
17015 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
17016 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
17017 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
17018 buffer; see also `char-width'.
17019
17020 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
17021 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
17022 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
17023 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
17024 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
17025 middle of a character in STR.
17026
17027 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
17028 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
17029
17030 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
17031 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
17032 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
17033 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
17034 defaults to \"...\".
17035
17036 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
17037
17038 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
17039
17040 (make-obsolete (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width) "20.1")
17041
17042 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
17043 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
17044
17045 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
17046 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
17047 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
17048
17049 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
17050 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
17051 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
17052
17053 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
17054 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
17055 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
17056 is considered.
17057 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
17058 longer than KEYSEQ.
17059 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
17060
17061 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
17062
17063 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
17064 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
17065 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
17066 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
17067 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
17068 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
17069 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
17070 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
17071 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
17072 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
17073 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
17074
17075 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
17076
17077 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
17078 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
17079
17080 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17081
17082 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
17083 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
17084
17085 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17086
17087 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
17088 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
17089
17090 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17091
17092 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
17093 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
17094
17095 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17096
17097 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
17098 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
17099 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
17100 coding systems ordered by priority.
17101
17102 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
17103
17104 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
17105 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
17106 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
17107 language environment LANG-ENV.
17108
17109 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
17110
17111 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
17112 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
17113 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
17114 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
17115 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
17116 basis, this may not be accurate.
17117
17118 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
17119
17120 ;;;***
17121 \f
17122 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
17123 ;;;;;; (16788 34909))
17124 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
17125
17126 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
17127 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
17128 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17129 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17130 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
17131
17132 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
17133
17134 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
17135 Toggle mouse wheel support.
17136 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17137 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17138
17139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17140
17141 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
17142 Enable mouse wheel support.
17143
17144 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
17145
17146 ;;;***
17147 \f
17148 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
17149 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig dns-lookup-host
17150 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
17151 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (16719 60888))
17152 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
17153
17154 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
17155 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
17156
17157 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
17158
17159 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
17160 Ping HOST.
17161 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
17162 `ping-program-options'.
17163
17164 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17165
17166 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
17167 Run ipconfig program.
17168
17169 \(fn)" t nil)
17170
17171 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
17172
17173 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
17174 Run netstat program.
17175
17176 \(fn)" t nil)
17177
17178 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
17179 Run the arp program.
17180
17181 \(fn)" t nil)
17182
17183 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
17184 Run the route program.
17185
17186 \(fn)" t nil)
17187
17188 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
17189 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
17190
17191 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17192
17193 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
17194 Run nslookup program.
17195
17196 \(fn)" t nil)
17197
17198 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
17199 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
17200
17201 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17202
17203 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
17204 Run dig program.
17205
17206 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17207
17208 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
17209 Run ftp program.
17210
17211 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17212
17213 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
17214 Finger USER on HOST.
17215
17216 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
17217
17218 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
17219 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
17220 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
17221 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
17222
17223 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
17224
17225 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
17226 Not documented
17227
17228 \(fn)" t nil)
17229
17230 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
17231 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
17232
17233 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
17234
17235 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
17236 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
17237
17238 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
17239
17240 ;;;***
17241 \f
17242 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
17243 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-region uncomment-region
17244 ;;;;;; comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent comment-indent-default
17245 ;;;;;; comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line comment-padding
17246 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
17247 ;;;;;; (16764 51518))
17248 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
17249
17250 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
17251
17252 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
17253
17254 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
17255
17256 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
17257
17258 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
17259 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
17260 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
17261 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
17262 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
17263 Major modes should set this variable.")
17264
17265 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
17266 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
17267 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
17268 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
17269 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
17270 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
17271
17272 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
17273
17274 (defvar comment-start nil "\
17275 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
17276
17277 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
17278 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
17279 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
17280 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
17281
17282 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
17283 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
17284
17285 (defvar comment-end "" "\
17286 *String to insert to end a new comment.
17287 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
17288
17289 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
17290 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
17291 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
17292 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
17293 column indentation or nil.
17294 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
17295
17296 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
17297 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
17298 The function has no args.
17299
17300 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
17301 comments always start in column zero.")
17302
17303 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
17304 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
17305 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
17306
17307 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
17308
17309 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
17310 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
17311 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
17312 of the corresponding number of spaces.
17313
17314 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
17315 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
17316
17317 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
17318
17319 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
17320 *Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
17321 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
17322 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
17323 customize this variable.
17324
17325 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
17326 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
17327
17328 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
17329
17330 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
17331 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
17332 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
17333 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
17334 the variables are properly set.
17335
17336 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
17337
17338 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
17339 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
17340
17341 \(fn)" nil nil)
17342
17343 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
17344 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
17345 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
17346
17347 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
17348
17349 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
17350 Set the comment column based on point.
17351 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
17352 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
17353 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
17354 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
17355
17356 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17357
17358 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
17359 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
17360 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
17361
17362 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17363
17364 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
17365 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
17366 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
17367 comment markers.
17368
17369 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17370
17371 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
17372 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
17373 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
17374 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
17375 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
17376 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
17377 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
17378 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
17379
17380 The strings used as comment starts are built from
17381 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
17382
17383 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17384
17385 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
17386 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
17387 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
17388 is passed on to the respective function.
17389
17390 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17391
17392 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
17393 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
17394 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
17395 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
17396 case it calls `uncomment-region').
17397 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
17398 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
17399 Else, call `comment-indent'.
17400
17401 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17402
17403 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
17404 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
17405 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
17406
17407 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment")
17408
17409 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
17410 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
17411 This indents the body of the continued comment
17412 under the previous comment line.
17413
17414 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
17415 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
17416 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
17417
17418 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
17419 or comment indentation.
17420
17421 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
17422 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
17423
17424 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
17425
17426 ;;;***
17427 \f
17428 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
17429 ;;;;;; (16908 33361))
17430 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
17431
17432 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
17433 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
17434
17435 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
17436
17437 ;;;***
17438 \f
17439 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (16698
17440 ;;;;;; 21928))
17441 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
17442
17443 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
17444 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
17445 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
17446 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
17447 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
17448 symbol in the alist.
17449
17450 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
17451
17452 ;;;***
17453 \f
17454 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
17455 ;;;;;; (16927 494))
17456 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
17457
17458 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
17459 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
17460 This command does not work if you use short group names.
17461
17462 \(fn)" t nil)
17463
17464 ;;;***
17465 \f
17466 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
17467 ;;;;;; (16698 21928))
17468 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
17469
17470 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
17471 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
17472 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
17473
17474 \(fn)" t nil)
17475
17476 ;;;***
17477 \f
17478 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
17479 ;;;;;; (16792 36614))
17480 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
17481
17482 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
17483 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
17484
17485 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
17486
17487 ;;;***
17488 \f
17489 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
17490 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (16698 21929))
17491 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
17492
17493 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
17494 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
17495
17496 \(fn)" t nil)
17497
17498 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
17499 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
17500
17501 \(fn)" t nil)
17502
17503 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
17504 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
17505
17506 \(fn)" t nil)
17507
17508 ;;;***
17509 \f
17510 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
17511 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (16939 44104))
17512 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
17513
17514 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
17515 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
17516 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
17517
17518 (defvaralias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function))
17519 (make-obsolete-variable 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
17520
17521 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
17522 Not documented
17523
17524 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17525
17526 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
17527 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
17528 COMMAND must be a symbol.
17529 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
17530 to future sessions.
17531
17532 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
17533
17534 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
17535 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
17536 COMMAND must be a symbol.
17537 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
17538 to future sessions.
17539
17540 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
17541
17542 ;;;***
17543 \f
17544 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
17545 ;;;;;; (16213 43283))
17546 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
17547
17548 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
17549 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
17550 \\{nroff-mode-map}
17551 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
17552 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
17553 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
17554
17555 \(fn)" t nil)
17556
17557 ;;;***
17558 \f
17559 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
17560 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
17561 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
17562
17563 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
17564 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
17565 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
17566 specified by `octave-help-files'.
17567 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
17568
17569 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
17570
17571 ;;;***
17572 \f
17573 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
17574 ;;;;;; (16288 58564))
17575 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
17576
17577 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
17578 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
17579 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
17580
17581 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
17582
17583 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
17584 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
17585
17586 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
17587 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
17588 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
17589
17590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17591
17592 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
17593
17594 ;;;***
17595 \f
17596 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
17597 ;;;;;; (16284 63121))
17598 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
17599
17600 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
17601 Major mode for editing Octave code.
17602
17603 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
17604 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
17605 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
17606 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
17607
17608 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
17609 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
17610 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
17611 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
17612 is why you need this mode!).
17613
17614 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
17615 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
17616 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
17617
17618 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
17619
17620 Keybindings
17621 ===========
17622
17623 \\{octave-mode-map}
17624
17625 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
17626 ==============================================
17627
17628 octave-auto-indent
17629 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
17630 Default is nil.
17631
17632 octave-auto-newline
17633 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
17634 Default is nil.
17635
17636 octave-blink-matching-block
17637 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
17638 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
17639
17640 octave-block-offset
17641 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
17642 Default is 2.
17643
17644 octave-continuation-offset
17645 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
17646 Default is 4.
17647
17648 octave-continuation-string
17649 String used for Octave continuation lines.
17650 Default is a backslash.
17651
17652 octave-mode-startup-message
17653 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
17654 Default is t.
17655
17656 octave-send-echo-input
17657 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
17658 command to the inferior Octave process.
17659
17660 octave-send-line-auto-forward
17661 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
17662 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
17663
17664 octave-send-echo-input
17665 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
17666
17667 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
17668
17669 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
17670 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
17671
17672 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
17673 (setq auto-mode-alist
17674 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
17675
17676 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
17677 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
17678
17679 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
17680 (lambda ()
17681 (abbrev-mode 1)
17682 (auto-fill-mode 1)
17683 (if (eq window-system 'x)
17684 (font-lock-mode 1))))
17685
17686 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
17687 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
17688 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
17689 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
17690
17691 \(fn)" t nil)
17692
17693 ;;;***
17694 \f
17695 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
17696 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
17697 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
17698
17699 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
17700 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
17701 It is now better to use Customize instead.
17702
17703 \(fn)" t nil)
17704
17705 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
17706 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
17707 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
17708 in which there are commands to set the option values.
17709 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
17710
17711 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
17712
17713 \(fn)" t nil)
17714
17715 ;;;***
17716 \f
17717 ;;;### (autoloads (orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl org-remember-handler
17718 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-store-link org-diary org-agenda
17719 ;;;;;; org-agenda-mode org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el" (16876
17720 ;;;;;; 58220))
17721 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
17722
17723 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
17724 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
17725 \"Carstens outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
17726
17727 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
17728 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
17729 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
17730 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
17731 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
17732 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
17733 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
17734 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
17735 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
17736 can be exported as a well-structured ASCII or HTML file.
17737
17738 The following commands are available:
17739
17740 \\{org-mode-map}
17741
17742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17743
17744 (autoload (quote org-agenda-mode) "org" "\
17745 Mode for time-sorted view on action items in Org-mode files.
17746
17747 The following commands are available:
17748
17749 \\{org-agenda-mode-map}
17750
17751 \(fn)" t nil)
17752
17753 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
17754 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
17755 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
17756 will be able to go to other weeks.
17757 With one C-u prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
17758 also be shown, under the current date.
17759 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
17760 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
17761 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
17762
17763 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
17764
17765 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
17766 Returns diary information from org-files.
17767 This function can be used in an \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
17768 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
17769 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
17770 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
17771
17772 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
17773 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
17774 also be listed, on the expiration day.
17775
17776 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
17777 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
17778 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
17779 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
17780
17781 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
17782 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
17783 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
17784
17785 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
17786 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
17787 Like deadlines, these entires only show up in the
17788 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
17789
17790 The call in the diary file should look like this:
17791
17792 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
17793
17794 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
17795 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
17796
17797 &%%(org-diary)
17798
17799 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
17800 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
17801 also be written as
17802
17803 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
17804
17805 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
17806 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
17807 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
17808
17809 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
17810
17811 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
17812 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
17813 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
17814 \\[org-insert-link].
17815 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
17816 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
17817 For file links, arg negates `org-line-numbers-in-file-links'.
17818
17819 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17820
17821 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
17822 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
17823 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
17824 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
17825 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
17826
17827 \(fn)" nil nil)
17828
17829 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
17830 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
17831 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
17832 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
17833 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
17834 file the text at a specific location.
17835 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
17836 file. Or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
17837 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
17838
17839 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
17840 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
17841 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
17842 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
17843 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
17844 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
17845 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
17846 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
17847
17848 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
17849 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
17850 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
17851 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
17852
17853 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
17854 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
17855 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
17856
17857 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
17858 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
17859 \(i.e. after the stars).
17860
17861 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
17862
17863 \(fn)" nil nil)
17864
17865 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
17866 Unconditionally turn on orgtbl-mode.
17867
17868 \(fn)" nil nil)
17869
17870 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
17871 The org-mode table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
17872
17873 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17874
17875 ;;;***
17876 \f
17877 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
17878 ;;;;;; (16780 55376))
17879 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
17880
17881 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
17882 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
17883 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
17884 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
17885
17886 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
17887 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
17888 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
17889 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
17890
17891 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
17892 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
17893 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
17894 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
17895 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
17896 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
17897
17898 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
17899 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
17900 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
17901
17902 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
17903 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
17904 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
17905 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
17906 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
17907 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
17908 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
17909 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
17910 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
17911 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
17912 The subheadings remain visible.
17913 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
17914
17915 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
17916 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
17917 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
17918
17919 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
17920 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
17921
17922 \(fn)" t nil)
17923
17924 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
17925 Toggle Outline minor mode.
17926 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
17927 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
17928
17929 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17930
17931 ;;;***
17932 \f
17933 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (16821 35887))
17934 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
17935
17936 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
17937 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
17938 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17939 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17940 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
17941
17942 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
17943
17944 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
17945 Toggle Show Paren mode.
17946 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17947 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
17948
17949 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
17950 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
17951
17952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17953
17954 ;;;***
17955 \f
17956 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
17957 ;;;;;; (16243 62806))
17958 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
17959
17960 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
17961 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
17962 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
17963 unknown are returned as nil.
17964
17965 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
17966
17967 ;;;***
17968 \f
17969 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (16213
17970 ;;;;;; 43282))
17971 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
17972
17973 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
17974 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
17975 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
17976
17977 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
17978 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
17979
17980 Other useful functions are:
17981
17982 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
17983 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
17984 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
17985 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
17986 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
17987 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
17988 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
17989 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
17990 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
17991
17992 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
17993
17994 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
17995 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
17996 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
17997 Indentation for case statements.
17998 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
17999 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
18000 mark after an end.
18001 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
18002 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
18003 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
18004 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
18005 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
18006 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
18007 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
18008 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
18009 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
18010 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
18011
18012 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
18013 pascal-separator-keywords.
18014
18015 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
18016 no args, if that value is non-nil.
18017
18018 \(fn)" t nil)
18019
18020 ;;;***
18021 \f
18022 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
18023 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
18024 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
18025
18026 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
18027 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
18028 The keys affected are:
18029 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
18030 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
18031 M-Backspace does undo.
18032 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
18033 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
18034 C-Escape does list-buffers.
18035
18036 \(fn)" t nil)
18037
18038 ;;;***
18039 \f
18040 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
18041 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (16589 26258))
18042 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
18043
18044 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
18045 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
18046 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18047 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18048 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
18049
18050 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
18051
18052 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
18053 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
18054
18055 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
18056
18057 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
18058 which modify the status of the mark.
18059
18060 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
18061 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
18062
18063 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
18064 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
18065
18066 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
18067 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
18068 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
18069 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
18070 turning PC Selection mode on.
18071
18072 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
18073 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
18074
18075 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
18076 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
18077 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
18078
18079 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
18080 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
18081 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
18082
18083 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
18084 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
18085
18086 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
18087 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
18088 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
18089
18090 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
18091 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
18092 but before calling PC Selection mode):
18093
18094 F6 other-window
18095 DELETE delete-char
18096 C-DELETE kill-line
18097 M-DELETE kill-word
18098 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
18099 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
18100 M-BACKSPACE undo
18101
18102 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18103
18104 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
18105 Toggle PC Selection mode.
18106 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
18107 and cursor movement commands.
18108 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
18109 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18110 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
18111
18112 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
18113
18114 ;;;***
18115 \f
18116 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (16213
18117 ;;;;;; 43269))
18118 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
18119
18120 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
18121 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
18122
18123 \(fn)" nil nil)
18124
18125 ;;;***
18126 \f
18127 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
18128 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (16213 43269))
18129 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
18130
18131 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
18132 Completion for `gzip'.
18133
18134 \(fn)" nil nil)
18135
18136 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
18137 Completion for `bzip2'.
18138
18139 \(fn)" nil nil)
18140
18141 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
18142 Completion for GNU `make'.
18143
18144 \(fn)" nil nil)
18145
18146 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
18147 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
18148
18149 \(fn)" nil nil)
18150
18151 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
18152
18153 ;;;***
18154 \f
18155 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
18156 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (16213 43269))
18157 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
18158
18159 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
18160 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
18161
18162 \(fn)" nil nil)
18163
18164 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
18165 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
18166
18167 \(fn)" nil nil)
18168
18169 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
18170 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
18171
18172 \(fn)" nil nil)
18173
18174 ;;;***
18175 \f
18176 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (16213
18177 ;;;;;; 43269))
18178 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
18179
18180 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
18181 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
18182 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
18183 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
18184 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
18185 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
18186
18187 \(fn)" nil nil)
18188
18189 ;;;***
18190 \f
18191 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
18192 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
18193 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (16213 43269))
18194 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
18195
18196 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18197 Completion for `cd'.
18198
18199 \(fn)" nil nil)
18200
18201 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
18202
18203 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18204 Completion for `rmdir'.
18205
18206 \(fn)" nil nil)
18207
18208 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18209 Completion for `rm'.
18210
18211 \(fn)" nil nil)
18212
18213 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18214 Completion for `xargs'.
18215
18216 \(fn)" nil nil)
18217
18218 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
18219
18220 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18221 Completion for `which'.
18222
18223 \(fn)" nil nil)
18224
18225 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18226 Completion for the `chown' command.
18227
18228 \(fn)" nil nil)
18229
18230 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18231 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
18232
18233 \(fn)" nil nil)
18234
18235 ;;;***
18236 \f
18237 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
18238 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
18239 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (16880
18240 ;;;;;; 58563))
18241 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
18242
18243 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
18244 Support extensible programmable completion.
18245 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
18246 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
18247
18248 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
18249
18250 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
18251 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
18252
18253 \(fn)" t nil)
18254
18255 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
18256 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
18257 This will modify the current buffer.
18258
18259 \(fn)" t nil)
18260
18261 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
18262 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
18263
18264 \(fn)" t nil)
18265
18266 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
18267 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
18268 This will modify the current buffer.
18269
18270 \(fn)" t nil)
18271
18272 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
18273 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
18274
18275 \(fn)" t nil)
18276
18277 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
18278 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
18279
18280 \(fn)" t nil)
18281
18282 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
18283 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
18284 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
18285 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
18286 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
18287
18288 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
18289
18290 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
18291 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
18292
18293 \(fn)" nil nil)
18294
18295 ;;;***
18296 \f
18297 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
18298 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
18299 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (16953 20624))
18300 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
18301
18302 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
18303 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
18304 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
18305 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
18306
18307 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
18308
18309 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS)" t nil)
18310
18311 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
18312 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
18313 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
18314 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
18315 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
18316 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
18317 FLAGS is ignored.
18318
18319 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
18320
18321 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
18322 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
18323 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
18324 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
18325 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
18326 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
18327 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
18328 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
18329
18330 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
18331
18332 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
18333 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
18334 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
18335 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
18336 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
18337 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
18338 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
18339 passed to cvs.
18340
18341 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
18342
18343 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
18344 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
18345 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
18346 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
18347 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
18348 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
18349 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
18350
18351 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
18352
18353 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
18354
18355 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
18356 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
18357 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
18358
18359 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
18360
18361 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
18362 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
18363 nil means never do it.
18364 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
18365 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
18366 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
18367
18368 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
18369
18370 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
18371 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
18372 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
18373
18374 ;;;***
18375 \f
18376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (16858 50918))
18377 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
18378
18379 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
18380
18381 ;;;***
18382 \f
18383 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
18384 ;;;;;; (16958 58759))
18385 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
18386
18387 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
18388 Major mode for editing Perl code.
18389 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
18390 Tab indents for Perl code.
18391 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
18392 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
18393 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
18394 \\{perl-mode-map}
18395 Variables controlling indentation style:
18396 `perl-tab-always-indent'
18397 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
18398 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
18399 `perl-tab-to-comment'
18400 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
18401 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
18402 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
18403 `perl-nochange'
18404 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
18405 `perl-indent-level'
18406 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
18407 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
18408 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
18409 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
18410 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
18411 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
18412 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
18413 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
18414 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
18415 `perl-brace-offset'
18416 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
18417 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
18418 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
18419 this far to the right of the start of its line.
18420 `perl-label-offset'
18421 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
18422 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
18423 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
18424
18425 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
18426 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
18427 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
18428 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
18429 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
18430 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
18431 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
18432
18433 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
18434
18435 \(fn)" t nil)
18436
18437 ;;;***
18438 \f
18439 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
18440 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
18441 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg"
18442 ;;;;;; "gnus/pgg.el" (16697 49031))
18443 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pgg.el
18444
18445 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
18446 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
18447 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
18448
18449 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN)" t nil)
18450
18451 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
18452 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
18453 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
18454 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
18455 the region.
18456
18457 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END)" t nil)
18458
18459 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
18460 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
18461
18462 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18463
18464 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
18465 Decrypt the current buffer.
18466 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
18467 the region.
18468
18469 \(fn &optional START END)" t nil)
18470
18471 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
18472 Make the signature from text between START and END.
18473 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
18474 a detached signature.
18475 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
18476 and the the output is displayed.
18477
18478 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT)" t nil)
18479
18480 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
18481 Sign the current buffer.
18482 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
18483 detached signature.
18484 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
18485 within the region.
18486 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
18487 and the the output is displayed.
18488
18489 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END)" t nil)
18490
18491 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
18492 Verify the current region between START and END.
18493 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
18494 the detached signature of the current region.
18495
18496 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
18497 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
18498
18499 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
18500
18501 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
18502 Verify the current buffer.
18503 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
18504 the detached signature of the current region.
18505 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
18506 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
18507 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
18508 within the region.
18509
18510 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
18511
18512 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
18513 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
18514
18515 \(fn)" t nil)
18516
18517 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
18518 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
18519
18520 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18521
18522 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
18523 Import public keys in the current buffer.
18524
18525 \(fn)" t nil)
18526
18527 ;;;***
18528 \f
18529 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
18530 ;;;;;; (16534 3822))
18531 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
18532
18533 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
18534 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
18535 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
18536 afterwards settable by these commands:
18537 C-c < Move left after insertion.
18538 C-c > Move right after insertion.
18539 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
18540 C-c . Move down after insertion.
18541 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
18542 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
18543 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
18544 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
18545 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
18546 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
18547 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
18548 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
18549 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
18550 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
18551 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
18552 with these commands:
18553 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
18554 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
18555 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
18556 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
18557 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
18558 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
18559 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
18560 Return Move to beginning of next line.
18561 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
18562 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
18563 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
18564 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
18565 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
18566 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
18567 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
18568 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
18569 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
18570 You can manipulate text with these commands:
18571 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
18572 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
18573 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
18574 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
18575 text is saved in the kill ring.
18576 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
18577 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
18578 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
18579 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
18580 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
18581 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
18582 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
18583 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
18584 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
18585 commands if invoked soon enough.
18586 You can return to the previous mode with:
18587 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
18588 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
18589
18590 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
18591
18592 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
18593 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
18594
18595 \(fn)" t nil)
18596
18597 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
18598
18599 ;;;***
18600 \f
18601 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
18602 ;;;;;; (16213 43283))
18603 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
18604
18605 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
18606 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
18607 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
18608
18609 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
18610
18611 ;;;***
18612 \f
18613 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (16213 43281))
18614 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
18615
18616 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
18617 Play pong and waste time.
18618 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
18619 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
18620
18621 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
18622
18623 \\{pong-mode-map}
18624
18625 \(fn)" t nil)
18626
18627 ;;;***
18628 \f
18629 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
18630 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (16609 26453))
18631 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
18632
18633 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
18634 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
18635 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
18636 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
18637
18638 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
18639
18640 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
18641 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
18642
18643 \(fn)" nil nil)
18644
18645 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
18646 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
18647 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
18648 can handle, whenever this is possible.
18649 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
18650
18651 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
18652
18653 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
18654 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
18655 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
18656 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
18657 in the variable `values'.
18658
18659 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
18660
18661 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
18662 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
18663 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
18664 Ignores leading comment characters.
18665
18666 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18667
18668 ;;;***
18669 \f
18670 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
18671 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
18672 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
18673 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
18674 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
18675 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
18676 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
18677 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
18678 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
18679 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
18680 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
18681 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
18682 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
18683 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
18684 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
18685 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
18686 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
18687 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
18688 ;;;;;; (16801 58022))
18689 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
18690
18691 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
18692 Activate the printing interface buffer.
18693
18694 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
18695
18696 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
18697
18698 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18699
18700 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
18701 Preview directory using ghostview.
18702
18703 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
18704 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
18705 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
18706 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
18707
18708 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
18709 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
18710 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
18711 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
18712 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
18713 file name.
18714
18715 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
18716
18717 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18718
18719 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
18720 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
18721
18722 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
18723 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
18724 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
18725 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
18726
18727 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
18728 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
18729 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
18730 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
18731 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
18732 file name.
18733
18734 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
18735
18736 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18737
18738 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
18739 Print directory using PostScript printer.
18740
18741 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
18742 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
18743 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
18744 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
18745
18746 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
18747 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
18748 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
18749 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
18750 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
18751 file name.
18752
18753 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
18754
18755 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18756
18757 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
18758 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
18759
18760 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
18761
18762 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
18763 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
18764 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
18765 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
18766
18767 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
18768 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
18769 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
18770 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
18771 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
18772 file name.
18773
18774 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
18775
18776 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18777
18778 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
18779 Preview buffer using ghostview.
18780
18781 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
18782 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
18783 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
18784
18785 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
18786 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
18787 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
18788 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
18789
18790 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18791
18792 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
18793 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
18794
18795 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
18796 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
18797 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
18798
18799 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
18800 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
18801 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
18802 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
18803
18804 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18805
18806 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
18807 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
18808
18809 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
18810 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
18811 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
18812
18813 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
18814 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
18815 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
18816 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
18817
18818 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18819
18820 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
18821 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
18822
18823 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
18824
18825 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
18826 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
18827 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
18828
18829 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
18830 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
18831 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
18832 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
18833
18834 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18835
18836 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
18837 Preview region using ghostview.
18838
18839 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
18840
18841 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18842
18843 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
18844 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
18845
18846 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
18847
18848 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18849
18850 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
18851 Print region using PostScript printer.
18852
18853 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
18854
18855 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18856
18857 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
18858 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
18859
18860 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
18861
18862 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18863
18864 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
18865 Preview major mode using ghostview.
18866
18867 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
18868
18869 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18870
18871 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
18872 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
18873
18874 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
18875
18876 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18877
18878 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
18879 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
18880
18881 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
18882
18883 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18884
18885 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
18886 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
18887
18888 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
18889
18890 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18891
18892 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
18893 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
18894 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
18895 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
18896
18897 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
18898 matching.
18899
18900 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
18901 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
18902
18903 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
18904
18905 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
18906
18907 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
18908 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
18909 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
18910 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
18911
18912 \(fn)" t nil)
18913
18914 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
18915 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
18916 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
18917 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
18918
18919 \(fn)" t nil)
18920
18921 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
18922 Print directory using text printer.
18923
18924 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
18925 matching.
18926
18927 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
18928 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
18929
18930 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
18931
18932 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
18933
18934 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
18935 Print buffer using text printer.
18936
18937 \(fn)" t nil)
18938
18939 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
18940 Print region using text printer.
18941
18942 \(fn)" t nil)
18943
18944 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
18945 Print major mode using text printer.
18946
18947 \(fn)" t nil)
18948
18949 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
18950 Preview spooled PostScript.
18951
18952 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
18953 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
18954 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
18955
18956 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
18957 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
18958 PostScript image in a file with that name.
18959
18960 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18961
18962 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
18963 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
18964
18965 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
18966 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
18967 instead of sending it to the printer.
18968
18969 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
18970 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
18971 image in a file with that name.
18972
18973 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18974
18975 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
18976 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
18977
18978 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
18979 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
18980 instead of sending it to the printer.
18981
18982 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
18983 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
18984 image in a file with that name.
18985
18986 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
18987
18988 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
18989 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
18990
18991 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
18992 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
18993 instead of sending it to the printer.
18994
18995 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
18996 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
18997 image in a file with that name.
18998
18999 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19000
19001 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
19002 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
19003
19004 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19005
19006 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
19007 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
19008
19009 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
19010
19011 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19012 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
19013
19014 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19015
19016 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
19017 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
19018
19019 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19020
19021 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
19022 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
19023
19024 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19025
19026 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
19027 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
19028
19029 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
19030 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19031 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
19032 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19033
19034 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19035 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
19036 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
19037 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
19038 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
19039 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
19040 file name.
19041
19042 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
19043
19044 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
19045 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
19046
19047 \(fn)" t nil)
19048
19049 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
19050 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
19051
19052 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
19053 right.
19054 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
19055 bottom.
19056
19057 \(fn)" t nil)
19058
19059 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
19060 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
19061
19062 \(fn)" t nil)
19063
19064 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19065 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
19066
19067 \(fn)" t nil)
19068
19069 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
19070 Toggle printing with faces.
19071
19072 \(fn)" t nil)
19073
19074 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
19075 Toggle spooling.
19076
19077 \(fn)" t nil)
19078
19079 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
19080 Toggle duplex.
19081
19082 \(fn)" t nil)
19083
19084 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
19085 Toggle tumble.
19086
19087 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
19088 right.
19089 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
19090 bottom.
19091
19092 \(fn)" t nil)
19093
19094 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
19095 Toggle landscape.
19096
19097 \(fn)" t nil)
19098
19099 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
19100 Toggle upside-down.
19101
19102 \(fn)" t nil)
19103
19104 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
19105 Toggle line number.
19106
19107 \(fn)" t nil)
19108
19109 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
19110 Toggle zebra stripes.
19111
19112 \(fn)" t nil)
19113
19114 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
19115 Toggle printing header.
19116
19117 \(fn)" t nil)
19118
19119 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
19120 Toggle printing header frame.
19121
19122 \(fn)" t nil)
19123
19124 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
19125 Toggle menu lock.
19126
19127 \(fn)" t nil)
19128
19129 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
19130 Toggle auto region.
19131
19132 \(fn)" t nil)
19133
19134 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
19135 Toggle auto mode.
19136
19137 \(fn)" t nil)
19138
19139 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
19140 Customization of the `printing' group.
19141
19142 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19143
19144 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
19145 Customization of the `lpr' group.
19146
19147 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19148
19149 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
19150 Help for the printing package.
19151
19152 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19153
19154 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
19155 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
19156
19157 \(fn)" t nil)
19158
19159 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
19160 Interactively select a text printer.
19161
19162 \(fn)" t nil)
19163
19164 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
19165 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
19166
19167 \(fn)" t nil)
19168
19169 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
19170 Show current ps-print settings.
19171
19172 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19173
19174 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
19175 Show current printing settings.
19176
19177 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19178
19179 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
19180 Show current lpr settings.
19181
19182 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19183
19184 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
19185 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
19186
19187 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
19188 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
19189 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
19190 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
19191
19192
19193 Interactively, you have the following situations:
19194
19195 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
19196 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
19197 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
19198
19199 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
19200 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
19201 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
19202 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
19203 current active printer.
19204
19205 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
19206 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
19207 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
19208 printer.
19209
19210 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
19211 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
19212 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
19213 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
19214 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19215
19216
19217 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
19218 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
19219
19220 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
19221
19222 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
19223 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
19224 be done using the new current active printer.
19225
19226 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
19227 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
19228 printer.
19229
19230 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
19231 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
19232 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
19233 instead of sending it to the printer.
19234
19235 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
19236 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
19237 printer.
19238
19239 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
19240
19241
19242 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
19243 are both set to t.
19244
19245 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
19246
19247 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
19248 Fast fire function for text printing.
19249
19250 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
19251 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
19252 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
19253 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
19254
19255 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19256 user for a new active text printer.
19257
19258 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
19259
19260 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
19261
19262 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
19263 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
19264 printer.
19265
19266 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
19267
19268 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
19269 are both set to t.
19270
19271 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
19272
19273 ;;;***
19274 \f
19275 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
19276 ;;;;;; (16814 63075))
19277 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
19278
19279 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
19280 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
19281 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
19282 Commands:
19283 \\{prolog-mode-map}
19284 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
19285 if that value is non-nil.
19286
19287 \(fn)" t nil)
19288
19289 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
19290 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
19291
19292 \(fn)" t nil)
19293
19294 ;;;***
19295 \f
19296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (16213 43271))
19297 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
19298
19299 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
19300 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
19301 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
19302
19303 ;;;***
19304 \f
19305 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (16213
19306 ;;;;;; 43282))
19307 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
19308
19309 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
19310 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
19311
19312 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
19313
19314 The following variables hold user options, and can
19315 be set through the `customize' command:
19316
19317 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
19318 `ps-mode-tab'
19319 `ps-mode-paper-size'
19320 `ps-mode-print-function'
19321 `ps-run-prompt'
19322 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
19323 `ps-run-x'
19324 `ps-run-dumb'
19325 `ps-run-init'
19326 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
19327 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
19328
19329 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
19330
19331
19332 \\{ps-mode-map}
19333
19334
19335 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
19336 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
19337 The keymap for this second window is:
19338
19339 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
19340
19341
19342 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
19343 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
19344 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
19345 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
19346 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
19347
19348 \(fn)" t nil)
19349
19350 ;;;***
19351 \f
19352 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
19353 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
19354 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
19355 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (16923 3608))
19356 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
19357
19358 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
19359 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
19360
19361 Valid values are:
19362
19363 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
19364 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
19365 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
19366 changed by setting the variable
19367 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
19368 The initial value of this variable is
19369 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
19370 documentation).
19371
19372 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
19373 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
19374 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
19375 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
19376 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
19377 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
19378 test it.
19379
19380 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
19381 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
19382 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
19383 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
19384 source file. BDF fonts are included in
19385 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
19386 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
19387 use this value, be sure to have installed
19388 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
19389 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
19390 documentation of this variable).
19391
19392 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
19393 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
19394 characters. This is convenient when you want or
19395 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
19396 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
19397 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
19398
19399 Any other value is treated as nil.")
19400
19401 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
19402
19403 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
19404 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
19405 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
19406
19407 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19408
19409 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
19410 Not documented
19411
19412 \(fn)" nil nil)
19413
19414 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
19415 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
19416
19417 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
19418
19419 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
19420
19421 Returns the value:
19422
19423 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
19424
19425 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
19426 the sequence.
19427
19428 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
19429
19430 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
19431 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
19432
19433 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
19434 composition.
19435
19436 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
19437
19438 Returns the value:
19439
19440 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
19441
19442 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
19443 the sequence.
19444
19445 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
19446
19447 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
19448 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
19449
19450 \(fn)" nil nil)
19451
19452 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
19453 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
19454 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
19455
19456 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
19457
19458 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
19459 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
19460 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
19461
19462 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
19463
19464 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
19465 Not documented
19466
19467 \(fn)" nil nil)
19468
19469 ;;;***
19470 \f
19471 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
19472 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
19473 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
19474 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
19475 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
19476 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (16958
19477 ;;;;;; 58756))
19478 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
19479
19480 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
19481 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
19482 See `ps-paper-type'.")
19483
19484 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
19485
19486 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
19487 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
19488 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
19489 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
19490
19491 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
19492
19493 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
19494 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
19495
19496 Valid values are:
19497
19498 nil Do not print colors.
19499
19500 t Print colors.
19501
19502 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
19503 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
19504
19505 Any other value is treated as t.")
19506
19507 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
19508
19509 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
19510 Customization of ps-print group.
19511
19512 \(fn)" t nil)
19513
19514 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
19515 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
19516
19517 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
19518 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
19519 sending it to the printer.
19520
19521 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19522 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19523 image in a file with that name.
19524
19525 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19526
19527 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
19528 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
19529 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
19530 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
19531 so it has a way to determine color values.
19532
19533 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19534
19535 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
19536 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
19537 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
19538
19539 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19540
19541 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
19542 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
19543 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
19544 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
19545 so it has a way to determine color values.
19546
19547 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19548
19549 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
19550 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
19551 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
19552 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
19553
19554 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
19555
19556 \(fn)" t nil)
19557
19558 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
19559 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
19560 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
19561 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
19562 so it has a way to determine color values.
19563
19564 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
19565
19566 \(fn)" t nil)
19567
19568 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
19569 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
19570 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
19571
19572 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
19573
19574 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
19575
19576 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
19577 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
19578 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
19579 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
19580 so it has a way to determine color values.
19581
19582 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
19583
19584 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
19585
19586 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
19587 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
19588
19589 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
19590 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19591 instead of sending it to the printer.
19592
19593 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19594 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19595 image in a file with that name.
19596
19597 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19598
19599 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
19600 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
19601 Done using the current ps-print setup.
19602 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
19603 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
19604
19605 \(fn)" t nil)
19606
19607 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
19608 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
19609 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
19610
19611 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
19612
19613 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
19614 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
19615 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
19616
19617 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
19618
19619 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
19620 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
19621
19622 \(fn)" nil nil)
19623
19624 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
19625 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
19626
19627 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
19628 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
19629
19630 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
19631 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
19632
19633 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
19634
19635 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
19636
19637 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
19638
19639 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
19640 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
19641
19642 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
19643 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
19644
19645 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
19646 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
19647
19648 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
19649
19650 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
19651
19652 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
19653
19654 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
19655 foreground and background colors respectively.
19656
19657 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
19658 bold - use bold font.
19659 italic - use italic font.
19660 underline - put a line under text.
19661 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
19662 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
19663 shadow - text will have a shadow.
19664 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
19665 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
19666
19667 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
19668
19669 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
19670
19671 ;;;***
19672 \f
19673 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
19674 ;;;;;; (16908 33362))
19675 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
19676
19677 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
19678
19679 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
19680
19681 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
19682
19683 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
19684 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
19685 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
19686 buffer automatically.
19687 If there is a process already running in `*Python*', switch to
19688 that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit the initial
19689 command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args will be added
19690 to this as appropriate. Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook'
19691 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
19692 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
19693
19694 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW)" t nil)
19695
19696 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
19697 Major mode for editing Python files.
19698 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is required for correct
19699 parsing of the source.
19700 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
19701 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
19702 commands for running Python under Emacs.
19703
19704 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
19705 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
19706 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
19707 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
19708 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
19709 \\<python-mode-map>
19710 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
19711 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
19712 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
19713 deletes a charcter backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
19714 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
19715 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
19716
19717 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multiline strings appropriately, but has no
19718 effect outside them.
19719
19720 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
19721 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
19722 lines count as headers.
19723
19724 \\{python-mode-map}
19725
19726 \(fn)" t nil)
19727
19728 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
19729 Major mode for editing Jython files.
19730 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
19731 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
19732
19733 \(fn)" t nil)
19734
19735 ;;;***
19736 \f
19737 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
19738 ;;;;;; (16698 21929))
19739 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
19740
19741 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
19742 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
19743 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
19744 coding-system.
19745
19746 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
19747 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
19748
19749 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
19750 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
19751 them into characters should be done separately.
19752
19753 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
19754
19755 ;;;***
19756 \f
19757 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
19758 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
19759 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
19760 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
19761 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (16954 46150))
19762 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
19763
19764 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
19765 Return the title of the current Quail package.
19766
19767 \(fn)" nil nil)
19768
19769 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
19770 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
19771 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
19772
19773 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
19774 `quail-activate', which see.
19775
19776 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
19777
19778 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
19779 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
19780 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
19781 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
19782 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
19783 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
19784 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
19785
19786 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
19787 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
19788 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
19789 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
19790 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
19791 shown.
19792 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
19793
19794 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
19795 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
19796 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
19797 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
19798 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
19799 list of candidates.
19800
19801 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
19802 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
19803 command to be called.
19804
19805 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
19806 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
19807 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
19808 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
19809
19810 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
19811 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
19812 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
19813 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
19814 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
19815 to t.
19816
19817 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
19818 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
19819 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
19820 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
19821
19822 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
19823 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
19824 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
19825 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
19826
19827 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
19828 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
19829 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
19830 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
19831 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
19832 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
19833
19834 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
19835 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
19836 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
19837 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
19838 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
19839 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
19840
19841 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
19842 covers Quail translation region.
19843
19844 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
19845 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
19846 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
19847 for it) is inserted.
19848
19849 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
19850 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
19851 vs. corresponding command to be called.
19852
19853 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
19854 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
19855 non-Quail commands.
19856
19857 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
19858
19859 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
19860 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
19861
19862 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
19863 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
19864 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
19865 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
19866 you type is correctly handled.
19867
19868 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
19869
19870 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
19871 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
19872
19873 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
19874 keyboard type.
19875
19876 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
19877
19878 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
19879 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
19880 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
19881 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
19882 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
19883 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
19884 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
19885 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
19886 for the translation.
19887 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
19888
19889 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
19890 it is used to handle KEY.
19891
19892 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
19893 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
19894 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
19895 the following annotation types are supported.
19896
19897 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
19898 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
19899
19900 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
19901 candidate list.
19902
19903 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
19904 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
19905 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
19906 inserted.
19907
19908 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
19909 generated for the following translations.
19910
19911 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
19912
19913 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
19914 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
19915
19916 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
19917 which to install MAP.
19918
19919 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
19920
19921 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
19922
19923 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
19924 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
19925
19926 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
19927 which to install MAP.
19928
19929 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
19930
19931 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
19932
19933 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
19934 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
19935 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
19936 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
19937 a function, or a cons.
19938 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
19939 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
19940 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
19941 for the translation.
19942 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
19943 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
19944 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
19945 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
19946 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
19947
19948 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
19949 it is used to handle KEY.
19950
19951 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
19952 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
19953 current Quail package.
19954
19955 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
19956 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
19957
19958 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
19959
19960 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
19961 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
19962
19963 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
19964 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
19965
19966 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
19967
19968 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
19969 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
19970
19971 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
19972
19973 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
19974 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
19975 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
19976 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
19977 of the Emacs source tree.
19978
19979 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
19980 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
19981
19982 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
19983 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
19984 of each directory.
19985
19986 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
19987
19988 ;;;***
19989 \f
19990 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
19991 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
19992 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (16543
19993 ;;;;;; 16567))
19994 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
19995
19996 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
19997 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
19998 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
19999 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
20000
20001 To make use of this do something like:
20002
20003 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
20004
20005 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
20006
20007 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
20008 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
20009
20010 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
20011 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
20012 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
20013
20014 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
20015
20016 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
20017 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
20018
20019 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
20020
20021 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
20022 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
20023
20024 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
20025 is decided.
20026
20027 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
20028
20029 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
20030 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
20031
20032 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
20033 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
20034 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
20035
20036 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
20037
20038 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
20039 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
20040
20041 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
20042
20043 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
20044 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
20045
20046 \(fn)" t nil)
20047
20048 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
20049 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
20050
20051 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
20052
20053 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
20054
20055 \(fn)" t nil)
20056
20057 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
20058 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
20059
20060 \(fn)" t nil)
20061
20062 ;;;***
20063 \f
20064 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (16213
20065 ;;;;;; 43280))
20066 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
20067
20068 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
20069 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
20070 See \\[compile].
20071
20072 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
20073
20074 ;;;***
20075 \f
20076 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder regexp-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
20077 ;;;;;; (16930 25649))
20078 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
20079
20080 (autoload (quote regexp-builder) "re-builder" "\
20081 Alias for `re-builder': Construct a regexp interactively.
20082
20083 \(fn)" t nil)
20084
20085 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
20086 Construct a regexp interactively.
20087
20088 \(fn)" t nil)
20089
20090 ;;;***
20091 \f
20092 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (16958 58756))
20093 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
20094
20095 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
20096 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
20097 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
20098 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20099 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
20100
20101 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
20102
20103 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
20104 Toggle recentf mode.
20105 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
20106 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
20107
20108 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
20109 that were operated on recently.
20110
20111 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20112
20113 ;;;***
20114 \f
20115 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
20116 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
20117 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
20118 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (16894
20119 ;;;;;; 3339))
20120 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
20121
20122 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
20123 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
20124 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
20125 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
20126
20127 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
20128
20129 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
20130
20131 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
20132 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
20133 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
20134 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
20135 ends.
20136
20137 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20138 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
20139 to be deleted.
20140
20141 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
20142
20143 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
20144 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
20145 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
20146
20147 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20148 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
20149 deleted.
20150
20151 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
20152
20153 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
20154 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
20155 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
20156
20157 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
20158
20159 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
20160 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
20161
20162 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20163 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
20164
20165 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
20166 deleted.
20167
20168 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
20169
20170 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
20171 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
20172
20173 \(fn)" t nil)
20174
20175 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
20176 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
20177 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
20178 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
20179 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
20180 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
20181 and point is at the lower right corner.
20182
20183 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
20184
20185 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
20186 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
20187
20188 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
20189 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
20190
20191 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20192 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
20193 on the right side of the rectangle.
20194
20195 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
20196
20197 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
20198
20199 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
20200 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
20201 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
20202 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
20203 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
20204
20205 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20206 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
20207
20208 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
20209
20210 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
20211 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
20212 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
20213
20214 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
20215
20216 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
20217
20218 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
20219
20220 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
20221 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
20222
20223 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20224 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
20225 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
20226
20227 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
20228
20229 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
20230 Blank out the region-rectangle.
20231 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
20232
20233 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20234 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
20235 rectangle which were empty.
20236
20237 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
20238
20239 ;;;***
20240 \f
20241 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (16884
20242 ;;;;;; 52115))
20243 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
20244
20245 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
20246 Toggle Refill minor mode.
20247 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
20248
20249 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
20250 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
20251 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
20252
20253 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20254
20255 ;;;***
20256 \f
20257 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
20258 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (16896 54112))
20259 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
20260
20261 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
20262 Turn on RefTeX mode.
20263
20264 \(fn)" nil nil)
20265
20266 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
20267 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
20268
20269 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
20270 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
20271
20272 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
20273 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
20274 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
20275 \\ref macro.
20276
20277 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
20278 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
20279 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
20280
20281 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
20282 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
20283 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
20284
20285 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
20286 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
20287
20288 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
20289 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
20290
20291 \\{reftex-mode-map}
20292 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
20293 on the menu bar.
20294
20295 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20296
20297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20298
20299 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
20300 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
20301 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
20302
20303 \(fn)" nil nil)
20304
20305 ;;;***
20306 \f
20307 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
20308 ;;;;;; (16913 6364))
20309 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
20310
20311 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
20312 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
20313 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
20314 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
20315 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
20316 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
20317
20318 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
20319
20320 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
20321
20322 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
20323 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
20324 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
20325 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
20326 `reftex-cite-format'.
20327
20328 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
20329 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
20330 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
20331 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
20332
20333 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
20334
20335 ;;;***
20336 \f
20337 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
20338 ;;;;;; (16887 27629))
20339 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
20340
20341 (defvar reftex-isearch-minor-mode nil)
20342
20343 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
20344 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
20345 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
20346 the current TeX document.
20347
20348 With no argument, this command toggles
20349 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
20350 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
20351
20352 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20353
20354 ;;;***
20355 \f
20356 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
20357 ;;;;;; (16875 35929))
20358 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
20359
20360 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
20361 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
20362 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
20363
20364 To insert new phrases, use
20365 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
20366 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
20367
20368 To index phrases use one of:
20369
20370 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
20371 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
20372 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
20373 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
20374 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
20375
20376 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
20377 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
20378
20379 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
20380
20381 Here are all local bindings.
20382
20383 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
20384
20385 \(fn)" t nil)
20386
20387 ;;;***
20388 \f
20389 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
20390 ;;;;;; (16875 35929))
20391 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
20392
20393 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
20394 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
20395 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
20396 of master file.
20397
20398 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
20399
20400 ;;;***
20401 \f
20402 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
20403 ;;;;;; (16821 35887))
20404 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
20405
20406 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
20407 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
20408 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
20409 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
20410 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
20411 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
20412
20413 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
20414 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
20415
20416 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
20417 by \\=\\< and \\>.
20418
20419 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
20420
20421 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
20422 Return the depth of REGEXP.
20423 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
20424 \(parenthesised expressions) in REGEXP.
20425
20426 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
20427
20428 ;;;***
20429 \f
20430 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (16213 43271))
20431 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
20432
20433 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
20434 Repeat most recently executed command.
20435 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
20436 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
20437 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
20438
20439 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
20440 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
20441 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
20442
20443 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
20444
20445 ;;;***
20446 \f
20447 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
20448 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
20449 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
20450
20451 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
20452 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
20453
20454 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
20455 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
20456 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
20457 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
20458 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
20459 and point is left after the salutation.
20460
20461 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
20462 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
20463 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
20464 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
20465 left after that text.
20466
20467 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
20468 is non-nil.
20469
20470 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
20471 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
20472 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
20473 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
20474
20475 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
20476
20477 ;;;***
20478 \f
20479 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
20480 ;;;;;; (16213 43271))
20481 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
20482
20483 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
20484 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
20485 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
20486 visibility of comments that precede it.
20487 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
20488 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
20489 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
20490 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
20491 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
20492 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
20493 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
20494 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
20495 the comment lines.
20496 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
20497 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
20498 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
20499 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
20500 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
20501
20502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20503 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
20504
20505 ;;;***
20506 \f
20507 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (16213
20508 ;;;;;; 43271))
20509 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
20510
20511 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
20512 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
20513
20514 \(fn)" nil nil)
20515
20516 ;;;***
20517 \f
20518 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
20519 ;;;;;; (16942 52930))
20520 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
20521
20522 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
20523 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
20524 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
20525
20526 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
20527 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
20528 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
20529
20530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20531
20532 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
20533 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
20534 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
20535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20536 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
20537
20538 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
20539
20540 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
20541 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
20542 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
20543
20544 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
20545 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
20546 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
20547
20548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20549
20550 ;;;***
20551 \f
20552 ;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties
20553 ;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el"
20554 ;;;;;; (16213 43271))
20555 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
20556
20557 (defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\
20558 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
20559 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active.
20560 If emacs is not running under a window system,
20561 `file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
20562
20563 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
20564
20565 (defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
20566 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
20567 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
20568 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
20569 system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
20570
20571 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-tty-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
20572
20573 (defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\
20574 Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled.
20575 See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
20576 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20577 use either \\[customize] or the function `file-name-shadow-mode'.")
20578
20579 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow")
20580
20581 (autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
20582 Toggle File-Name Shadow mode.
20583 When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer
20584 that would be ignored (because the result is passed through
20585 `substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in
20586 `file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
20587 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
20588
20589 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
20590 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
20591
20592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20593
20594 ;;;***
20595 \f
20596 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
20597 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
20598 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
20599
20600 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
20601 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
20602
20603 \(fn X)" nil nil)
20604
20605 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
20606 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
20607
20608 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
20609
20610 ;;;***
20611 \f
20612 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (16507 41097))
20613 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
20614 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
20615
20616 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
20617 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
20618 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
20619 other arguments for `rlogin'.
20620
20621 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
20622
20623 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
20624 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
20625 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
20626 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
20627
20628 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
20629 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
20630
20631 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
20632 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
20633
20634 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
20635 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
20636 INPUT-ARGS.
20637
20638 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
20639 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
20640 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
20641 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
20642 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
20643
20644 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
20645 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
20646 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
20647 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
20648
20649 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
20650 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
20651 variable.
20652
20653 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20654
20655 ;;;***
20656 \f
20657 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-restore-desktop-buffer rmail-set-remote-password
20658 ;;;;;; rmail-input rmail-mode rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook
20659 ;;;;;; rmail-confirm-expunge rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
20660 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
20661 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
20662 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
20663 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (16954
20664 ;;;;;; 46150))
20665 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
20666
20667 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
20668 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
20669 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
20670
20671 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
20672
20673 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
20674 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
20675 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
20676 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
20677
20678 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
20679
20680 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
20681 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
20682 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
20683 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
20684 value is the user's email address and name.)
20685 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
20686
20687 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date" "\\|^x.*-priority:\\|^x-mimeole:") "\
20688 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
20689 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
20690 which normally happens once for each message,
20691 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
20692 To make a change in this variable take effect
20693 for a message that you have already viewed,
20694 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
20695
20696 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
20697
20698 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
20699 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
20700 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
20701 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
20702
20703 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
20704
20705 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
20706 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
20707
20708 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
20709
20710 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
20711 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
20712 A value of nil means don't highlight.
20713 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
20714
20715 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
20716
20717 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
20718 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
20719
20720 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
20721
20722 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
20723 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
20724
20725 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
20726
20727 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
20728 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
20729 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
20730 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
20731 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
20732
20733 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
20734
20735 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
20736 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
20737 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
20738 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
20739
20740 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
20741
20742 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
20743 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
20744
20745 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
20746
20747 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
20748 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
20749
20750 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
20751
20752 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
20753 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
20754
20755 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
20756
20757 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
20758 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
20759
20760 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
20761 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
20762
20763 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
20764 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
20765
20766 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
20767
20768 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
20769 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
20770
20771 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
20772 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
20773 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
20774 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
20775
20776 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
20777 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
20778
20779 This is set to nil by default.")
20780
20781 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
20782 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
20783 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
20784 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
20785 until a user explicitly requires it.")
20786
20787 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
20788
20789 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
20790 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
20791 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
20792 It is called with no argument.")
20793
20794 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
20795 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
20796 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
20797 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
20798 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
20799 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
20800 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
20801
20802 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
20803 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
20804 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
20805 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
20806 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
20807 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
20808
20809 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
20810 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
20811 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
20812 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
20813 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
20814
20815 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
20816 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
20817 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
20818 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
20819 MSG is the message number,
20820 REGEXP is the regular expression,
20821 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
20822
20823 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
20824 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
20825 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
20826 this feature is required with `require'.")
20827
20828 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
20829 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
20830 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
20831 the message is decoded as normal way.
20832
20833 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
20834 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
20835 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
20836
20837 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?" "\
20838 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
20839 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
20840
20841 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
20842 Read and edit incoming mail.
20843 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
20844 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
20845 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
20846
20847 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
20848 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
20849 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
20850 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
20851
20852 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
20853
20854 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
20855
20856 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
20857 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
20858 All normal editing commands are turned off.
20859 Instead, these commands are available:
20860
20861 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
20862 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
20863 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
20864 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
20865 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
20866 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
20867 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
20868 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
20869 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
20870 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
20871 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
20872 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
20873 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
20874 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
20875 till a deleted message is found.
20876 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
20877 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
20878 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
20879 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
20880 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
20881 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
20882 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
20883 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
20884 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
20885 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
20886 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
20887 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
20888 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
20889 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
20890 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
20891 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
20892 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
20893 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
20894 (label defaults to last one specified).
20895 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
20896 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
20897 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
20898 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
20899 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
20900 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
20901 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
20902 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
20903 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
20904
20905 \(fn)" t nil)
20906
20907 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
20908 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
20909
20910 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20911
20912 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
20913 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
20914
20915 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
20916
20917 (autoload (quote rmail-restore-desktop-buffer) "rmail" "\
20918 Restore an rmail buffer specified in a desktop file.
20919
20920 \(fn DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)" nil nil)
20921
20922 ;;;***
20923 \f
20924 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
20925 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
20926 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
20927
20928 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
20929 Edit the contents of this message.
20930
20931 \(fn)" t nil)
20932
20933 ;;;***
20934 \f
20935 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
20936 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
20937 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (16213 43280))
20938 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
20939
20940 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
20941 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
20942 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
20943
20944 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
20945
20946 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
20947 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
20948 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
20949
20950 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
20951
20952 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
20953 Not documented
20954
20955 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
20956
20957 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
20958 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
20959 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
20960 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
20961 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
20962
20963 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
20964
20965 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
20966 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
20967 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
20968 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
20969 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
20970
20971 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
20972
20973 ;;;***
20974 \f
20975 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
20976 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
20977 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
20978
20979 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
20980 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
20981 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
20982 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
20983
20984 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
20985
20986 ;;;***
20987 \f
20988 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
20989 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
20990 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (16213 43280))
20991 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
20992
20993 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
20994 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
20995 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
20996 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
20997 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
20998 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
20999 a file name as a string.")
21000
21001 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
21002
21003 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
21004 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
21005 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
21006 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
21007 buffer visiting that file.
21008 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
21009 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
21010
21011 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
21012 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
21013
21014 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
21015 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
21016
21017 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
21018 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
21019
21020 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
21021
21022 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
21023 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
21024
21025 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
21026
21027 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
21028 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
21029 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
21030 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
21031 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
21032
21033 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
21034 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
21035 will be appended with their original headers.
21036
21037 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
21038 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
21039
21040 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
21041 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
21042
21043 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
21044
21045 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
21046
21047 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
21048 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
21049 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
21050
21051 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
21052
21053 ;;;***
21054 \f
21055 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
21056 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
21057 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (16213
21058 ;;;;;; 43280))
21059 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
21060
21061 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
21062 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
21063 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21064
21065 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21066
21067 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
21068 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
21069 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21070
21071 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21072
21073 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
21074 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
21075 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21076
21077 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21078
21079 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
21080 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
21081 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21082
21083 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21084
21085 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
21086 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
21087 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21088
21089 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21090
21091 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
21092 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
21093 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21094
21095 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21096
21097 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
21098 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
21099 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21100 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
21101
21102 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
21103
21104 ;;;***
21105 \f
21106 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
21107 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
21108 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
21109 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
21110 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (16294 21153))
21111 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
21112
21113 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
21114 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
21115
21116 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
21117
21118 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
21119 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
21120
21121 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
21122
21123 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
21124 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
21125
21126 \(fn)" t nil)
21127
21128 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
21129 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
21130 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
21131
21132 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
21133
21134 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
21135 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
21136 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
21137 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
21138 only look in the To and From fields.
21139 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
21140
21141 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
21142
21143 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
21144 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
21145 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
21146 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
21147 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
21148
21149 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
21150
21151 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
21152 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
21153 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
21154 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
21155 look in the whole message.
21156 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
21157
21158 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
21159
21160 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
21161 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
21162 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
21163
21164 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
21165
21166 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
21167 *Function to decode summary-line.
21168
21169 By default, `identity' is set.")
21170
21171 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
21172
21173 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
21174 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
21175 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
21176 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
21177 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
21178 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
21179 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
21180
21181 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
21182 sent by you under different user names.
21183 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
21184
21185 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
21186
21187 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
21188
21189 ;;;***
21190 \f
21191 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
21192 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
21193 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
21194
21195 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
21196 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
21197 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
21198 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
21199
21200 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
21201
21202 ;;;***
21203 \f
21204 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
21205 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (16213 43271))
21206 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
21207
21208 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
21209 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
21210
21211 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
21212
21213 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
21214 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
21215
21216 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21217
21218 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
21219 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
21220
21221 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21222
21223 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
21224 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
21225 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
21226
21227 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
21228 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
21229 in rot 13.
21230
21231 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
21232
21233 \(fn)" t nil)
21234
21235 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
21236 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
21237
21238 \(fn)" t nil)
21239
21240 ;;;***
21241 \f
21242 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
21243 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
21244 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
21245 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
21246 ;;;;;; (16507 41097))
21247 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
21248
21249 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
21250 *This variable is obsolete.")
21251
21252 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
21253
21254 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
21255 *This variable is obsolete.")
21256
21257 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
21258
21259 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
21260 *This variable is obsolete.")
21261
21262 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
21263
21264 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
21265 *This variable is obsolete.")
21266
21267 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
21268
21269 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
21270 *This variable is obsolete.")
21271
21272 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
21273
21274 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
21275 *This variable is obsolete.")
21276
21277 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
21278
21279 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
21280 This function is obsolete.
21281
21282 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
21283
21284 ;;;***
21285 \f
21286 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (16908
21287 ;;;;;; 33360))
21288 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
21289
21290 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
21291 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
21292
21293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21294
21295 ;;;***
21296 \f
21297 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (16534
21298 ;;;;;; 3808))
21299 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
21300
21301 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
21302 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
21303 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
21304 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
21305
21306 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
21307
21308 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
21309 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
21310 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
21311 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
21312
21313 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
21314 notation.
21315
21316 STRING
21317 matches string STRING literally.
21318
21319 CHAR
21320 matches character CHAR literally.
21321
21322 `not-newline', `nonl'
21323 matches any character except a newline.
21324 .
21325 `anything'
21326 matches any character
21327
21328 `(any SET ...)'
21329 `(in SET ...)'
21330 `(char SET ...)'
21331 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
21332 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
21333 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
21334
21335 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
21336 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
21337 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
21338 `word', or one of their synonyms.
21339
21340 `(not (any SET ...))'
21341 matches any character not in SET ...
21342
21343 `line-start', `bol'
21344 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
21345 in the text being matched
21346
21347 `line-end', `eol'
21348 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
21349
21350 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
21351 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
21352 string being matched against.
21353
21354 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
21355 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
21356 string being matched against.
21357
21358 `buffer-start'
21359 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
21360 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
21361
21362 `buffer-end'
21363 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
21364 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
21365
21366 `point'
21367 matches the empty string, but only at point.
21368
21369 `word-start', `bow'
21370 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
21371 word.
21372
21373 `word-end', `eow'
21374 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
21375
21376 `word-boundary'
21377 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
21378 word.
21379
21380 `(not word-boundary)'
21381 `not-word-boundary'
21382 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
21383 word.
21384
21385 `digit', `numeric', `num'
21386 matches 0 through 9.
21387
21388 `control', `cntrl'
21389 matches ASCII control characters.
21390
21391 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
21392 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
21393
21394 `blank'
21395 matches space and tab only.
21396
21397 `graphic', `graph'
21398 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
21399 space, and DEL.
21400
21401 `printing', `print'
21402 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
21403 and DEL.
21404
21405 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
21406 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
21407 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
21408
21409 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
21410 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
21411 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
21412
21413 `ascii'
21414 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
21415
21416 `nonascii'
21417 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
21418
21419 `lower', `lower-case'
21420 matches anything lower-case.
21421
21422 `upper', `upper-case'
21423 matches anything upper-case.
21424
21425 `punctuation', `punct'
21426 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
21427 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
21428
21429 `space', `whitespace', `white'
21430 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
21431
21432 `word', `wordchar'
21433 matches anything that has word syntax.
21434
21435 `not-wordchar'
21436 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
21437
21438 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
21439 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
21440 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
21441 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
21442
21443 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
21444 `punctuation' (\\s.)
21445 `word' (\\sw)
21446 `symbol' (\\s_)
21447 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
21448 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
21449 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
21450 `string-quote' (\\s\")
21451 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
21452 `escape' (\\s\\)
21453 `character-quote' (\\s/)
21454 `comment-start' (\\s<)
21455 `comment-end' (\\s>)
21456 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
21457 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
21458
21459 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
21460 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
21461
21462 `(category CATEGORY)'
21463 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
21464 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
21465
21466 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
21467 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
21468 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
21469 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
21470 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
21471 `symbol' (\\c5)
21472 `digit' (\\c6)
21473 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
21474 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
21475 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
21476 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
21477 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
21478 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
21479 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
21480 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
21481 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
21482 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
21483 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
21484 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
21485 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
21486 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
21487 `ascii' (\\ca)
21488 `arabic' (\\cb)
21489 `chinese' (\\cc)
21490 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
21491 `greek' (\\cg)
21492 `korean' (\\ch)
21493 `indian' (\\ci)
21494 `japanese' (\\cj)
21495 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
21496 `latin' (\\cl)
21497 `lao' (\\co)
21498 `tibetan' (\\cq)
21499 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
21500 `thai' (\\ct)
21501 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
21502 `hebrew' (\\cw)
21503 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
21504 `can-break' (\\c|)
21505
21506 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
21507 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
21508
21509 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21510 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21511 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21512 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21513 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
21514
21515 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21516 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21517 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
21518 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
21519
21520 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21521 another name for `submatch'.
21522
21523 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21524 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
21525 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
21526 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
21527 regular expression.
21528
21529 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
21530 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
21531 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
21532 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
21533 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
21534
21535 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
21536 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
21537
21538 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
21539 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
21540
21541 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
21542 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
21543 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
21544
21545 `(* SEXP ...)'
21546 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
21547 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
21548
21549 `(*? SEXP ...)'
21550 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
21551 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
21552
21553 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
21554 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
21555 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
21556
21557 `(+ SEXP ...)'
21558 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
21559
21560 `(+? SEXP ...)'
21561 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
21562
21563 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
21564 `(optional SEXP ...)'
21565 `(opt SEXP ...)'
21566 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
21567
21568 `(? SEXP ...)'
21569 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
21570
21571 `(?? SEXP ...)'
21572 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
21573
21574 `(repeat N SEXP)'
21575 `(= N SEXP ...)'
21576 matches N occurrences.
21577
21578 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
21579 matches N or more occurrences.
21580
21581 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
21582 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
21583 matches N to M occurrences.
21584
21585 `(backref N)'
21586 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
21587
21588 `(backref N)'
21589 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
21590
21591 `(backref N)'
21592 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
21593
21594 `(eval FORM)'
21595 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
21596 `regexp-quote' it.
21597
21598 `(regexp REGEXP)'
21599 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
21600
21601 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
21602
21603 ;;;***
21604 \f
21605 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
21606 ;;;;;; (16923 3630))
21607 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
21608
21609 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
21610 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
21611 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
21612
21613 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
21614 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
21615 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
21616 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
21617 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
21618 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
21619 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
21620 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
21621
21622 Commands:
21623 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21624 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
21625 \\{scheme-mode-map}
21626 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
21627 if that value is non-nil.
21628
21629 \(fn)" t nil)
21630
21631 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
21632 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
21633 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
21634
21635 Commands:
21636 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21637 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
21638 \\{scheme-mode-map}
21639 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
21640 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
21641 that variable's value is a string.
21642
21643 \(fn)" t nil)
21644
21645 ;;;***
21646 \f
21647 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
21648 ;;;;;; (16698 21929))
21649 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
21650
21651 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
21652 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
21653 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
21654
21655 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
21656
21657 \(fn)" t nil)
21658
21659 ;;;***
21660 \f
21661 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (16213
21662 ;;;;;; 43281))
21663 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
21664
21665 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
21666 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
21667 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
21668 \\{scribe-mode-map}
21669
21670 Interesting variables:
21671
21672 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
21673 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
21674
21675 `scribe-electric-quote'
21676 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
21677
21678 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
21679 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
21680 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
21681
21682 \(fn)" t nil)
21683
21684 ;;;***
21685 \f
21686 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
21687 ;;;;;; (16213 43271))
21688 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
21689
21690 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
21691 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
21692 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21693 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21694 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
21695
21696 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
21697
21698 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
21699 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
21700 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
21701 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
21702 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
21703
21704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21705
21706 ;;;***
21707 \f
21708 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
21709 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-citation-hook
21710 ;;;;;; mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
21711 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator send-mail-function
21712 ;;;;;; mail-yank-ignored-headers mail-interactive mail-self-blind
21713 ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el"
21714 ;;;;;; (16954 46150))
21715 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
21716
21717 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
21718 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
21719
21720 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
21721 king@grassland.com
21722 If `parens', they look like:
21723 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
21724 If `angles', they look like:
21725 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
21726 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
21727 derived from the envelope-from address.
21728
21729 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
21730 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
21731 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
21732 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
21733
21734 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
21735
21736 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
21737 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
21738 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
21739 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
21740
21741 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
21742 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
21743 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
21744 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
21745
21746 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
21747
21748 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
21749 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
21750 This is done when the message is initialized,
21751 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
21752
21753 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
21754
21755 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
21756 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
21757 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
21758
21759 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
21760
21761 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:\\|^mail-reply-to:\\|^mail-followup-to:" "\
21762 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
21763
21764 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-ignored-headers) "sendmail")
21765
21766 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
21767 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
21768 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
21769 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
21770 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
21771 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
21772 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
21773
21774 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
21775
21776 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
21777 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
21778
21779 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
21780
21781 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
21782 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
21783 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
21784
21785 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
21786
21787 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
21788 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
21789 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
21790 when you first send mail.")
21791
21792 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
21793
21794 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
21795 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
21796 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
21797 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
21798 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
21799
21800 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
21801
21802 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
21803 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
21804 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
21805 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
21806 This file need not actually exist.")
21807
21808 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
21809
21810 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
21811 *Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
21812 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
21813 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
21814 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
21815 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
21816 in the cited portion of the message.
21817
21818 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
21819 instead of no action.")
21820
21821 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail")
21822
21823 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
21824 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
21825 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
21826 If a string, that string is inserted.
21827 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
21828 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
21829 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
21830 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
21831
21832 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
21833
21834 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
21835 *Directory for mail buffers.
21836 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
21837 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
21838
21839 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
21840
21841 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
21842 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
21843 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
21844 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
21845 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
21846 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
21847 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
21848 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
21849 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
21850 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
21851 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
21852 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
21853 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
21854 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
21855 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
21856 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
21857 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
21858
21859 \(fn)" t nil)
21860
21861 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
21862 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
21863
21864 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
21865 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
21866
21867 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail")
21868
21869 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
21870 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
21871 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
21872 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
21873 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
21874 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
21875
21876 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
21877 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
21878 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
21879
21880 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
21881 User should not set this variable manually,
21882 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
21883 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
21884 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
21885 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
21886
21887 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
21888 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
21889 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
21890 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
21891
21892 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
21893 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
21894
21895 \\<mail-mode-map>
21896 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
21897
21898 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
21899 to move to message header fields:
21900 \\{mail-mode-map}
21901
21902 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
21903 when the message is initialized.
21904
21905 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
21906 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
21907
21908 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
21909 is inserted.
21910
21911 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
21912 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
21913
21914 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
21915 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
21916
21917 The second through fifth arguments,
21918 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
21919 the initial contents of those header fields.
21920 These arguments should not have final newlines.
21921 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
21922 original message being replied to, or else an action
21923 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
21924 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
21925 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
21926 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
21927 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
21928 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
21929
21930 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
21931
21932 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
21933 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
21934
21935 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
21936
21937 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
21938 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
21939
21940 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
21941
21942 ;;;***
21943 \f
21944 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
21945 ;;;;;; (16908 33360))
21946 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
21947
21948 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
21949 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
21950 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
21951 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
21952 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
21953 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
21954
21955 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
21956
21957 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
21958
21959 (defvar server-mode nil "\
21960 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
21961 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21962 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21963 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
21964
21965 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
21966
21967 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
21968 Toggle Server mode.
21969 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
21970 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
21971 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
21972
21973 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21974
21975 ;;;***
21976 \f
21977 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (16923 3608))
21978 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
21979
21980 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
21981 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
21982 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
21983
21984 Key definitions:
21985 \\{ses-mode-map}
21986 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
21987 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
21988 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
21989 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
21990
21991 \(fn)" t nil)
21992
21993 ;;;***
21994 \f
21995 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
21996 ;;;;;; (16942 52931))
21997 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
21998
21999 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
22000 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
22001 Makes > match <.
22002 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
22003 `sgml-quick-keys'.
22004
22005 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
22006 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
22007 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
22008
22009 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
22010 your `.emacs' file.
22011
22012 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
22013
22014 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
22015 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
22016 \\{sgml-mode-map}
22017
22018 \(fn)" t nil)
22019
22020 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
22021
22022 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
22023 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
22024 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
22025 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
22026 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
22027 which this is based.
22028
22029 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
22030
22031 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
22032 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
22033 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
22034 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
22035
22036 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
22037 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
22038 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
22039
22040 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
22041 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
22042 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
22043 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
22044
22045 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
22046 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
22047 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
22048 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
22049
22050 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
22051
22052 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
22053 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
22054 To work around that, do:
22055 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
22056
22057 \\{html-mode-map}
22058
22059 \(fn)" t nil)
22060
22061 ;;;***
22062 \f
22063 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
22064 ;;;;;; (16878 27292))
22065 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
22066
22067 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
22068 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
22069 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
22070 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
22071 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
22072 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
22073
22074 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
22075 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
22076 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
22077 shell-specific features.
22078
22079 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
22080 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
22081 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
22082
22083 \\[sh-case] case statement
22084 \\[sh-for] for loop
22085 \\[sh-function] function definition
22086 \\[sh-if] if statement
22087 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
22088 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
22089 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
22090 \\[sh-select] select loop
22091 \\[sh-until] until loop
22092 \\[sh-while] while loop
22093
22094 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
22095 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
22096 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
22097 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
22098 would indent to the way it currently is.
22099 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
22100 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
22101
22102
22103 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
22104 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
22105 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
22106 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
22107 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
22108 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
22109
22110 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
22111 {, (, [, ', \", `
22112 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
22113
22114 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
22115 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
22116 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
22117
22118 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
22119 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
22120
22121 \(fn)" t nil)
22122
22123 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
22124
22125 ;;;***
22126 \f
22127 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (16908 33361))
22128 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
22129
22130 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
22131 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
22132 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
22133 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
22134 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
22135 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
22136
22137 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
22138
22139 ;;;***
22140 \f
22141 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
22142 ;;;;;; (16377 12872))
22143 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
22144
22145 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
22146 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
22147
22148 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
22149 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
22150 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
22151 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
22152 the earlier.
22153
22154 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
22155
22156 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
22157
22158 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
22159 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
22160 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
22161
22162 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
22163 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
22164
22165 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
22166 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
22167 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
22168 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
22169 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
22170 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
22171 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
22172 emacs version).
22173
22174 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
22175 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
22176 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
22177 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
22178 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
22179
22180 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
22181 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
22182 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
22183
22184 \(fn)" t nil)
22185
22186 ;;;***
22187 \f
22188 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
22189 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (16768
22190 ;;;;;; 48631))
22191 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
22192
22193 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
22194 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
22195 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
22196 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
22197 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
22198 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
22199 in the cluster.
22200
22201 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
22202
22203 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
22204 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
22205 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
22206 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
22207 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
22208
22209 \(fn)" t nil)
22210
22211 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
22212 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
22213 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
22214 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
22215 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
22216 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
22217 `shadow-define-cluster').
22218
22219 \(fn)" t nil)
22220
22221 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
22222 Set up file shadowing.
22223
22224 \(fn)" t nil)
22225
22226 ;;;***
22227 \f
22228 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
22229 ;;;;;; (16377 12872))
22230 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
22231
22232 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
22233 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
22234 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
22235 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
22236 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
22237 arguments.")
22238
22239 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
22240
22241 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
22242 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
22243 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
22244 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
22245 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
22246 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
22247 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
22248 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
22249 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
22250 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
22251 discards input when it starts up.)
22252 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
22253 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
22254 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
22255
22256 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
22257 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
22258 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
22259 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
22260 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
22261 `default-process-coding-system'.
22262
22263 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
22264 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
22265 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
22266 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
22267
22268 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
22269
22270 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22271 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
22272
22273 ;;;***
22274 \f
22275 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
22276 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (16908 33361))
22277 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
22278
22279 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
22280 Not documented
22281
22282 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
22283
22284 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
22285 Not documented
22286
22287 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
22288
22289 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
22290 Not documented
22291
22292 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
22293
22294 ;;;***
22295 \f
22296 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
22297 ;;;;;; (16697 49031))
22298 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
22299
22300 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
22301 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
22302 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
22303 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
22304 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
22305
22306 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
22307
22308 \(fn)" t nil)
22309
22310 ;;;***
22311 \f
22312 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (16858
22313 ;;;;;; 50937))
22314 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
22315
22316 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
22317 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
22318 \\{simula-mode-map}
22319 Variables controlling indentation style:
22320 `simula-tab-always-indent'
22321 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
22322 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
22323 `simula-indent-level'
22324 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
22325 `simula-substatement-offset'
22326 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
22327 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
22328 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
22329 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
22330 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
22331 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
22332 `simula-label-offset' -4711
22333 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
22334 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
22335 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
22336 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
22337 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
22338 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
22339 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
22340 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
22341 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
22342 `simula-electric-indent' nil
22343 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
22344 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
22345 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
22346 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
22347 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
22348 or nil if they should not be changed.
22349 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
22350 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
22351 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
22352 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
22353
22354 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
22355 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
22356
22357 \(fn)" t nil)
22358
22359 ;;;***
22360 \f
22361 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
22362 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (16213 43271))
22363 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
22364
22365 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
22366 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
22367
22368 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
22369 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
22370 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
22371 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
22372
22373 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
22374
22375 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
22376 Insert SKELETON.
22377 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
22378 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
22379 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
22380 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
22381 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
22382
22383 Optional first argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
22384 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
22385
22386 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
22387
22388 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
22389 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
22390
22391 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
22392 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
22393 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
22394 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
22395
22396 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
22397 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
22398 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
22399 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
22400
22401 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
22402 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
22403 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
22404
22405 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
22406 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
22407
22408 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
22409 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
22410
22411 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
22412 _ interesting point, interregion here
22413 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
22414 interesting point set by _
22415 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
22416 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
22417 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
22418 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
22419 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
22420 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
22421 nil skipped
22422
22423 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
22424 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
22425
22426 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
22427 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
22428 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
22429 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
22430 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
22431 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
22432 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
22433 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
22434
22435 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
22436 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
22437 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
22438 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
22439 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
22440 available:
22441
22442 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
22443 then: insert previously read string once more
22444 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
22445 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
22446 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
22447
22448 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
22449 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
22450
22451 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
22452
22453 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
22454 Insert the character you type ARG times.
22455
22456 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
22457 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
22458 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
22459 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
22460 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
22461 such as backslash.
22462
22463 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
22464 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
22465 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
22466
22467 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22468
22469 ;;;***
22470 \f
22471 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
22472 ;;;;;; (16534 3808))
22473 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
22474
22475 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
22476 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
22477 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
22478 buffer names.
22479
22480 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
22481
22482 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
22483 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
22484 \\{smerge-mode-map}
22485
22486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22487
22488 ;;;***
22489 \f
22490 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
22491 ;;;;;; (16912 31021))
22492 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
22493
22494 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
22495 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
22496 A list of images is returned.
22497
22498 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22499
22500 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
22501 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
22502 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
22503
22504 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22505
22506 ;;;***
22507 \f
22508 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
22509 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (16908 33362))
22510 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
22511
22512 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
22513 Not documented
22514
22515 \(fn)" nil nil)
22516
22517 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
22518 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
22519
22520 \(fn)" t nil)
22521
22522 ;;;***
22523 \f
22524 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (16213 43281))
22525 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
22526
22527 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
22528 Play the Snake game.
22529 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
22530
22531 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
22532
22533 Snake mode keybindings:
22534 \\<snake-mode-map>
22535 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
22536 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
22537 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
22538 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
22539 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
22540 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
22541 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
22542
22543 \(fn)" t nil)
22544
22545 ;;;***
22546 \f
22547 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
22548 ;;;;;; (16858 50931))
22549 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
22550
22551 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
22552 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
22553 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
22554 Tab indents for C code.
22555 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
22556 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22557 \\{snmp-mode-map}
22558 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
22559 `snmp-mode-hook'.
22560
22561 \(fn)" t nil)
22562
22563 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
22564 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
22565 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
22566 Tab indents for C code.
22567 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
22568 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22569 \\{snmp-mode-map}
22570 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
22571 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
22572
22573 \(fn)" t nil)
22574
22575 ;;;***
22576 \f
22577 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
22578 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
22579 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (16213 43272))
22580 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
22581
22582 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
22583 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
22584
22585 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
22586 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
22587 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
22588
22589 For example, the form
22590
22591 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
22592 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
22593
22594 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
22595
22596 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
22597
22598 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
22599 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
22600
22601 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
22602 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
22603 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
22604 York City.
22605
22606 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
22607
22608 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
22609
22610 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
22611 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
22612
22613 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
22614 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
22615 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
22616 York City.
22617
22618 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
22619
22620 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
22621
22622 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
22623 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
22624 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
22625 pair.
22626
22627 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
22628
22629 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
22630
22631 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
22632 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
22633 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
22634
22635 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
22636 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
22637
22638 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
22639
22640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22641
22642 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
22643 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
22644 Requires floating point.
22645
22646 \(fn)" nil nil)
22647
22648 ;;;***
22649 \f
22650 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (16213
22651 ;;;;;; 43281))
22652 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
22653
22654 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
22655 Play Solitaire.
22656
22657 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
22658 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
22659 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
22660 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
22661 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
22662 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
22663 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
22664 check after each move or undo)
22665
22666 What is Solitaire?
22667
22668 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
22669 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
22670 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
22671
22672 Le Solitaire
22673 ============
22674
22675 o o o
22676
22677 o o o
22678
22679 o o o o o o o
22680
22681 o o o . o o o
22682
22683 o o o o o o o
22684
22685 o o o
22686
22687 o o o
22688
22689 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
22690 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
22691 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
22692 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
22693
22694 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
22695 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
22696 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
22697 this: o o .
22698
22699 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
22700 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
22701
22702 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
22703
22704 o o o
22705
22706 . o o
22707
22708 o o . o o o o
22709
22710 o . o o o o o
22711
22712 o o o o o o o
22713
22714 o o o
22715
22716 o o o
22717
22718 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
22719
22720 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
22721
22722 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22723
22724 ;;;***
22725 \f
22726 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
22727 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
22728 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (16460 18645))
22729 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
22730
22731 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
22732 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
22733
22734 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
22735 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
22736 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
22737 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
22738 contiguous.
22739
22740 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
22741 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
22742 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
22743 the sort order.
22744
22745 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
22746 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
22747
22748 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
22749 It moves point to the start of the next record.
22750 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
22751 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
22752 is called.
22753
22754 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
22755 It should move point to the end of the record.
22756
22757 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
22758 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
22759 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
22760 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
22761 starts at the beginning of the record.
22762
22763 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
22764 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
22765 same as ENDRECFUN.
22766
22767 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
22768 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
22769
22770 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
22771
22772 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
22773 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
22774 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
22775 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
22776 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
22777 the sort order.
22778
22779 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
22780
22781 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
22782 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
22783 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
22784 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
22785 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
22786 the sort order.
22787
22788 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
22789
22790 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
22791 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
22792 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
22793 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
22794 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
22795 the sort order.
22796
22797 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
22798
22799 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
22800 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
22801 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
22802 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
22803 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
22804 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
22805 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
22806 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
22807 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
22808
22809 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
22810
22811 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
22812 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
22813 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
22814 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
22815 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
22816 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
22817 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
22818 the sort order.
22819
22820 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
22821
22822 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
22823 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
22824 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
22825 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
22826 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
22827 is to be used for sorting.
22828 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
22829 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
22830 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
22831 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
22832 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
22833
22834 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
22835
22836 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
22837 the sort order.
22838
22839 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
22840 starting with the letter \"f\",
22841 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
22842
22843 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
22844
22845 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
22846 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
22847 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
22848 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
22849 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
22850 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
22851 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
22852 the sort order.
22853
22854 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
22855 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
22856 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
22857 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
22858 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
22859
22860 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
22861
22862 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
22863 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
22864 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
22865
22866 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22867
22868 ;;;***
22869 \f
22870 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (16908
22871 ;;;;;; 33362))
22872 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
22873
22874 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
22875 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
22876
22877 \(fn)" t nil)
22878
22879 ;;;***
22880 \f
22881 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
22882 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (16931 6984))
22883 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
22884
22885 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
22886
22887 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
22888 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
22889 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
22890 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
22891 supported at a time.
22892 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
22893 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
22894
22895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22896
22897 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
22898 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
22899 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
22900 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
22901
22902 \(fn)" t nil)
22903
22904 ;;;***
22905 \f
22906 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
22907 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (16213 43284))
22908 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
22909
22910 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
22911
22912 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
22913 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
22914 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
22915 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
22916 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
22917 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
22918
22919 \(fn)" t nil)
22920
22921 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
22922 Check spelling of word at or before point.
22923 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
22924 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
22925
22926 \(fn)" t nil)
22927
22928 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
22929 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
22930 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
22931 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
22932 for example, \"word\".
22933
22934 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
22935
22936 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
22937 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
22938
22939 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22940
22941 ;;;***
22942 \f
22943 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (16213
22944 ;;;;;; 43281))
22945 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
22946
22947 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
22948 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
22949
22950 \(fn)" t nil)
22951
22952 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
22953 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
22954
22955 \(fn)" nil nil)
22956
22957 ;;;***
22958 \f
22959 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
22960 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
22961 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
22962 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (16908
22963 ;;;;;; 33362))
22964 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
22965
22966 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
22967 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
22968
22969 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
22970 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
22971 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
22972 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
22973 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
22974 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
22975 of the current highlighting list.
22976
22977 For example:
22978
22979 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
22980 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
22981
22982 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
22983 `_t' as data types.
22984
22985 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
22986
22987 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
22988 Show short help for the SQL modes.
22989
22990 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
22991 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
22992
22993 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
22994
22995 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
22996 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
22997 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
22998
22999 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
23000
23001 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
23002 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
23003 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
23004 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
23005 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
23006 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
23007 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
23008 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
23009 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
23010
23011 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
23012
23013 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
23014 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
23015 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
23016 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
23017
23018 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
23019 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
23020 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
23021 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
23022
23023 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
23024 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
23025 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
23026
23027 \(fn)" t nil)
23028
23029 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
23030 Major mode to edit SQL.
23031
23032 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
23033 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
23034 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
23035
23036 \\{sql-mode-map}
23037 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
23038
23039 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
23040 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
23041 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
23042 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
23043 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
23044 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
23045
23046 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
23047 `sql-interactive-mode'.
23048
23049 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
23050 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
23051 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
23052
23053 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
23054 (lambda ()
23055 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
23056
23057 \(fn)" t nil)
23058
23059 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
23060 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
23061
23062 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23063 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23064 `*SQL*'.
23065
23066 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23067
23068 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
23069
23070 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
23071 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
23072
23073 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23074 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23075 `*SQL*'.
23076
23077 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
23078 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
23079 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
23080 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
23081
23082 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23083 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23084
23085 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23086 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23087 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23088 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23089 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23090 `default-process-coding-system'.
23091
23092 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23093
23094 \(fn)" t nil)
23095
23096 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
23097 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
23098
23099 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23100 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23101 `*SQL*'.
23102
23103 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
23104 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
23105 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
23106 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
23107
23108 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23109 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23110
23111 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23112 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23113 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23114 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23115 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23116 `default-process-coding-system'.
23117
23118 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23119
23120 \(fn)" t nil)
23121
23122 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
23123 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
23124
23125 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23126 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23127 `*SQL*'.
23128
23129 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
23130 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
23131
23132 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23133 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23134
23135 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23136 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23137 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23138 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23139 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23140 `default-process-coding-system'.
23141
23142 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23143
23144 \(fn)" t nil)
23145
23146 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
23147 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
23148
23149 SQLite is free software.
23150
23151 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23152 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23153 `*SQL*'.
23154
23155 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
23156 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
23157 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
23158 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
23159
23160 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23161 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23162
23163 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23164 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23165 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23166 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23167 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23168 `default-process-coding-system'.
23169
23170 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23171
23172 \(fn)" t nil)
23173
23174 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
23175 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
23176
23177 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
23178
23179 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23180 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23181 `*SQL*'.
23182
23183 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
23184 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
23185 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
23186 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
23187
23188 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23189 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23190
23191 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23192 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23193 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23194 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23195 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23196 `default-process-coding-system'.
23197
23198 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23199
23200 \(fn)" t nil)
23201
23202 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
23203 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
23204
23205 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23206 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23207 `*SQL*'.
23208
23209 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
23210 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
23211 defaults, if set.
23212
23213 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23214 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23215
23216 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23217 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23218 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23219 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23220 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23221 `default-process-coding-system'.
23222
23223 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23224
23225 \(fn)" t nil)
23226
23227 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
23228 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
23229
23230 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23231 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23232 `*SQL*'.
23233
23234 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
23235 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
23236
23237 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23238 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23239
23240 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23241 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23242 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23243 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23244 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23245 `default-process-coding-system'.
23246
23247 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23248
23249 \(fn)" t nil)
23250
23251 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
23252 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
23253
23254 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23255 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23256 `*SQL*'.
23257
23258 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
23259 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
23260 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
23261 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
23262
23263 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23264 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23265
23266 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23267 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23268 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23269 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23270 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23271 `default-process-coding-system'.
23272
23273 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23274
23275 \(fn)" t nil)
23276
23277 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
23278 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
23279
23280 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23281 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23282 `*SQL*'.
23283
23284 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
23285 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
23286 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
23287 `sql-postgres-options'.
23288
23289 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23290 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23291
23292 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23293 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23294 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23295 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23296 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23297 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
23298 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
23299 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
23300
23301 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
23302 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
23303
23304 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23305
23306 \(fn)" t nil)
23307
23308 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
23309 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
23310
23311 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23312 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23313 `*SQL*'.
23314
23315 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
23316 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
23317 defaults, if set.
23318
23319 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23320 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23321
23322 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23323 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23324 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23325 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23326 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23327 `default-process-coding-system'.
23328
23329 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23330
23331 \(fn)" t nil)
23332
23333 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
23334 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
23335
23336 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23337 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23338 `*SQL*'.
23339
23340 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
23341 automatic login.
23342
23343 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23344 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23345
23346 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
23347 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
23348 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
23349 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
23350
23351 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23352 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23353 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23354 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23355 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23356 `default-process-coding-system'.
23357
23358 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23359
23360 \(fn)" t nil)
23361
23362 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
23363 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
23364
23365 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23366 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23367 `*SQL*'.
23368
23369 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
23370 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
23371 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
23372 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
23373 parameters.
23374
23375 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
23376 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
23377 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
23378 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
23379 an empty password.
23380
23381 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23382 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23383
23384 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23385
23386 \(fn)" t nil)
23387
23388 ;;;***
23389 \f
23390 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
23391 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
23392 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
23393 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
23394 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (16768
23395 ;;;;;; 48632))
23396 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
23397
23398 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
23399 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
23400 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
23401 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
23402 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
23403 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
23404
23405 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
23406
23407 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
23408
23409 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
23410 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
23411 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
23412 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
23413 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
23414 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
23415 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
23416
23417 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
23418
23419 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
23420 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
23421 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
23422 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
23423 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
23424 then complete the stroke with button 3.
23425 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
23426
23427 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
23428
23429 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
23430 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
23431 This must be bound to a mouse event.
23432
23433 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
23434
23435 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
23436 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
23437 This must be bound to a mouse event.
23438
23439 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
23440
23441 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
23442 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
23443
23444 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
23445
23446 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
23447 Get instruction on using the `strokes' package.
23448
23449 \(fn)" t nil)
23450
23451 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
23452 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
23453
23454 \(fn)" t nil)
23455
23456 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
23457 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
23458 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
23459 chronologically by command name.
23460 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
23461
23462 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
23463
23464 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
23465 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
23466 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23467 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23468 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
23469
23470 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
23471
23472 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
23473 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
23474 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
23475 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
23476 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
23477 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
23478 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
23479
23480 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
23481 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
23482 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
23483 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
23484
23485 \\{strokes-mode-map}
23486
23487 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23488
23489 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
23490 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
23491 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
23492 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
23493
23494 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
23495
23496 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
23497 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
23498
23499 \(fn)" t nil)
23500
23501 ;;;***
23502 \f
23503 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
23504 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16213 43281))
23505 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
23506
23507 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
23508 Studlify-case the region.
23509
23510 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
23511
23512 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
23513 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
23514
23515 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
23516
23517 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
23518 Studlify-case the current buffer.
23519
23520 \(fn)" t nil)
23521
23522 ;;;***
23523 \f
23524 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
23525 ;;;;;; (16830 50349))
23526 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
23527
23528 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
23529 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
23530 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
23531 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
23532 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
23533 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
23534 original message but it does require a few things:
23535
23536 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
23537
23538 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
23539 reply buffer.
23540
23541 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
23542 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
23543 original message.
23544
23545 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
23546
23547 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
23548
23549 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
23550 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
23551 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
23552
23553 \(fn)" nil nil)
23554
23555 ;;;***
23556 \f
23557 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (16213
23558 ;;;;;; 43273))
23559 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
23560
23561 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
23562 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
23563 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
23564 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
23565 Point is at POS when this function returns.
23566
23567 \(fn &optional POS)" nil nil)
23568
23569 ;;;***
23570 \f
23571 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (16213 43271))
23572 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
23573
23574 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
23575 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
23576 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
23577 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
23578 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
23579
23580 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23581
23582 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
23583 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
23584 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
23585 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
23586 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
23587 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
23588 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
23589
23590 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23591
23592 ;;;***
23593 \f
23594 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
23595 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
23596 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
23597 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
23598 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
23599 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
23600 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
23601 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
23602 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
23603 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
23604 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
23605 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
23606 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (16958 58759))
23607 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
23608
23609 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
23610 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
23611 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
23612
23613 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
23614
23615 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
23616 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
23617
23618 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
23619
23620 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
23621 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
23622
23623 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
23624
23625 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
23626 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
23627
23628 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
23629
23630 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
23631 Insert an editable text table.
23632 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
23633 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
23634 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
23635 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
23636 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
23637 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
23638 delimiting them.
23639
23640 Examples:
23641
23642 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
23643
23644 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
23645 location of point.
23646
23647 -!-
23648
23649 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
23650 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
23651 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
23652 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
23653 first cell.
23654
23655 +-----+-----+-----+
23656 |-!- | | |
23657 +-----+-----+-----+
23658
23659 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
23660
23661 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
23662 width, which results as
23663
23664 +--------------+-----+-----+
23665 |-!- | | |
23666 +--------------+-----+-----+
23667
23668 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
23669 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
23670
23671 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23672 | | |-!- |
23673 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23674
23675 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
23676 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
23677 width information to `table-insert'.
23678
23679 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
23680
23681 instead of
23682
23683 Cell width(s): 5
23684
23685 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
23686 work all together.
23687
23688 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
23689 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
23690
23691 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23692 |-!- | | |
23693 | | | |
23694 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23695
23696 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
23697
23698 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23699 |-!- | | |
23700 | | | |
23701 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23702 | | | |
23703 | | | |
23704 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23705
23706 Move the point under the table as shown below.
23707
23708 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23709 | | | |
23710 | | | |
23711 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23712 | | | |
23713 | | | |
23714 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23715 -!-
23716
23717 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
23718 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
23719 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
23720
23721 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23722 | | | |
23723 | | | |
23724 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23725 | | | |
23726 | | | |
23727 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23728 |-!- | | |
23729 | | | |
23730 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23731
23732 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
23733 results.
23734
23735 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23736 | | | |
23737 | | | |
23738 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23739 | | |Text editing inside the table |
23740 | | |cell produces reasonably |
23741 | | |expected results.-!- |
23742 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23743 | | | |
23744 | | | |
23745 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
23746
23747 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
23748
23749 \\{table-cell-map}
23750
23751 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
23752
23753 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
23754 Insert N table row(s).
23755 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
23756 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
23757 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
23758 are appended at the bottom of the table.
23759
23760 \(fn N)" t nil)
23761
23762 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
23763 Insert N table column(s).
23764 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
23765 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
23766 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
23767 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
23768
23769 \(fn N)" t nil)
23770
23771 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
23772 Insert row(s) or column(s).
23773 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
23774
23775 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
23776
23777 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
23778 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
23779 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
23780 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
23781 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
23782 all the table specific features.
23783
23784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23785
23786 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
23787 Not documented
23788
23789 \(fn)" t nil)
23790
23791 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
23792 Recognize all tables within region.
23793 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
23794 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
23795 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
23796 specific features.
23797
23798 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
23799
23800 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
23801 Not documented
23802
23803 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
23804
23805 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
23806 Recognize a table at point.
23807 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
23808 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
23809 the table specific features.
23810
23811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23812
23813 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
23814 Not documented
23815
23816 \(fn)" t nil)
23817
23818 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
23819 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
23820 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
23821 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
23822 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
23823 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
23824 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
23825
23826 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
23827
23828 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
23829 Not documented
23830
23831 \(fn)" t nil)
23832
23833 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
23834 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
23835 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
23836 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
23837 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
23838 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
23839 specified.
23840
23841 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
23842
23843 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
23844 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
23845 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
23846 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
23847 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
23848 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
23849 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
23850 table structure.
23851
23852 \(fn N)" t nil)
23853
23854 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
23855 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
23856 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
23857 table's rectangle structure.
23858
23859 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
23860
23861 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
23862 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
23863 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
23864 table's rectangle structure.
23865
23866 \(fn N)" t nil)
23867
23868 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
23869 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
23870 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
23871 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
23872 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
23873
23874 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
23875
23876 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
23877 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
23878 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
23879
23880 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
23881 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
23882 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
23883 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
23884 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
23885 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
23886 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
23887
23888 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
23889 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
23890 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
23891 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
23892 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
23893 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
23894 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
23895
23896 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
23897 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
23898 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
23899 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
23900 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
23901 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
23902 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
23903 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
23904
23905 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
23906
23907 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
23908 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
23909 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
23910 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
23911
23912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23913
23914 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
23915 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
23916 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
23917
23918 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
23919
23920 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
23921 Split current cell vertically.
23922 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
23923
23924 \(fn)" t nil)
23925
23926 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
23927 Split current cell horizontally.
23928 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
23929
23930 \(fn)" t nil)
23931
23932 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
23933 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
23934 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
23935
23936 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
23937
23938 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
23939 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
23940 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
23941 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
23942
23943 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
23944
23945 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
23946 Justify cell contents.
23947 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
23948 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
23949 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
23950 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
23951
23952 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
23953
23954 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
23955 Justify cells of a row.
23956 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
23957 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
23958
23959 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
23960
23961 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
23962 Justify cells of a column.
23963 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
23964 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
23965
23966 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
23967
23968 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
23969 Toggle fixing width mode.
23970 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
23971 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
23972 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
23973
23974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23975
23976 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
23977 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
23978 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
23979 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
23980 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
23981 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
23982 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
23983 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
23984 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
23985 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
23986 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
23987
23988 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
23989
23990 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
23991 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
23992 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
23993 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
23994 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
23995 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
23996 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
23997 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
23998 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
23999 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
24000 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
24001 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
24002 untouched.
24003
24004 References used for this implementation:
24005
24006 HTML:
24007 http://www.w3.org
24008
24009 LaTeX:
24010 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
24011
24012 CALS (DocBook DTD):
24013 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
24014 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
24015
24016 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
24017
24018 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
24019 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
24020 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
24021 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
24022 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
24023 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
24024 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
24025 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
24026 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
24027 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
24028 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
24029 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
24030 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
24031 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
24032 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
24033 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
24034 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
24035
24036 Example:
24037
24038 (progn
24039 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
24040 (table-forward-cell 15)
24041 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
24042 (table-forward-cell 16)
24043 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
24044 (table-forward-cell 1)
24045 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
24046
24047 (progn
24048 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
24049 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
24050 (table-forward-cell 1)
24051 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
24052
24053 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
24054
24055 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
24056 Delete N row(s) of cells.
24057 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
24058 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
24059 consists from cells of same height.
24060
24061 \(fn N)" t nil)
24062
24063 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
24064 Delete N column(s) of cells.
24065 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
24066 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
24067 column must consists from cells of same width.
24068
24069 \(fn N)" t nil)
24070
24071 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
24072 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
24073 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
24074 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
24075 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
24076 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
24077 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
24078 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
24079 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
24080 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
24081 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
24082 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
24083 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
24084 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
24085 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
24086
24087
24088 Example 1:
24089
24090 1, 2, 3, 4
24091 5, 6, 7, 8
24092 , 9, 10
24093
24094 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
24095 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
24096 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
24097 specified as 5.
24098
24099 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
24100 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
24101 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
24102 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
24103 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
24104 | | 9 | 10 | |
24105 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
24106
24107 Note:
24108
24109 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
24110 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
24111 of each row is optional.
24112
24113
24114 Example 2:
24115
24116 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
24117 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
24118 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
24119 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
24120 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
24121
24122 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
24123 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
24124
24125 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
24126 expression and raw delimiter regular
24127 expression, it parses the specified text
24128 area and extracts cell items from
24129 non-table text and then forms a table out
24130 of them.
24131
24132 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
24133 creates a single cell table. The text in
24134 the specified region is placed in that
24135 cell.-*-
24136
24137 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
24138 like this.
24139
24140 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
24141 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
24142 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
24143 | |
24144 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
24145 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
24146 | expression, it parses the specified text |
24147 | area and extracts cell items from |
24148 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
24149 | of them. |
24150 | |
24151 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
24152 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
24153 | the specified region is placed in that |
24154 | cell. |
24155 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
24156
24157 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
24158 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
24159 independently.
24160
24161 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
24162 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
24163 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
24164 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
24165 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
24166 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
24167 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
24168 | |area and extracts cell items from |
24169 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
24170 | |of them. |
24171 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
24172 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
24173 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
24174 | |the specified region is placed in that |
24175 | |cell. |
24176 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
24177
24178 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
24179 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
24180 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
24181
24182 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
24183
24184 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
24185 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
24186 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
24187 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
24188 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
24189
24190 \(fn)" t nil)
24191
24192 ;;;***
24193 \f
24194 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (16213 43271))
24195 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
24196
24197 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
24198 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
24199
24200 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
24201
24202 ;;;***
24203 \f
24204 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (16954 46150))
24205 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
24206
24207 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
24208 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
24209 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
24210 Letters no longer insert themselves.
24211 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
24212 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
24213 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
24214
24215 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
24216 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
24217 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
24218 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
24219
24220 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
24221 \\{tar-mode-map}
24222
24223 \(fn)" t nil)
24224
24225 ;;;***
24226 \f
24227 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
24228 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (16808 48570))
24229 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
24230
24231 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
24232 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
24233 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
24234 Tab indents for Tcl code.
24235 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
24236 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24237
24238 Variables controlling indentation style:
24239 `tcl-indent-level'
24240 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
24241 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
24242 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
24243
24244 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
24245 documentation for details):
24246 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
24247 Controls action of TAB key.
24248 `tcl-auto-newline'
24249 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
24250 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
24251 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
24252 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
24253 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
24254
24255 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
24256 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
24257 already exist.
24258
24259 Commands:
24260 \\{tcl-mode-map}
24261
24262 \(fn)" t nil)
24263
24264 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
24265 Run inferior Tcl process.
24266 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
24267 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
24268
24269 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
24270
24271 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
24272 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
24273 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
24274
24275 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
24276
24277 ;;;***
24278 \f
24279 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (16548 34615))
24280 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
24281 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
24282
24283 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
24284 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
24285 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
24286 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
24287
24288 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
24289 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
24290 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
24291 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
24292 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
24293
24294 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
24295 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
24296
24297 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
24298 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
24299 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
24300 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
24301
24302 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
24303
24304 ;;;***
24305 \f
24306 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (16829
24307 ;;;;;; 43426))
24308 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
24309
24310 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
24311 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
24312 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
24313 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
24314 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
24315 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
24316
24317 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
24318
24319 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
24320 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
24321 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
24322 commands to use in that buffer.
24323
24324 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
24325
24326 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
24327
24328 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
24329 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
24330
24331 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
24332
24333 ;;;***
24334 \f
24335 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (16698
24336 ;;;;;; 21926))
24337 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
24338
24339 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
24340 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
24341 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
24342 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
24343 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
24344 program as keyboard input.
24345
24346 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
24347 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
24348 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
24349 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
24350
24351 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
24352 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
24353 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
24354 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
24355 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
24356
24357 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
24358
24359 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
24360 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
24361 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
24362 terminal-redisplay-interval.
24363
24364 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
24365 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
24366 subprocess started.
24367
24368 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
24369
24370 ;;;***
24371 \f
24372 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
24373 ;;;;;; (16635 35907))
24374 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
24375
24376 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
24377 Start coverage on function under point.
24378
24379 \(fn)" t nil)
24380
24381 ;;;***
24382 \f
24383 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (16213 43281))
24384 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
24385
24386 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
24387 Play the Tetris game.
24388 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
24389 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
24390 as to form complete rows.
24391
24392 tetris-mode keybindings:
24393 \\<tetris-mode-map>
24394 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
24395 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
24396 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24397 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
24398 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
24399 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
24400 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
24401 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
24402
24403 \(fn)" t nil)
24404
24405 ;;;***
24406 \f
24407 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
24408 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
24409 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
24410 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
24411 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
24412 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
24413 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
24414 ;;;;;; (16958 58759))
24415 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
24416
24417 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
24418 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
24419
24420 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
24421
24422 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
24423 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
24424 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
24425 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
24426 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
24427
24428 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
24429
24430 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
24431 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
24432 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
24433 if it matches the first line of the file,
24434 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
24435
24436 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
24437
24438 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
24439 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
24440 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
24441 if the variable is non-nil.")
24442
24443 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
24444
24445 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
24446 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
24447
24448 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
24449
24450 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
24451 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
24452 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
24453 See the documentation of that variable.")
24454
24455 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
24456
24457 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
24458 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
24459 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
24460 See the documentation of that variable.")
24461
24462 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
24463
24464 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
24465 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
24466 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
24467 See the documentation of that variable.")
24468
24469 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
24470
24471 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
24472 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
24473 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
24474 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
24475 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
24476
24477 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
24478
24479 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
24480 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
24481 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
24482 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
24483
24484 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
24485
24486 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
24487 *User defined LaTeX block names.
24488 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
24489
24490 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
24491
24492 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
24493 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
24494 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
24495 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
24496
24497 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
24498
24499 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
24500 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
24501 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
24502 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
24503
24504 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
24505
24506 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
24507 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
24508 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
24509 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
24510
24511 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
24512 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
24513 for example,
24514
24515 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
24516 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
24517
24518 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
24519 use.")
24520
24521 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
24522
24523 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
24524 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
24525 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
24526 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
24527 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
24528
24529 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
24530
24531 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
24532
24533 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
24534 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
24535 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
24536
24537 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
24538
24539 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
24540 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
24541 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
24542 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
24543 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
24544
24545 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
24546
24547 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
24548 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
24549
24550 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
24551
24552 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
24553 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
24554
24555 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
24556
24557 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
24558 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
24559 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
24560 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
24561 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
24562 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
24563 says which mode to use.
24564
24565 \(fn)" t nil)
24566
24567 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
24568
24569 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
24570
24571 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
24572
24573 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
24574 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
24575 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
24576 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
24577 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
24578
24579 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
24580 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
24581 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
24582 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
24583 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
24584 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
24585 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
24586
24587 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
24588 mismatched $'s or braces.
24589
24590 Special commands:
24591 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
24592
24593 Mode variables:
24594 tex-run-command
24595 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
24596 tex-directory
24597 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
24598 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
24599 tex-dvi-print-command
24600 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
24601 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
24602 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
24603 argument) to print a .dvi file.
24604 tex-dvi-view-command
24605 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
24606 tex-show-queue-command
24607 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
24608 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
24609
24610 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
24611 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
24612 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
24613
24614 \(fn)" t nil)
24615
24616 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
24617 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
24618 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
24619 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
24620 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
24621
24622 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
24623 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
24624 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
24625 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
24626 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
24627 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
24628 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
24629
24630 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
24631 mismatched $'s or braces.
24632
24633 Special commands:
24634 \\{latex-mode-map}
24635
24636 Mode variables:
24637 latex-run-command
24638 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
24639 tex-directory
24640 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
24641 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
24642 tex-dvi-print-command
24643 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
24644 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
24645 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
24646 argument) to print a .dvi file.
24647 tex-dvi-view-command
24648 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
24649 tex-show-queue-command
24650 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
24651 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
24652
24653 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
24654 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
24655 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
24656
24657 \(fn)" t nil)
24658
24659 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
24660 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
24661 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
24662 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
24663 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
24664
24665 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
24666 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
24667 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
24668 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
24669 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
24670 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
24671 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
24672
24673 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
24674 mismatched $'s or braces.
24675
24676 Special commands:
24677 \\{slitex-mode-map}
24678
24679 Mode variables:
24680 slitex-run-command
24681 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
24682 tex-directory
24683 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
24684 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
24685 tex-dvi-print-command
24686 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
24687 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
24688 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
24689 argument) to print a .dvi file.
24690 tex-dvi-view-command
24691 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
24692 tex-show-queue-command
24693 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
24694 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
24695
24696 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
24697 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
24698 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
24699 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
24700
24701 \(fn)" t nil)
24702
24703 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
24704 Not documented
24705
24706 \(fn)" nil nil)
24707
24708 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
24709 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
24710
24711 \(fn)" t nil)
24712
24713 ;;;***
24714 \f
24715 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
24716 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (16939 44105))
24717 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
24718
24719 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
24720 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
24721 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
24722 name specified in the @setfilename command.
24723
24724 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
24725 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
24726 Info-split to do these manually.
24727
24728 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
24729
24730 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
24731 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
24732 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
24733 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
24734 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
24735
24736 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
24737
24738 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
24739 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
24740 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
24741 names specified in the @setfilename command.
24742
24743 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
24744 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
24745 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
24746 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
24747
24748 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
24749 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
24750
24751 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
24752
24753 ;;;***
24754 \f
24755 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
24756 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (16858 50941))
24757 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
24758
24759 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
24760 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
24761
24762 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
24763
24764 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
24765 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
24766
24767 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
24768
24769 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
24770 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
24771
24772 It has these extra commands:
24773 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
24774
24775 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
24776 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
24777 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
24778 modified version of TeX input format.
24779
24780 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
24781 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
24782 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
24783 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
24784
24785 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
24786 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
24787 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
24788 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
24789 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
24790 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
24791 in the Texinfo file.
24792
24793 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
24794 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
24795 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
24796 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
24797 move forward past the closing brace.
24798
24799 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
24800 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
24801
24802 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
24803 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
24804 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
24805
24806 Here are the functions:
24807
24808 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
24809 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
24810 texinfo-sequential-node-update
24811
24812 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
24813 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
24814 texinfo-master-menu
24815
24816 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
24817
24818 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
24819 which menu descriptions are indented.
24820
24821 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
24822 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
24823 in the region.
24824
24825 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
24826 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
24827 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
24828 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
24829
24830 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
24831 be the first node in the file.
24832
24833 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
24834 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
24835
24836 \(fn)" t nil)
24837
24838 ;;;***
24839 \f
24840 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
24841 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
24842 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
24843 ;;;;;; (16954 46150))
24844 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
24845
24846 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
24847 Compose Thai characters in the region.
24848 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
24849 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
24850
24851 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24852
24853 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
24854 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
24855
24856 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24857
24858 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
24859 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
24860
24861 \(fn)" t nil)
24862
24863 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
24864 Not documented
24865
24866 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
24867
24868 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
24869 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
24870 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
24871 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
24872 to compose.
24873
24874 The return value is number of composed characters.
24875
24876 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
24877
24878 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
24879 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
24880
24881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24882
24883 ;;;***
24884 \f
24885 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
24886 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
24887 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (16213 43271))
24888 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
24889
24890 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
24891 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
24892
24893 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
24894
24895 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
24896 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
24897 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
24898 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
24899 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
24900
24901 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
24902 a symbol as a valid THING.
24903
24904 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
24905 of the textual entity that was found.
24906
24907 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
24908
24909 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
24910 Return the THING at point.
24911 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
24912 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
24913 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
24914
24915 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
24916 a symbol as a valid THING.
24917
24918 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
24919
24920 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
24921 Not documented
24922
24923 \(fn)" nil nil)
24924
24925 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
24926 Not documented
24927
24928 \(fn)" nil nil)
24929
24930 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
24931 Not documented
24932
24933 \(fn)" nil nil)
24934
24935 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
24936 Not documented
24937
24938 \(fn)" nil nil)
24939
24940 ;;;***
24941 \f
24942 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show-all thumbs-dired-show-marked
24943 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-all-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
24944 ;;;;;; (16908 33361))
24945 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
24946
24947 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
24948 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
24949
24950 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
24951
24952 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-all-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
24953 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
24954 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
24955 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
24956
24957 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
24958
24959 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
24960 In Dired, make a thumbs buffer with all marked files.
24961
24962 \(fn)" t nil)
24963
24964 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-all) "thumbs" "\
24965 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
24966
24967 \(fn)" t nil)
24968
24969 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-all-from-dir))
24970
24971 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
24972 In dired, Call the setroot program on the image at point.
24973
24974 \(fn)" t nil)
24975
24976 ;;;***
24977 \f
24978 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
24979 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
24980 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
24981 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
24982 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
24983 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (16213 43280))
24984 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
24985
24986 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
24987 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
24988 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
24989
24990 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
24991
24992 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
24993 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
24994
24995 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
24996
24997 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
24998 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
24999 The returned string has no composition information.
25000
25001 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
25002
25003 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
25004 Compose Tibetan string STR.
25005
25006 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
25007
25008 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
25009 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
25010
25011 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25012
25013 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
25014 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
25015 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
25016 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
25017
25018 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25019
25020 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
25021 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
25022 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
25023 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
25024
25025 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
25026
25027 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
25028 Not documented
25029
25030 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
25031
25032 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
25033 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
25034 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
25035
25036 \(fn)" t nil)
25037
25038 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
25039 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
25040 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
25041
25042 \(fn)" t nil)
25043
25044 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
25045 Not documented
25046
25047 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
25048
25049 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
25050 Not documented
25051
25052 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
25053
25054 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
25055 Not documented
25056
25057 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
25058
25059 ;;;***
25060 \f
25061 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
25062 ;;;;;; (16213 43284))
25063 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
25064
25065 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
25066 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
25067 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
25068 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
25069 parameters.
25070 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
25071
25072 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25073
25074 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
25075 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
25076 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
25077 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
25078 parameters.
25079 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
25080
25081 \(fn)" t nil)
25082
25083 ;;;***
25084 \f
25085 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
25086 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (16908 33361))
25087 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
25088
25089 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
25090 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
25091
25092 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
25093
25094 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
25095 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
25096 This display updates automatically every minute.
25097 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
25098 are displayed as well.
25099 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
25100
25101 \(fn)" t nil)
25102
25103 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
25104 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
25105 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25106 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25107 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
25108
25109 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
25110
25111 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
25112 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
25113 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
25114
25115 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
25116 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
25117 are displayed as well.
25118 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
25119
25120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25121
25122 ;;;***
25123 \f
25124 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
25125 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
25126 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
25127 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (16698
25128 ;;;;;; 21926))
25129 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
25130
25131 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
25132 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
25133
25134 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
25135
25136 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
25137 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
25138 You can use `float-time' instead.
25139
25140 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
25141
25142 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
25143 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
25144
25145 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
25146
25147 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
25148 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
25149
25150 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
25151
25152 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
25153 Convert DAYS into a time value.
25154
25155 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
25156
25157 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
25158 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
25159 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
25160
25161 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
25162
25163 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
25164
25165 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
25166 Subtract two time values.
25167 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
25168
25169 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
25170
25171 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
25172 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
25173
25174 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
25175
25176 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
25177 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
25178 DATE should be a date-time string.
25179
25180 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
25181
25182 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
25183 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
25184 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
25185
25186 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
25187
25188 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
25189 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
25190
25191 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
25192
25193 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
25194 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
25195
25196 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
25197
25198 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
25199 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
25200 TIME should be a time value.
25201 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
25202
25203 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
25204
25205 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
25206 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
25207 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
25208
25209 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
25210
25211 ;;;***
25212 \f
25213 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
25214 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (16589 26258))
25215 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
25216
25217 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
25218 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
25219 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
25220 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
25221 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
25222 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
25223 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
25224 look like one of the following:
25225 Time-stamp: <>
25226 Time-stamp: \" \"
25227 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
25228 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
25229 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
25230 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
25231 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
25232 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
25233 template.
25234
25235 \(fn)" t nil)
25236
25237 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
25238 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
25239 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
25240
25241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25242
25243 ;;;***
25244 \f
25245 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
25246 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
25247 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
25248 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
25249 ;;;;;; (16534 3808))
25250 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
25251
25252 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
25253 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
25254 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
25255 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
25256 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
25257 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
25258 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
25259 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
25260 display (non-nil means on).
25261
25262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25263
25264 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
25265 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
25266 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
25267 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
25268 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
25269 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
25270 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
25271 this function is called within a day.
25272
25273 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
25274 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
25275 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
25276 discover the name of the project.
25277
25278 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
25279
25280 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
25281 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
25282 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
25283 begun during the last time segment.
25284
25285 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
25286 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
25287 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
25288 discover the reason.
25289
25290 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
25291
25292 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
25293 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
25294 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
25295 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
25296 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
25297
25298 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
25299
25300 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
25301 Change to working on a different project.
25302 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
25303 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
25304 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
25305 working on.
25306
25307 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
25308
25309 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
25310 Ask the user whether to clock out.
25311 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
25312
25313 \(fn)" nil nil)
25314
25315 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
25316 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
25317 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
25318
25319 \(fn)" t nil)
25320
25321 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
25322 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
25323 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
25324 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
25325 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
25326 \"relative to today\".
25327
25328 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
25329
25330 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
25331 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
25332 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
25333 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
25334
25335 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
25336
25337 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
25338 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
25339 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
25340 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
25341 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
25342 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
25343
25344 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
25345
25346 ;;;***
25347 \f
25348 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
25349 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
25350 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (16908 33361))
25351 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
25352
25353 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
25354
25355 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
25356 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
25357
25358 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
25359
25360 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
25361 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
25362
25363 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
25364
25365 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
25366 Perform an action at time TIME.
25367 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
25368 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
25369 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
25370 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
25371 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
25372 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
25373
25374 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
25375
25376 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
25377
25378 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
25379 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
25380 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
25381 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
25382 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
25383
25384 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
25385
25386 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
25387
25388 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
25389 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
25390 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
25391 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
25392
25393 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
25394
25395 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
25396 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
25397 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
25398 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
25399
25400 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
25401 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
25402
25403 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
25404
25405 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
25406 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
25407
25408 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
25409 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
25410 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
25411 The call should look like:
25412 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
25413 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
25414 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
25415 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
25416 be detected.
25417
25418 \(fn LIST &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
25419
25420 ;;;***
25421 \f
25422 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
25423 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (16534 3808))
25424 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
25425
25426 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
25427 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
25428 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
25429 the generated Quail package is saved.
25430
25431 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
25432
25433 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
25434 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
25435 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
25436 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
25437 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
25438 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
25439 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
25440
25441 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
25442
25443 ;;;***
25444 \f
25445 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
25446 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (16233
25447 ;;;;;; 29568))
25448 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
25449
25450 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
25451 Not documented
25452
25453 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25454
25455 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
25456 Not documented
25457
25458 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
25459
25460 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
25461 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
25462 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
25463 PATTERN regexp.
25464
25465 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
25466
25467 ;;;***
25468 \f
25469 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
25470 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (16213 43271))
25471 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
25472 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
25473 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
25474 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
25475
25476 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
25477 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
25478 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
25479 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
25480 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
25481
25482 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
25483
25484 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
25485 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
25486 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
25487 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
25488 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
25489
25490 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25491
25492 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
25493 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
25494 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
25495 in the menu in two ways:
25496 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
25497 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
25498 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
25499
25500 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
25501 keymap or an alist of alists.
25502 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
25503 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
25504
25505 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
25506
25507 ;;;***
25508 \f
25509 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
25510 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
25511 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (16507 41097))
25512 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
25513
25514 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
25515 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
25516
25517 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
25518
25519 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
25520 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
25521
25522 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
25523
25524 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
25525 Insert new TODO list entry.
25526 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
25527 category.
25528
25529 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25530
25531 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
25532 List top priorities for each category.
25533
25534 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
25535 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
25536
25537 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
25538 between each category.
25539
25540 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
25541
25542 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
25543 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
25544 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
25545 between each category.
25546
25547 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
25548
25549 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
25550
25551 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
25552 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
25553
25554 \\{todo-mode-map}
25555
25556 \(fn)" t nil)
25557
25558 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
25559 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
25560
25561 \(fn)" nil nil)
25562
25563 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
25564 Show TODO list.
25565
25566 \(fn)" t nil)
25567
25568 ;;;***
25569 \f
25570 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
25571 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
25572 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (16775 26718))
25573 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
25574
25575 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
25576 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
25577 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25578 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25579 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
25580
25581 (custom-autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar")
25582
25583 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
25584 Toggle use of the tool bar.
25585 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
25586
25587 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
25588 conveniently adding tool bar items.
25589
25590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25591
25592 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
25593
25594 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
25595 Add an item to the tool bar.
25596 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
25597 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
25598 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
25599 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
25600
25601 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
25602 function will first try to use lc-ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
25603 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
25604 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
25605
25606 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
25607 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
25608
25609 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
25610
25611 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
25612 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
25613 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
25614 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
25615 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
25616 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
25617
25618 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
25619 function will first try to use lc-ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
25620 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
25621 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
25622
25623 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
25624
25625 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
25626 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
25627 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
25628 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
25629 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
25630 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
25631 properties to add to the binding.
25632
25633 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
25634
25635 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
25636 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
25637
25638 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
25639
25640 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
25641 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
25642 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
25643 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
25644 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
25645 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
25646 properties to add to the binding.
25647
25648 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
25649
25650 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
25651
25652 ;;;***
25653 \f
25654 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el" (16960 18194))
25655 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
25656
25657 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
25658 Non-nil if Tooltip mode is enabled.
25659 See the command `tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25660 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25661 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
25662
25663 (custom-autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip")
25664
25665 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
25666 Toggle Tooltip display.
25667 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
25668
25669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25670
25671 ;;;***
25672 \f
25673 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (16812
25674 ;;;;;; 26772))
25675 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
25676
25677 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
25678
25679 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
25680
25681 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
25682 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
25683
25684 \(fn)" t nil)
25685
25686 ;;;***
25687 \f
25688 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
25689 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (16213 43273))
25690 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
25691
25692 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
25693 Set scroll margins.
25694
25695 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
25696
25697 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
25698 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
25699
25700 \(fn)" t nil)
25701
25702 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
25703 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
25704
25705 \(fn)" t nil)
25706
25707 ;;;***
25708 \f
25709 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (16227 13384))
25710 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
25711
25712 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
25713 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
25714 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
25715 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
25716 to a tcp server on another machine.
25717
25718 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
25719
25720 ;;;***
25721 \f
25722 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
25723 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (16930 25650))
25724 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
25725
25726 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
25727 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
25728
25729 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
25730
25731 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
25732 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
25733 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
25734 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
25735 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
25736 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
25737 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
25738 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
25739
25740 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25741
25742 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
25743 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
25744 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
25745 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
25746 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
25747 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
25748 the window or buffer configuration at all.
25749
25750 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25751
25752 ;;;***
25753 \f
25754 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
25755 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
25756 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (16958 58758))
25757 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
25758
25759 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
25760 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
25761 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
25762
25763 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
25764 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
25765 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
25766 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
25767
25768 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
25769 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
25770 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
25771 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
25772
25773 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
25774 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
25775 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
25776 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
25777 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
25778 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
25779 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
25780 files which are not really tramp files.
25781
25782 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
25783 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
25784 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
25785 updated after changing this variable.
25786
25787 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
25788
25789 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
25790
25791 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
25792 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
25793 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
25794 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
25795
25796 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
25797 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
25798 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
25799 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
25800
25801 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
25802 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
25803 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
25804
25805 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
25806 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
25807 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
25808 updated after changing this variable.
25809
25810 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
25811
25812 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
25813
25814 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
25815 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
25816 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
25817
25818 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25819
25820 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
25821 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
25822 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
25823
25824 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25825
25826 (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)
25827
25828 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
25829
25830 ;;;***
25831 \f
25832 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
25833 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (16213 43285))
25834 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
25835 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
25836 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
25837 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
25838
25839 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
25840 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
25841 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
25842 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
25843 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
25844 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
25845 first and the associated buffer to its right.
25846
25847 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25848
25849 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
25850 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
25851 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
25852 accepting the proposed default buffer.
25853
25854 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
25855
25856 \(fn)" t nil)
25857
25858 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
25859 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
25860 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
25861 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
25862 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
25863 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
25864 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
25865
25866 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
25867 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
25868
25869 First column's text sSs Second column's text
25870 \\___/\\
25871 / \\
25872 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
25873
25874 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
25875
25876 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25877
25878 ;;;***
25879 \f
25880 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
25881 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
25882 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
25883 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
25884 ;;;;;; (16884 52115))
25885 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
25886
25887 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
25888 Toggle typing break mode.
25889 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
25890 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25891 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
25892
25893 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
25894
25895 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
25896 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
25897
25898 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
25899
25900 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
25901 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
25902
25903 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
25904 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
25905 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
25906
25907 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
25908 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
25909
25910 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
25911
25912 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
25913 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
25914
25915 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
25916 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
25917 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
25918 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
25919
25920 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break")
25921
25922 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
25923 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
25924 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
25925
25926 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
25927 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
25928 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
25929 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
25930 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
25931 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
25932
25933 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
25934 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
25935 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
25936 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
25937
25938 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
25939 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
25940
25941 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
25942 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
25943
25944 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
25945
25946 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
25947 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
25948 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
25949
25950 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
25951 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
25952 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
25953 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
25954 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
25955 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
25956 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
25957
25958 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
25959 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
25960
25961 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
25962 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
25963 reset the keystroke counter.
25964
25965 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
25966 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
25967 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
25968 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
25969
25970 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
25971 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
25972 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
25973 `type-break-schedule' command.
25974
25975 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
25976 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
25977 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
25978 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
25979 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
25980 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
25981 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
25982 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
25983 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
25984
25985 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
25986 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
25987 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
25988 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
25989 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
25990
25991 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
25992 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
25993 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
25994 approximate good values for this.
25995
25996 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
25997 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
25998
25999 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
26000 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
26001 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
26002 `type-break-warning-repeat'
26003 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
26004 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
26005
26006 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
26007 a typing break occur. They include:
26008
26009 `type-break-query-mode'
26010 `type-break-query-function'
26011 `type-break-query-interval'
26012
26013 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
26014
26015 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
26016 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
26017 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
26018 problems.
26019
26020 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
26021
26022 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
26023 Take a typing break.
26024
26025 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
26026 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
26027
26028 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
26029 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
26030
26031 \(fn)" t nil)
26032
26033 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
26034 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
26035 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
26036 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
26037
26038 \(fn)" t nil)
26039
26040 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
26041 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
26042
26043 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
26044 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
26045 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
26046 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
26047 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
26048 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
26049 average typing speed.)
26050
26051 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
26052 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
26053 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
26054 the computed maximum threshold.
26055
26056 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
26057 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
26058 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
26059 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
26060 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
26061
26062 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
26063
26064 ;;;***
26065 \f
26066 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
26067 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (16213 43286))
26068 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
26069
26070 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
26071 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
26072 Works by overstriking underscores.
26073 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
26074 which specify the range to operate on.
26075
26076 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26077
26078 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
26079 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
26080 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
26081 which specify the range to operate on.
26082
26083 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26084
26085 ;;;***
26086 \f
26087 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
26088 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (16213 43280))
26089 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
26090
26091 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
26092 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
26093 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
26094
26095 \(fn)" t nil)
26096
26097 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
26098 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
26099 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
26100 following the containing message.
26101
26102 \(fn)" t nil)
26103
26104 ;;;***
26105 \f
26106 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
26107 ;;;;;; (16544 33334))
26108 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
26109
26110 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
26111 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
26112 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
26113 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
26114 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
26115 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
26116
26117 \(fn)" nil nil)
26118
26119 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
26120 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
26121
26122 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
26123
26124 ;;;***
26125 \f
26126 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (16213
26127 ;;;;;; 43273))
26128 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
26129
26130 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
26131 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
26132 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
26133 of symbols with local bindings.
26134
26135 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
26136
26137 ;;;***
26138 \f
26139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (16875 35929))
26140 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
26141
26142 (defvar url-configuration-directory "~/.url")
26143
26144 ;;;***
26145 \f
26146 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
26147 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (16764 51522))
26148 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
26149
26150 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
26151 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
26152 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
26153
26154 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
26155 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
26156 `url-generic-parse-url'
26157 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
26158 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
26159 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
26160 realm
26161 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
26162 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
26163 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
26164 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
26165 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
26166 what type of auth to use
26167 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
26168 if one cannot be found in the cache
26169
26170 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
26171
26172 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
26173 Register an HTTP authentication method.
26174
26175 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
26176 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
26177 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
26178 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
26179 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
26180 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
26181 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
26182 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
26183
26184 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
26185
26186 ;;;***
26187 \f
26188 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
26189 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (16764
26190 ;;;;;; 51522))
26191 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
26192
26193 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
26194 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
26195
26196 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
26197
26198 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
26199 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
26200
26201 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26202
26203 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
26204 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
26205
26206 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
26207
26208 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
26209 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
26210
26211 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
26212
26213 ;;;***
26214 \f
26215 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (16764 51522))
26216 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
26217
26218 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
26219 Not documented
26220
26221 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26222
26223 ;;;***
26224 \f
26225 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cookie-setup-save-timer url-cookie-handle-set-cookie
26226 ;;;;;; url-cookie-retrieve url-cookie-write-file url-cookie-parse-file)
26227 ;;;;;; "url-cookie" "url/url-cookie.el" (16746 18215))
26228 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cookie.el
26229
26230 (autoload (quote url-cookie-parse-file) "url-cookie" "\
26231 Not documented
26232
26233 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
26234
26235 (autoload (quote url-cookie-write-file) "url-cookie" "\
26236 Not documented
26237
26238 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
26239
26240 (autoload (quote url-cookie-retrieve) "url-cookie" "\
26241 Retrieve all the netscape-style cookies for a specified HOST and PATH.
26242
26243 \(fn HOST PATH &optional SECURE)" nil nil)
26244
26245 (autoload (quote url-cookie-handle-set-cookie) "url-cookie" "\
26246 Not documented
26247
26248 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26249
26250 (autoload (quote url-cookie-setup-save-timer) "url-cookie" "\
26251 Reset the cookie saver timer.
26252
26253 \(fn)" t nil)
26254
26255 ;;;***
26256 \f
26257 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-file-name-completion
26258 ;;;;;; url-dav-file-name-all-completions url-dav-rename-file url-dav-make-directory
26259 ;;;;;; url-dav-file-directory-p url-dav-directory-files url-dav-delete-file
26260 ;;;;;; url-dav-delete-directory url-dav-save-resource url-dav-file-attributes
26261 ;;;;;; url-dav-unlock-resource url-dav-active-locks url-dav-lock-resource
26262 ;;;;;; url-dav-get-properties url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el"
26263 ;;;;;; (16515 33876))
26264 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
26265
26266 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
26267 Not documented
26268
26269 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26270
26271 (autoload (quote url-dav-get-properties) "url-dav" "\
26272 Return properties for URL, up to DEPTH levels deep.
26273
26274 Returns an assoc list, where the key is the filename (possibly a full
26275 URI), and the value is a standard property list of DAV property
26276 names (ie: DAV:resourcetype).
26277
26278 \(fn URL &optional ATTRIBUTES DEPTH NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
26279
26280 (autoload (quote url-dav-lock-resource) "url-dav" "\
26281 Request a lock on URL. If EXCLUSIVE is non-nil, get an exclusive lock.
26282 Optional 3rd argument DEPTH says how deep the lock should go, default is 0
26283 \(lock only the resource and none of its children).
26284
26285 Returns a cons-cell of (SUCCESSFUL-RESULTS . FAILURE-RESULTS).
26286 SUCCESSFUL-RESULTS is a list of (URL STATUS locktoken).
26287 FAILURE-RESULTS is a list of (URL STATUS).
26288
26289 \(fn URL EXCLUSIVE &optional DEPTH)" nil nil)
26290
26291 (autoload (quote url-dav-active-locks) "url-dav" "\
26292 Return an assoc list of all active locks on URL.
26293
26294 \(fn URL &optional DEPTH)" nil nil)
26295
26296 (autoload (quote url-dav-unlock-resource) "url-dav" "\
26297 Release the lock on URL represented by LOCK-TOKEN.
26298 Returns t iff the lock was successfully released.
26299
26300 \(fn URL LOCK-TOKEN)" nil nil)
26301
26302 (autoload (quote url-dav-file-attributes) "url-dav" "\
26303 Not documented
26304
26305 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
26306
26307 (autoload (quote url-dav-save-resource) "url-dav" "\
26308 Save OBJ as URL using WebDAV.
26309 URL must be a fully qualified URL.
26310 OBJ may be a buffer or a string.
26311
26312 \(fn URL OBJ &optional CONTENT-TYPE LOCK-TOKEN)" nil nil)
26313
26314 (autoload (quote url-dav-delete-directory) "url-dav" "\
26315 Delete the WebDAV collection URL.
26316 If optional second argument RECURSIVE is non-nil, then delete all
26317 files in the collection as well.
26318
26319 \(fn URL &optional RECURSIVE LOCK-TOKEN)" nil nil)
26320
26321 (autoload (quote url-dav-delete-file) "url-dav" "\
26322 Delete file named URL.
26323
26324 \(fn URL &optional LOCK-TOKEN)" nil nil)
26325
26326 (autoload (quote url-dav-directory-files) "url-dav" "\
26327 Return a list of names of files in DIRECTORY.
26328 There are three optional arguments:
26329 If FULL is non-nil, return absolute file names. Otherwise return names
26330 that are relative to the specified directory.
26331 If MATCH is non-nil, mention only file names that match the regexp MATCH.
26332 If NOSORT is non-nil, the list is not sorted--its order is unpredictable.
26333 NOSORT is useful if you plan to sort the result yourself.
26334
26335 \(fn URL &optional FULL MATCH NOSORT FILES-ONLY)" nil nil)
26336
26337 (autoload (quote url-dav-file-directory-p) "url-dav" "\
26338 Return t if URL names an existing DAV collection.
26339
26340 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26341
26342 (autoload (quote url-dav-make-directory) "url-dav" "\
26343 Create the directory DIR and any nonexistent parent dirs.
26344
26345 \(fn URL &optional PARENTS)" nil nil)
26346
26347 (autoload (quote url-dav-rename-file) "url-dav" "\
26348 Not documented
26349
26350 \(fn OLDNAME NEWNAME &optional OVERWRITE)" nil nil)
26351
26352 (autoload (quote url-dav-file-name-all-completions) "url-dav" "\
26353 Return a list of all completions of file name FILE in directory DIRECTORY.
26354 These are all file names in directory DIRECTORY which begin with FILE.
26355
26356 \(fn FILE URL)" nil nil)
26357
26358 (autoload (quote url-dav-file-name-completion) "url-dav" "\
26359 Complete file name FILE in directory DIRECTORY.
26360 Returns the longest string
26361 common to all file names in DIRECTORY that start with FILE.
26362 If there is only one and FILE matches it exactly, returns t.
26363 Returns nil if DIR contains no name starting with FILE.
26364
26365 \(fn FILE URL)" nil nil)
26366
26367 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
26368 Not documented
26369
26370 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26371
26372 ;;;***
26373 \f
26374 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (16746
26375 ;;;;;; 18215))
26376 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
26377
26378 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
26379 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
26380
26381 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
26382
26383 ;;;***
26384 \f
26385 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
26386 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (16764 51522))
26387 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
26388
26389 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
26390 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
26391
26392 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26393
26394 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
26395 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
26396 Args per `open-network-stream'.
26397 Will not make a connexion if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
26398
26399 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
26400
26401 ;;;***
26402 \f
26403 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
26404 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (16829
26405 ;;;;;; 43427))
26406 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
26407
26408 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
26409 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
26410 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26411 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26412 use either \\[customize] or the function `url-handler-mode'.")
26413
26414 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers")
26415
26416 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
26417 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
26418
26419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26420
26421 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
26422 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
26423 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
26424 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
26425 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
26426 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
26427 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
26428 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
26429 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
26430
26431 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
26432
26433 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
26434 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
26435 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
26436 accessible.
26437
26438 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
26439
26440 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
26441 Not documented
26442
26443 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
26444
26445 ;;;***
26446 \f
26447 ;;;### (autoloads (url-history-save-history url-history-parse-history
26448 ;;;;;; url-history-setup-save-timer) "url-history" "url/url-history.el"
26449 ;;;;;; (16930 25655))
26450 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-history.el
26451
26452 (autoload (quote url-history-setup-save-timer) "url-history" "\
26453 Reset the history list timer.
26454
26455 \(fn)" t nil)
26456
26457 (autoload (quote url-history-parse-history) "url-history" "\
26458 Parse a history file stored in FNAME.
26459
26460 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
26461
26462 (autoload (quote url-history-save-history) "url-history" "\
26463 Write the global history file into `url-history-file'.
26464 The type of data written is determined by what is in the file to begin
26465 with. If the type of storage cannot be determined, then prompt the
26466 user for what type to save as.
26467
26468 \(fn &optional FNAME)" t nil)
26469
26470 ;;;***
26471 \f
26472 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
26473 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (16912 31025))
26474 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
26475
26476 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
26477 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
26478 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
26479 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
26480 CBARGS as the arguments.
26481
26482 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
26483
26484 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
26485 Not documented
26486
26487 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26488
26489 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
26490
26491 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
26492 Not documented
26493
26494 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
26495
26496 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
26497 Returns a property list describing options available for URL.
26498 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
26499
26500 Property list members:
26501
26502 methods
26503 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
26504 supports.
26505
26506 dav
26507 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
26508 supported.
26509
26510 dasl
26511 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
26512
26513 ranges
26514 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
26515
26516 p3p
26517 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
26518 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
26519 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
26520 Emacs/W3.
26521
26522 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26523
26524 ;;;***
26525 \f
26526 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (16775 26718))
26527 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
26528
26529 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
26530 Not documented
26531
26532 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26533
26534 ;;;***
26535 \f
26536 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (16747
26537 ;;;;;; 61768))
26538 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
26539
26540 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
26541 Not documented
26542
26543 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26544
26545 ;;;***
26546 \f
26547 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
26548 ;;;;;; (16788 34909))
26549 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
26550
26551 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
26552 Not documented
26553
26554 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26555
26556 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
26557 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
26558
26559 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26560
26561 ;;;***
26562 \f
26563 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
26564 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (16764 51522))
26565 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
26566
26567 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
26568 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
26569
26570 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26571
26572 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
26573 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
26574
26575 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26576
26577 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
26578 Not documented
26579
26580 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26581
26582 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
26583
26584 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
26585
26586 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
26587
26588 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
26589 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
26590
26591 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26592
26593 ;;;***
26594 \f
26595 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
26596 ;;;;;; (16775 26718))
26597 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
26598
26599 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
26600 Not documented
26601
26602 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26603
26604 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
26605 Not documented
26606
26607 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26608
26609 ;;;***
26610 \f
26611 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
26612 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
26613 ;;;;;; (16764 51522))
26614 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
26615
26616 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
26617 Not documented
26618
26619 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
26620
26621 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
26622 Not documented
26623
26624 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
26625
26626 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
26627 Not documented
26628
26629 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
26630
26631 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
26632 Not documented
26633
26634 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
26635
26636 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
26637 Not documented
26638
26639 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
26640
26641 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
26642 Not documented
26643
26644 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
26645
26646 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
26647 Not documented
26648
26649 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
26650
26651 ;;;***
26652 \f
26653 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
26654 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (16746 18215))
26655 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
26656
26657 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
26658 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
26659
26660 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
26661
26662 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
26663 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
26664 Format is:
26665 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
26666
26667 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26668
26669 ;;;***
26670 \f
26671 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
26672 ;;;;;; (16764 51522))
26673 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
26674
26675 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
26676 Not documented
26677
26678 \(fn)" t nil)
26679
26680 ;;;***
26681 \f
26682 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
26683 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
26684 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
26685 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
26686 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
26687 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
26688 ;;;;;; (16764 51522))
26689 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
26690
26691 (defvar url-debug nil "\
26692 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
26693 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
26694
26695 If t, all messages will be logged.
26696 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
26697 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
26698
26699 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util")
26700
26701 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
26702 Not documented
26703
26704 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26705
26706 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
26707 Not documented
26708
26709 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
26710
26711 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
26712 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
26713 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
26714 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
26715 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
26716 & ==> &amp;
26717 < ==> &lt;
26718 > ==> &gt;
26719 \" ==> &quot;
26720
26721 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26722
26723 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
26724 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
26725 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
26726
26727 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26728
26729 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
26730 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
26731 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
26732
26733 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26734
26735 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
26736 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
26737
26738 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
26739
26740 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
26741 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
26742
26743 \(fn X)" nil nil)
26744
26745 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
26746 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
26747
26748 \(fn X)" nil nil)
26749
26750 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
26751 Not documented
26752
26753 \(fn N)" nil nil)
26754
26755 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
26756 Not documented
26757
26758 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26759
26760 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
26761 Not documented
26762
26763 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
26764
26765 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
26766 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
26767
26768 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
26769
26770 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
26771 Not documented
26772
26773 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE)" nil nil)
26774
26775 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
26776 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
26777 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
26778 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
26779 forbidden in URL encoding.
26780
26781 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
26782
26783 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
26784 Escape characters in a string.
26785
26786 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26787
26788 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
26789 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
26790 If optional variable X is t,
26791 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
26792
26793 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
26794
26795 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
26796 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
26797 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
26798
26799 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
26800
26801 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
26802 View the current document's URL.
26803 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
26804 the minibuffer.
26805
26806 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
26807
26808 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
26809
26810 ;;;***
26811 \f
26812 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
26813 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (16213 43271))
26814 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
26815
26816 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
26817 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
26818 This function has a choice of three things to do:
26819 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
26820 to refrain from editing the file
26821 return t (grab the lock on the file)
26822 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
26823 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
26824 in any way you like.
26825
26826 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
26827
26828 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
26829 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
26830 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
26831 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
26832 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
26833
26834 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
26835 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
26836
26837 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
26838
26839 ;;;***
26840 \f
26841 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
26842 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
26843 ;;;;;; (16908 33362))
26844 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
26845
26846 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
26847 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
26848 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
26849 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
26850
26851 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
26852
26853 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
26854 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
26855 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
26856
26857 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
26858
26859 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
26860 Uudecode region between START and END.
26861 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
26862
26863 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
26864
26865 ;;;***
26866 \f
26867 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
26868 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
26869 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
26870 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
26871 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
26872 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
26873 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (16930 4639))
26874 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
26875
26876 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
26877 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
26878 See `run-hooks'.")
26879
26880 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
26881
26882 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
26883 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
26884 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
26885
26886 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
26887
26888 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
26889 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
26890 See `run-hooks'.")
26891
26892 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
26893
26894 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
26895 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
26896
26897 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
26898
26899 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
26900 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
26901 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
26902 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
26903 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
26904 somebody else, signal error.
26905
26906 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
26907
26908 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
26909 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
26910 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
26911 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
26912 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
26913
26914 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
26915
26916 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
26917 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
26918 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
26919 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
26920 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
26921 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
26922 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
26923 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
26924 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
26925 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
26926 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
26927
26928 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
26929
26930 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
26931 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
26932
26933 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
26934 it will operate on the file in the current line.
26935
26936 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
26937 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
26938 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
26939 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
26940 lock steals will raise an error.
26941
26942 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
26943
26944 For RCS and SCCS files:
26945 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
26946 control.
26947 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
26948 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
26949 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
26950 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
26951 it performs a revert.
26952 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
26953 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
26954 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
26955 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
26956 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
26957 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
26958 the option to steal the lock.
26959
26960 For CVS files:
26961 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
26962 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
26963 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
26964 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
26965 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
26966 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
26967 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
26968 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
26969 merge in the changes into your working copy.
26970
26971 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
26972
26973 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
26974 Register the current file into a version control system.
26975 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
26976 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
26977
26978 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
26979 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
26980 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
26981 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
26982 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
26983 first backend that could register the file is used.
26984
26985 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
26986
26987 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
26988 Display diffs between file versions.
26989 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
26990 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
26991 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
26992 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
26993 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
26994 saving the buffer.
26995
26996 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
26997
26998 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
26999 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
27000 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
27001 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
27002
27003 \(fn REV)" t nil)
27004
27005 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
27006 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
27007 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
27008 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
27009
27010 \(fn)" t nil)
27011
27012 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
27013 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
27014 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
27015 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
27016 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
27017 from the current branch.
27018
27019 See Info node `Merging'.
27020
27021 \(fn)" t nil)
27022
27023 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
27024
27025 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
27026 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
27027
27028 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
27029
27030 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
27031 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
27032
27033 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
27034
27035 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
27036 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
27037 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
27038 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
27039 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
27040 are checked out in that new branch.
27041
27042 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
27043
27044 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
27045 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
27046 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
27047 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
27048 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
27049 allowed and simply skipped).
27050
27051 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
27052
27053 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
27054 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
27055 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
27056
27057 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
27058
27059 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
27060 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
27061 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
27062 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
27063 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
27064
27065 \(fn)" t nil)
27066
27067 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
27068 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
27069 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
27070 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
27071 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
27072 the current branch are merged into the working file.
27073
27074 \(fn)" t nil)
27075
27076 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
27077 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
27078 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
27079
27080 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
27081
27082 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
27083 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
27084 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
27085 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
27086 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
27087 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
27088 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
27089
27090 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
27091
27092 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
27093 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
27094 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
27095 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
27096 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
27097 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
27098 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
27099 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
27100 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
27101
27102 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
27103
27104 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
27105 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
27106
27107 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
27108
27109 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
27110 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
27111 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
27112 directory.
27113
27114 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
27115
27116 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
27117 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
27118 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
27119
27120 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
27121 log entries should be gathered.
27122
27123 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27124
27125 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
27126 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
27127
27128 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
27129 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
27130 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
27131 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
27132 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
27133 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
27134
27135 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
27136 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
27137 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
27138 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
27139 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
27140 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
27141 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
27142 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
27143
27144 Customization variables:
27145
27146 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
27147 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
27148 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
27149 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
27150
27151 \(fn PREFIX &optional REVISION DISPLAY-MODE)" t nil)
27152
27153 ;;;***
27154 \f
27155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (16866 20008))
27156 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
27157 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
27158 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
27159 (progn
27160 (load "vc-arch")
27161 (vc-arch-registered file))))
27162
27163 ;;;***
27164 \f
27165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (16908 33361))
27166 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
27167 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
27168 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
27169 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
27170 (load "vc-cvs")
27171 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
27172
27173 ;;;***
27174 \f
27175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (16908 33361))
27176 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
27177 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
27178 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
27179 (progn
27180 (load "vc-mcvs")
27181 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
27182
27183 ;;;***
27184 \f
27185 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
27186 ;;;;;; (16858 50920))
27187 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
27188
27189 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
27190 *Where to look for RCS master files.
27191 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
27192
27193 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
27194 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
27195
27196 ;;;***
27197 \f
27198 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
27199 ;;;;;; (16701 32674))
27200 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
27201
27202 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
27203 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
27204 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
27205
27206 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
27207 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
27208
27209 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
27210 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
27211 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
27212 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
27213
27214 ;;;***
27215 \f
27216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (16908 33361))
27217 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
27218 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
27219 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
27220 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
27221 (load "vc-svn")
27222 (vc-svn-registered f)))
27223
27224 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
27225
27226 ;;;***
27227 \f
27228 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
27229 ;;;;;; (16858 50937))
27230 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
27231
27232 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
27233 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
27234
27235 Usage:
27236 ------
27237
27238 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
27239 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
27240 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
27241 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
27242 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
27243 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
27244 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
27245 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
27246 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
27247
27248 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
27249 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
27250 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
27251 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
27252
27253 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
27254 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
27255 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
27256 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
27257 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
27258
27259 Template styles can be customized in customization group
27260 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
27261
27262
27263 HEADER INSERTION:
27264 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
27265 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
27266 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
27267
27268
27269 STUTTERING:
27270 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
27271 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
27272 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
27273 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
27274
27275 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
27276 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
27277 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
27278 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
27279 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
27280
27281
27282 WORD COMPLETION:
27283 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
27284 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
27285 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
27286 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
27287
27288 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
27289 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
27290 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
27291 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
27292 beginning with \"std\").
27293
27294 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
27295 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
27296 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
27297 stop.
27298
27299
27300 COMMENTS:
27301 `--' puts a single comment.
27302 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
27303 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
27304 with a comment in between.
27305 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
27306 out following lines.
27307 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
27308 uncomments a region if already commented out.
27309
27310 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
27311 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
27312 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
27313 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
27314 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
27315 non-nil.
27316
27317 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
27318 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
27319 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
27320 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
27321 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
27322 multi-line comments.
27323
27324
27325 INDENTATION:
27326 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
27327 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
27328 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
27329 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
27330
27331 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
27332 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
27333 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
27334 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
27335
27336 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
27337 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
27338 and vice versa.
27339
27340 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
27341 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
27342
27343
27344 ALIGNMENT:
27345 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
27346 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
27347 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
27348 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
27349 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
27350 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
27351 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
27352 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
27353
27354 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
27355 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
27356 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
27357 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
27358 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
27359 is non-nil.
27360
27361 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
27362 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
27363 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
27364
27365 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
27366 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
27367
27368
27369 | CODE FILLING:
27370 | Code filling allows to condens code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
27371 | maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
27372 | lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
27373 | enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
27374 | blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
27375 | `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
27376
27377
27378 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
27379 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
27380 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
27381 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
27382 command:
27383
27384 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
27385
27386
27387 PORT TRANSLATION:
27388 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
27389 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
27390 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
27391 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
27392 internal signal initializations (menu).
27393
27394 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
27395 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
27396 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
27397
27398 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
27399 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
27400 | direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
27401 | outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
27402 | reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
27403 | in subsequent paste operations.)
27404
27405 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
27406 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
27407 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
27408
27409
27410 | SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
27411 | Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
27412 | subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
27413 | and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
27414 | association list with formals).
27415
27416
27417 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
27418 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
27419 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
27420 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
27421 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
27422 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
27423 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
27424 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
27425 `vhdl-testbench'.
27426
27427
27428 KEY BINDINGS:
27429 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
27430
27431
27432 VHDL MENU:
27433 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
27434
27435
27436 FILE BROWSER:
27437 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
27438 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
27439 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
27440
27441 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
27442 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
27443
27444
27445 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
27446 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
27447 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
27448 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
27449
27450 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
27451 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
27452 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
27453
27454 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
27455 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
27456 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
27457 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
27458
27459 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
27460 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
27461 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
27462 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
27463 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
27464
27465 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
27466 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
27467 required by secondary units.
27468
27469
27470 | STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
27471 | Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
27472 | for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
27473 | instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
27474 | (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
27475 | all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
27476 | and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
27477 | - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
27478 | connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
27479 | - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
27480 | inputs to this component -> input port created
27481 | - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
27482 | outputs from this component -> output port created
27483 | - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
27484 | considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
27485 |
27486 | Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
27487 | `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
27488 | an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
27489 | component instantiation is also supported (option
27490 | `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
27491 |
27492 | Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
27493 | create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
27494 | strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
27495 | component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
27496 | browser, and wiring everything automatically.
27497 |
27498 | Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
27499 | components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
27500 |
27501 | See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
27502
27503
27504 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
27505 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
27506 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
27507 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
27508 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
27509 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
27510 information. New compilers can be added.
27511
27512 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
27513 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
27514
27515
27516 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
27517 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
27518 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
27519 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
27520 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
27521
27522 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
27523 command:
27524
27525 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
27526 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
27527 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
27528
27529 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
27530 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
27531 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
27532 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
27533 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
27534 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
27535 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
27536
27537 Limitations:
27538 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
27539 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
27540 not (yet) supported.
27541 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
27542 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
27543 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
27544
27545
27546 PROJECTS:
27547 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
27548 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
27549 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
27550 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
27551 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
27552 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
27553 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
27554 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
27555
27556 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
27557 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
27558 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
27559 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
27560 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
27561 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
27562 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
27563 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
27564 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
27565 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
27566 `vhdl-project-alist'.
27567
27568
27569 SPECIAL MENUES:
27570 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
27571 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
27572 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
27573 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
27574 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
27575 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
27576 current directory for VHDL source files.
27577
27578
27579 VHDL STANDARDS:
27580 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
27581 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
27582
27583
27584 KEYWORD CASE:
27585 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
27586 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
27587 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
27588 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
27589 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
27590 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
27591 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
27592 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
27593
27594
27595 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
27596 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
27597 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
27598 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
27599 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
27600 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
27601 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
27602
27603 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
27604 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
27605 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
27606 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
27607 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
27608 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
27609
27610 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
27611 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
27612 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
27613 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
27614 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
27615 visually.
27616
27617 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
27618 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
27619 highlighted if written in lower case.
27620
27621 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
27622 highlighted using a different background color if option
27623 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
27624
27625 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
27626 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
27627 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
27628 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
27629 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
27630
27631
27632 USER MODELS:
27633 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
27634 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
27635 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
27636
27637
27638 HIDE/SHOW:
27639 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
27640 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
27641 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
27642 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
27643 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
27644
27645
27646 CODE UPDATING:
27647 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
27648 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
27649 Limitations:
27650 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
27651 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
27652 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
27653 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
27654 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
27655 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
27656 (used to obtain the port names).
27657
27658
27659 CODE FIXING:
27660 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
27661 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
27662
27663
27664 PRINTING:
27665 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
27666 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
27667 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
27668 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
27669 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
27670 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
27671 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
27672 printers.
27673
27674
27675 OPTIONS:
27676 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
27677 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
27678 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
27679 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
27680 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
27681
27682 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
27683 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
27684 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
27685 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
27686 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
27687 INSTALL file).
27688
27689 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
27690 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
27691
27692
27693 FILE EXTENSIONS:
27694 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
27695 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
27696 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
27697
27698 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
27699
27700
27701 HINTS:
27702 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
27703 a VHDL file first, use the command:
27704
27705 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
27706
27707 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
27708
27709 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
27710
27711
27712 RELEASE NOTES:
27713 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
27714
27715
27716 Maintenance:
27717 ------------
27718
27719 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
27720 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
27721
27722 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
27723
27724 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
27725 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
27726 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
27727 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
27728
27729 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
27730 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
27731 where the latest version can be found.
27732
27733
27734 Known problems:
27735 ---------------
27736
27737 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
27738 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
27739 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
27740
27741
27742 The VHDL Mode Authors
27743 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
27744
27745 Key bindings:
27746 -------------
27747
27748 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
27749
27750 \(fn)" t nil)
27751
27752 ;;;***
27753 \f
27754 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (16423 23570))
27755 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
27756
27757 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
27758 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
27759 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
27760 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
27761
27762 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
27763 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
27764 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
27765 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
27766 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
27767
27768 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
27769 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
27770
27771 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
27772
27773 * Limitations and unsupported features
27774 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
27775 not supported.
27776 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
27777 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
27778
27779 * Modifications
27780 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
27781 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
27782 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
27783 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
27784 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
27785 for undoing a repeated change command.
27786 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
27787 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
27788 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
27789
27790 * Extensions
27791 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
27792 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
27793 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
27794 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
27795 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
27796 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
27797 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
27798 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
27799
27800 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
27801
27802 \(fn)" t nil)
27803
27804 ;;;***
27805 \f
27806 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
27807 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
27808 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
27809 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (16213 43280))
27810 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
27811
27812 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
27813 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
27814
27815 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
27816
27817 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
27818 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
27819 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27820 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
27821
27822 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27823
27824 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
27825 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
27826
27827 \(fn)" t nil)
27828
27829 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
27830 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
27831 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27832 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
27833
27834 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27835
27836 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
27837 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
27838
27839 \(fn)" t nil)
27840
27841 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
27842 Not documented
27843
27844 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27845
27846 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
27847 Not documented
27848
27849 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27850
27851 ;;;***
27852 \f
27853 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
27854 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
27855 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (16764
27856 ;;;;;; 51519))
27857 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
27858
27859 (defvar view-mode nil "\
27860 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
27861 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
27862 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
27863
27864 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
27865
27866 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
27867 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
27868 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
27869 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
27870 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
27871 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
27872 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
27873
27874 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
27875
27876 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
27877
27878 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
27879 View FILE in View mode in another window.
27880 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
27881 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
27882 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
27883 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
27884 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
27885 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
27886
27887 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
27888
27889 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
27890
27891 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
27892 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
27893 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
27894 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
27895 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
27896 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
27897 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
27898 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
27899
27900 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
27901
27902 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
27903
27904 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
27905 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
27906 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
27907 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
27908 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
27909 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
27910 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
27911
27912 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
27913
27914 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
27915 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
27916 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
27917
27918 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
27919
27920 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
27921 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
27922 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
27923 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
27924 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
27925 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
27926 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
27927 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
27928
27929 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
27930
27931 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
27932 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
27933 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
27934
27935 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
27936
27937 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
27938 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
27939 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
27940 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
27941 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
27942 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
27943 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
27944 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
27945
27946 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
27947
27948 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
27949 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
27950 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
27951
27952 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
27953
27954 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
27955 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
27956 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
27957
27958 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
27959 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
27960 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
27961 read-only.
27962 \\<view-mode-map>
27963 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
27964 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
27965 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
27966 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
27967 commands default to a repeat count of one.
27968
27969 H, h, ? This message.
27970 Digits provide prefix arguments.
27971 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
27972 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
27973 > move to the end of buffer.
27974 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
27975 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
27976 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
27977 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
27978 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
27979 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
27980 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
27981 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
27982 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
27983 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
27984 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
27985 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
27986 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
27987 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
27988 Use this to view a changing file.
27989 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
27990 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
27991 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
27992 . set the mark.
27993 x exchanges point and mark.
27994 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
27995 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
27996 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
27997 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
27998 ' go to position saved in character register.
27999 s do forward incremental search.
28000 r do reverse incremental search.
28001 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
28002 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
28003 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
28004 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
28005 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
28006 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
28007 p searches backward for last regular expression.
28008 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
28009 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
28010 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
28011 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
28012 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
28013 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
28014 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
28015 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
28016 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
28017 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
28018
28019 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
28020 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
28021 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
28022 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
28023 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
28024 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
28025 will return to that buffer.
28026
28027 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28028
28029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28030
28031 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
28032 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
28033 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
28034 `view-return-to-alist'.
28035 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
28036 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
28037 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
28038
28039 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
28040 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
28041 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
28042 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
28043 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
28044 1) nil Do nothing.
28045 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
28046 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
28047 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
28048 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
28049
28050 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28051
28052 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28053
28054 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
28055
28056 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
28057 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
28058
28059 \(fn)" t nil)
28060
28061 ;;;***
28062 \f
28063 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (16213
28064 ;;;;;; 43273))
28065 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
28066
28067 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
28068 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
28069
28070 \(fn)" nil nil)
28071
28072 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
28073 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
28074
28075 \(fn)" t nil)
28076
28077 ;;;***
28078 \f
28079 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
28080 ;;;;;; (16923 3621))
28081 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
28082
28083 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
28084 Toggle Viper on/off.
28085 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
28086
28087 \(fn)" t nil)
28088
28089 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
28090 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi.
28091
28092 \(fn)" t nil)
28093
28094 ;;;***
28095 \f
28096 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
28097 ;;;;;; (16908 33361))
28098 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
28099
28100 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
28101 Function to generate warning prefixes.
28102 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
28103 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
28104 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
28105 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
28106 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
28107 the beginning of the warning.")
28108
28109 (defvar warning-series nil "\
28110 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
28111 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
28112 which is the start of the current series; it means that
28113 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
28114 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
28115 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
28116 also call that function before the next warning.")
28117
28118 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
28119 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
28120
28121 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
28122 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
28123 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
28124 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
28125
28126 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
28127 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
28128 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
28129 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
28130 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
28131 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
28132
28133 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
28134 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
28135 if you do not attend to it promptly.
28136 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
28137 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
28138 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
28139 :debug -- info for debugging only.
28140
28141 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
28142 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
28143
28144 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
28145
28146 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
28147 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
28148
28149 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
28150
28151 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
28152 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
28153 Aside from generating the message with `format',
28154 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
28155
28156 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol).
28157 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
28158 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
28159 can be whatever you like.)
28160
28161 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
28162 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
28163 if you do not attend to it promptly.
28164 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
28165 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
28166
28167 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28168
28169 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
28170 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
28171 Aside from generating the message with `format',
28172 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
28173 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
28174
28175 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28176
28177 ;;;***
28178 \f
28179 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
28180 ;;;;;; (16923 3610))
28181 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
28182
28183 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
28184 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
28185 In this mode the names of the files can be changed, and after
28186 typing C-c C-c the files and directories in disk are renamed.
28187
28188 See `wdired-mode'.
28189
28190 \(fn)" t nil)
28191
28192 ;;;***
28193 \f
28194 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (16423 23573))
28195 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
28196
28197 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
28198 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
28199
28200 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
28201 hotlist.
28202
28203 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
28204 <nwv@acm.org>.
28205
28206 \(fn)" t nil)
28207
28208 ;;;***
28209 \f
28210 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
28211 ;;;;;; (16820 16328))
28212 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
28213 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
28214 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
28215
28216 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
28217
28218 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
28219 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
28220 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28221 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28222 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
28223
28224 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
28225
28226 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
28227 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
28228 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
28229 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
28230
28231 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
28232 and off otherwise.
28233
28234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28235
28236 ;;;***
28237 \f
28238 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
28239 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
28240 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
28241 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
28242 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
28243 ;;;;;; (16764 51519))
28244 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
28245
28246 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
28247 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
28248
28249 \(fn)" t nil)
28250
28251 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
28252 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
28253
28254 \(fn)" t nil)
28255
28256 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
28257 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
28258
28259 \(fn)" t nil)
28260
28261 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
28262 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
28263
28264 \(fn)" t nil)
28265
28266 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
28267 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
28268
28269 \(fn)" t nil)
28270
28271 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
28272 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
28273 These are:
28274 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
28275 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
28276 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
28277 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
28278 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
28279
28280 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
28281 and:
28282 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
28283 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
28284
28285 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
28286
28287 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
28288 Check the region for whitespace errors.
28289
28290 \(fn S E)" t nil)
28291
28292 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
28293 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
28294
28295 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
28296 whitespace problems.
28297
28298 \(fn)" t nil)
28299
28300 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
28301 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
28302
28303 \(fn S E)" t nil)
28304
28305 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
28306
28307 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
28308 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
28309 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28310 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28311 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
28312
28313 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
28314
28315 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
28316 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
28317 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
28318
28319 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
28320 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
28321
28322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28323
28324 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
28325 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
28326 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
28327
28328 \(fn)" t nil)
28329
28330 ;;;***
28331 \f
28332 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
28333 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (16213 43272))
28334 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
28335
28336 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
28337 Browse the widget under point.
28338
28339 \(fn POS)" t nil)
28340
28341 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
28342 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
28343
28344 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
28345
28346 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
28347 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
28348
28349 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
28350
28351 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
28352 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
28353 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
28354
28355 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28356
28357 ;;;***
28358 \f
28359 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
28360 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (16894
28361 ;;;;;; 3340))
28362 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
28363
28364 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
28365 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
28366
28367 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
28368
28369 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
28370 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
28371 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
28372
28373 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
28374
28375 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
28376 Create widget of TYPE.
28377 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
28378
28379 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28380
28381 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
28382 Delete WIDGET.
28383
28384 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
28385
28386 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
28387 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
28388
28389 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28390
28391 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
28392 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
28393 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
28394
28395 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
28396 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
28397
28398 \(fn)" nil nil)
28399
28400 ;;;***
28401 \f
28402 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
28403 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (16710
28404 ;;;;;; 51039))
28405 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
28406
28407 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
28408 Select the window to the left of the current one.
28409 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
28410 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
28411 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
28412 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
28413 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
28414
28415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28416
28417 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
28418 Select the window above the current one.
28419 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
28420 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
28421 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
28422 negative ARG) of the current window.
28423 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
28424
28425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28426
28427 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
28428 Select the window to the right of the current one.
28429 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
28430 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
28431 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
28432 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
28433 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
28434
28435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28436
28437 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
28438 Select the window below the current one.
28439 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
28440 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
28441 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
28442 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
28443 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
28444
28445 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28446
28447 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
28448 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
28449 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
28450 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
28451
28452 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
28453
28454 ;;;***
28455 \f
28456 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
28457 ;;;;;; (16792 36614))
28458 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
28459
28460 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
28461 Toggle winner-mode.
28462 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28463 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
28464
28465 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
28466
28467 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
28468 Toggle Winner mode.
28469 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
28470
28471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28472
28473 ;;;***
28474 \f
28475 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
28476 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (16875 35928))
28477 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
28478
28479 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
28480 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
28481 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
28482 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
28483 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
28484 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
28485 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
28486 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
28487
28488 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
28489 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
28490
28491 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
28492
28493 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
28494 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
28495
28496 \(fn)" t nil)
28497
28498 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
28499 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
28500 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
28501 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
28502 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
28503 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
28504 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
28505 `woman' command for further details.
28506
28507 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
28508
28509 ;;;***
28510 \f
28511 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
28512 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
28513 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
28514
28515 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
28516 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
28517
28518 BUGS:
28519 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
28520 are not implemented
28521 - Options for search and replace
28522 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
28523 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
28524
28525 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
28526 Emacs-like.
28527
28528 The key bindings are:
28529
28530 C-a backward-word
28531 C-b fill-paragraph
28532 C-c scroll-up-line
28533 C-d forward-char
28534 C-e previous-line
28535 C-f forward-word
28536 C-g delete-char
28537 C-h backward-char
28538 C-i indent-for-tab-command
28539 C-j help-for-help
28540 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
28541 C-l ws-repeat-search
28542 C-n open-line
28543 C-p quoted-insert
28544 C-r scroll-down-line
28545 C-s backward-char
28546 C-t kill-word
28547 C-u keyboard-quit
28548 C-v overwrite-mode
28549 C-w scroll-down
28550 C-x next-line
28551 C-y kill-complete-line
28552 C-z scroll-up
28553
28554 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
28555 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
28556 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
28557 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
28558 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
28559 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
28560 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
28561 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
28562 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
28563 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
28564 C-k b ws-begin-block
28565 C-k c ws-copy-block
28566 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
28567 C-k f find-file
28568 C-k h ws-show-markers
28569 C-k i ws-indent-block
28570 C-k k ws-end-block
28571 C-k p ws-print-block
28572 C-k q kill-emacs
28573 C-k r insert-file
28574 C-k s save-some-buffers
28575 C-k t ws-mark-word
28576 C-k u ws-exdent-block
28577 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
28578 C-k v ws-move-block
28579 C-k w ws-write-block
28580 C-k x kill-emacs
28581 C-k y ws-delete-block
28582
28583 C-o c wordstar-center-line
28584 C-o b switch-to-buffer
28585 C-o j justify-current-line
28586 C-o k kill-buffer
28587 C-o l list-buffers
28588 C-o m auto-fill-mode
28589 C-o r set-fill-column
28590 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
28591 C-o wd delete-other-windows
28592 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
28593 C-o wo other-window
28594 C-o wv split-window-vertically
28595
28596 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
28597 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
28598 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
28599 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
28600 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
28601 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
28602 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
28603 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
28604 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
28605 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
28606 C-q a ws-query-replace
28607 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
28608 C-q c end-of-buffer
28609 C-q d end-of-line
28610 C-q f ws-search
28611 C-q k ws-to-block-end
28612 C-q l ws-undo
28613 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
28614 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
28615 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
28616 C-q w ws-last-error
28617 C-q y ws-kill-eol
28618 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
28619
28620 \(fn)" t nil)
28621
28622 ;;;***
28623 \f
28624 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
28625 ;;;;;; (16830 50347))
28626 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
28627
28628 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
28629 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
28630 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
28631 Returns the top node with all its children.
28632 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
28633 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
28634
28635 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
28636
28637 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
28638 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
28639 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
28640 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
28641 is not well-formed XML.
28642 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
28643 and returned as the first element of the list.
28644 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
28645
28646 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
28647
28648 ;;;***
28649 \f
28650 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (16875
28651 ;;;;;; 35928))
28652 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
28653
28654 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
28655 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
28656 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28657 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28658 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
28659
28660 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
28661
28662 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
28663 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
28664 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
28665
28666 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
28667
28668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28669
28670 ;;;***
28671 \f
28672 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
28673 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (16697 49031))
28674 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
28675
28676 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
28677 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
28678
28679 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28680
28681 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
28682 Extract file name from an yenc header.
28683
28684 \(fn)" nil nil)
28685
28686 ;;;***
28687 \f
28688 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
28689 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (16213 43281))
28690 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
28691
28692 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
28693 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
28694
28695 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
28696
28697 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
28698 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
28699
28700 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
28701
28702 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
28703 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
28704 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
28705
28706 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
28707
28708 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
28709 Zippy goes to the analyst.
28710
28711 \(fn)" t nil)
28712
28713 ;;;***
28714 \f
28715 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (16858 50933))
28716 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
28717
28718 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
28719 Zone out, completely.
28720
28721 \(fn)" t nil)
28722
28723 ;;;***
28724 \f
28725 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
28726 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (16377 12872))
28727 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
28728
28729 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
28730 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
28731
28732 \(fn)" t nil)
28733
28734 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
28735 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
28736
28737 Zone-mode does two things:
28738
28739 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
28740 when saving the file
28741
28742 - fontification
28743
28744 \(fn)" t nil)
28745
28746 ;;;***
28747 \f
28748 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
28749 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
28750 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
28751 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
28752 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
28753 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
28754 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
28755 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
28756 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
28757 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
28758 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
28759 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
28760 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
28761 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
28762 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
28763 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
28764 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
28765 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
28766 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
28767 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dos-fns.el"
28768 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
28769 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
28770 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
28771 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
28772 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
28773 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
28774 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
28775 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
28776 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
28777 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
28778 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
28779 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
28780 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
28781 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28782 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
28783 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
28784 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
28785 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
28786 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
28787 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
28788 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
28789 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
28790 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
28791 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
28792 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
28793 ;;;;;; "faces.el" "files.el" "filesets.el" "foldout.el" "font-core.el"
28794 ;;;;;; "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "generic-x.el"
28795 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el"
28796 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
28797 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-diary.el"
28798 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
28799 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
28800 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
28801 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
28802 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
28803 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el"
28804 ;;;;;; "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
28805 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
28806 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el"
28807 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
28808 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el"
28809 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
28810 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
28811 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
28812 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
28813 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
28814 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
28815 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pgg-def.el"
28816 ;;;;;; "gnus/pgg-gpg.el" "gnus/pgg-parse.el" "gnus/pgg-pgp.el" "gnus/pgg-pgp5.el"
28817 ;;;;;; "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
28818 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
28819 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-report.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
28820 ;;;;;; "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el"
28821 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
28822 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/iso-insert.el"
28823 ;;;;;; "international/iso-swed.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
28824 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
28825 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
28826 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
28827 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
28828 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
28829 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
28830 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/swedish.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
28831 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-7.el" "international/utf-8.el"
28832 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
28833 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el"
28834 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
28835 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
28836 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el" "language/korean.el"
28837 ;;;;;; "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el" "language/misc-lang.el"
28838 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el" "language/tamil.el"
28839 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el"
28840 ;;;;;; "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
28841 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
28842 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
28843 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
28844 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-customize.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
28845 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-index.el"
28846 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el"
28847 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-pick.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el"
28848 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el"
28849 ;;;;;; "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
28850 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
28851 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-ftp.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el"
28852 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
28853 ;;;;;; "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el" "obsolete/keyswap.el"
28854 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el"
28855 ;;;;;; "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el"
28856 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el"
28857 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-menu.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el"
28858 ;;;;;; "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
28859 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
28860 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
28861 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
28862 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
28863 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-vars.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
28864 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
28865 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
28866 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
28867 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el" "replace.el" "s-region.el"
28868 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el"
28869 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el"
28870 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/internal.el"
28871 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el"
28872 ;;;;;; "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el"
28873 ;;;;;; "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
28874 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
28875 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
28876 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
28877 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
28878 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
28879 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
28880 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
28881 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
28882 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
28883 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
28884 ;;;;;; "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-https.el"
28885 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
28886 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
28887 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
28888 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
28889 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (16960 18483 123965))
28890
28891 ;;;***
28892 \f
28893 ;;; Local Variables:
28894 ;;; version-control: never
28895 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
28896 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
28897 ;;; End:
28898 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here